Maldives Targets 300,000 Indian Tourists Amid Decline in Arrivals

The Maldives, recently named the world’s most beautiful island by Travel + Leisure magazine readers, is aiming to attract 300,000 Indian tourists in 2025 after experiencing a significant drop in arrivals last year.

Decline in Indian Tourists

From 2020 to 2023, India was the Maldives’ largest source of visitors. However, in 2024, the number of Indian arrivals fell by 34%, according to Firstpost. This decline has raised concerns for the tourism-dependent nation, where the industry remains the primary source of foreign exchange.

China and Russia Lead in Arrivals

The Maldives welcomed 2 million visitors last year, with China emerging as the top source of tourists, followed by Russia.

Strategies to Attract Indian Tourists

To regain Indian travelers, the Maldives Marketing and Public Relations Corporation (MMPRC) has announced plans to hold monthly promotional events across India, Economic Times reported.

MMPRC Chairman Abdulla Ghiyas stated that the agency is also collaborating with Indian and Maldivian airlines to increase direct flights from more Indian cities.

By enhancing connectivity and boosting marketing efforts, the Maldives hopes to reclaim its position as a favored destination for Indian travelers.

Heathrow Airport Faces Shutdown After Fire at Electrical Substation, Power Restoration Underway

A fire at an electrical substation near Heathrow Airport forced the shutdown of Europe’s busiest airport, leaving thousands of passengers stranded. According to a National Grid source, power is expected to return within hours.

The London Fire Brigade reports that the fire is still burning, affecting not only Heathrow’s Terminals 2 and 4 but also leaving 5,000 nearby homes without electricity. Despite counter-terrorism police leading the investigation, the Metropolitan Police have stated there is no current indication of foul play.

Heathrow officials have confirmed that no flights will take off or land today, warning of prolonged disruptions. A source at the airport revealed that back-up generators were activated but were insufficient to power the entire facility. The failure raises “serious questions” about the airport’s emergency preparedness, according to an industry executive.

Nearby hotels and pubs are filled with stranded travelers, many of whom are anxiously waiting for updates. BBC correspondent Rich Preston described the scene, noting the growing frustration among passengers.

Partial Power Restoration at Heathrow

Reports indicate that power has returned to some areas of the airport, specifically Terminal 4. According to PA news agency, an “interim solution” has been implemented by National Grid, allowing affected customers to regain access to electricity.

Despite this partial restoration, Heathrow will remain closed until at least 23:59 GMT today.

British Airways Cancels All Short-Haul Flights

As a result of the disruption, British Airways has announced the cancellation of all short-haul flights at Heathrow for today.

“Our teams are currently working hard to review our long-haul schedule,” the airline stated, adding that they are also evaluating potential impacts on flights scheduled for tomorrow and beyond.

‘Extremely Damaging’ to the UK’s Reputation

Travel journalist Simon Calder expressed concerns about the long-term consequences of the incident, noting that even if power is fully restored, normal operations are unlikely to resume immediately.

“Tomorrow will still be far from a normal day,” he said, warning that disruptions could extend into next week.

“Ultimately, it’s extremely damaging to the UK economically, reputationally, and causes immense distress to people. All those people have been let down,” he added.

Student Criticizes Heathrow’s Lack of Backup Plan

Maz Cooper, an 18-year-old psychology student from Hampshire, was among those affected. She had been scheduled to travel to Poland for a college trip, with a planned visit to Auschwitz as the main focus.

Speaking to reporters, she expressed frustration over the lack of preparedness at Heathrow.

“It’s ridiculous that a substation fire could shut down such a large airport,” she said.

She described the uncertainty she and her classmates faced.

“We came to college this morning completely unsure if we’d be going. We waited until 12, when our teachers unfortunately broke the news that we couldn’t go.”

Cooper also highlighted the stress this caused for the trip’s organizers.

“I want to emphasize the stress and panic the teachers organizing this had to go through due to the lack of resilience from Heathrow Airport, let alone the students who were left in limbo until it was confirmed the trip was canceled.”

While she acknowledged the complexity of the situation, she criticized Heathrow’s apparent lack of contingency measures.

“The fact that there’s no back-up plan for problems like this is, frankly, ridiculous,” she said.

Smoke Continues to Rise from Substation

Even after 14 hours, smoke is still visible at the substation where the fire started. Emergency crews continue efforts to control the situation while authorities investigate.

National Grid’s Interim Solution

The National Grid has provided an update, stating that they have implemented “an interim solution” to restore power to affected customers, including Heathrow Airport.

According to their statement, engineers successfully reconfigured the network from the North Hyde substation, allowing reconnections to previously impacted areas. This includes parts of Heathrow that were affected by the outage.

However, the National Grid emphasized that this is only a temporary fix.

Reports from Heathrow Indicate Partial Restoration

PA news agency reporters on-site at Heathrow have observed signs of power returning to certain areas.

They report that lights are back on in Terminal 4’s main building, and the lifts in the multi-story car park are operational again.

Massive Travel Disruptions Expected

While some power has been restored, major disruptions are expected to continue. The full extent of the knock-on effect on future flights remains uncertain.

Passengers have been advised to check with their airlines for updates on rescheduled flights and alternative arrangements.

Emergency Response and Investigation Continue

Fire crews remain at the scene, working to fully extinguish the blaze and assess structural damage. The counter-terrorism unit continues its investigation, but so far, there is no evidence suggesting foul play.

Airport authorities and government officials are expected to hold briefings to provide further updates on the situation and outline steps to prevent similar incidents in the future.

Unanswered Questions

As of now, passengers and industry experts alike are left with pressing concerns:

  • When will normal airport operations resume?
  • Will airlines be able to accommodate stranded passengers quickly?
  • What caused the fire, and could similar incidents happen again?

For now, Heathrow remains at a standstill, leaving thousands of travelers uncertain about their next steps.

Federal Reserve Holds Interest Rates Steady Amid Uncertainty Over Trump’s Economic Policies

The Federal Reserve opted to keep interest rates unchanged on Wednesday as central bank officials assess the impact of President Donald Trump’s aggressive economic policies.

The decision, announced at the end of the Fed’s two-day monetary policy meeting, indicates that officials are awaiting clear signs that inflation is moving toward their 2% target or that the economy is slowing more than anticipated—two scenarios that could prompt rate cuts.

According to the latest economic projections released Wednesday, officials still anticipate lowering borrowing costs twice this year. However, eight officials now foresee either one or no rate cuts in 2024, compared to only four who held that view in December.

During a post-meeting press conference, Fed Chair Jerome Powell acknowledged the uncertainty facing American businesses and consumers, much of it linked to what he described as the Trump administration’s “turmoil.”

“It remains to be seen how these developments affect future spending and investment,” Powell said.

For now, the Fed’s benchmark borrowing rate remains between 4.25% and 4.5%. Powell noted that holding rates steady allows policymakers to monitor how Trump’s sweeping policy changes—such as tariffs, mass deportations, and a shrinking federal workforce—affect the U.S. economy.

In recent speeches, Fed officials have emphasized their willingness to adjust interest rates in either direction based on economic data.

Wednesday’s decision marks the second consecutive time the central bank has maintained borrowing costs.

Projections released by the Fed suggest the economy will be weaker than previously expected this year, with inflation running higher than anticipated.

As Trump’s administration pursues significant structural changes, Fed officials see the U.S. economy trending toward “stagflation”—a troubling mix of sluggish or negative growth and rising inflation. Whether the country enters a full-blown stagflationary period, last seen in the 1970s, remains uncertain.

All 12 voting Fed officials supported Wednesday’s decision to hold rates steady, though Fed Governor Christopher Waller dissented on the separate decision to slow the pace of reducing the central bank’s balance sheet.

Powell on Trump’s Economic Policies

Trump’s economic policies pose a major challenge for the Fed due to their broad and uncertain effects. During the press conference, Powell faced numerous questions about how the Fed is factoring in the president’s policy shifts.

Trump’s tariffs could fuel inflation and dampen economic growth, while his immigration crackdown may create labor shortages in key industries. His mass layoffs of federal employees could push some local economies into recession, but his deregulation efforts and extension of 2017 tax cuts might spur growth. The overall impact of Trump’s policies on growth, inflation, and the labor market remains unclear.

Powell noted that Trump’s tariffs contributed to the Fed’s higher inflation projections for this year, though he acknowledged the difficulty in determining exactly how much inflation is attributable to the trade war.

Following the Fed’s announcement, Trump urged policymakers to cut interest rates as tariffs take effect.

“The Fed would be MUCH better off CUTTING RATES as U.S. Tariffs start to transition (ease!) their way into the economy,” Trump wrote on Truth Social, referring to April 2—when reciprocal tariffs are set to go into effect—as “Liberation Day in America.”

Earlier this month, Powell reiterated that the Fed would be guided by economic data rather than forecasts. He pointed to signs of a slowdown in consumer spending.

A Strong Labor Market Offsets Economic Concerns

Despite concerns about consumer spending, the labor market remains a pillar of strength for the economy.

In February, the unemployment rate stood at 4.1%, with employers adding 151,000 jobs. Weekly jobless claims, often an early indicator of labor market shifts, remain at historically low levels.

Powell highlighted the labor market’s resilience as a key factor supporting the economy. However, he cautioned that any unexpected deterioration could prompt the Fed to resume rate cuts sooner.

“Labor market conditions are solid,” Powell said.

When asked about the risk of a recession, Powell downplayed concerns, noting that while some economists have raised their odds of an economic downturn, the risk remains moderate.

“Forecasters have generally raised—a number of them have raised—their possibility of a recession somewhat. But still at relatively moderate levels,” Powell said. “If you go back two months, people were saying that the likelihood of a recession was extremely low. So it has moved, but it’s not high.”

America’s Economic Mood and Its Impact on Spending

While economic data remains strong, sentiment surveys indicate a growing pessimism among businesses and consumers—a trend Powell acknowledged during Wednesday’s press conference.

Trump’s policy agenda has already influenced “soft data” measures, such as consumer and business sentiment surveys. However, Powell noted that the relationship between sentiment and actual economic activity is not always clear.

“There are times people are saying very downbeat things about the economy and then going out and buying a new car,” Powell remarked.

Despite the strong labor market, Americans are increasingly concerned about inflation. The University of Michigan’s latest consumer survey showed rising long-term inflation expectations. If these expectations continue to climb, the Fed may be forced to reconsider its stance on interest rates.

During Trump’s first trade war in 2018, inflation expectations were a major factor in the Fed’s decision to consider rate hikes, according to declassified policy documents known as the “teal book.”

Powell, however, suggested that long-term inflation expectations remain stable, citing data from the New York Fed.

The Michigan consumer survey for March recorded the largest month-over-month jump in five-to-ten-year inflation expectations since 1993. Even so, Powell dismissed concerns over the recent spike in short-term inflation expectations.

“You would expect that expectations of inflation over the course of a year would move around because conditions change,” he said. “And in this case, we have tariffs coming in. We don’t know how big. There are so many things we don’t know.”

Looking Ahead

The Fed’s decision to keep rates unchanged reflects a cautious approach amid uncertainty over Trump’s economic policies.

With the economy showing mixed signals—strong employment but slowing consumer spending—central bankers are navigating a complex landscape. Inflation remains a key concern, especially as Trump’s tariffs roll out.

As the year progresses, the Fed will closely monitor economic data to determine whether rate cuts are necessary. The path ahead remains uncertain, with Trump’s policies introducing new variables into an already delicate economic environment.

Study Links Bowel Movement Frequency to Long-Term Health

A new study published in Cell Reports Medicine highlights the significant impact of bowel movement frequency on overall health and physiology. Researchers found that the optimal frequency for long-term well-being is once or twice a day, with deviations linked to potential health risks.

Health Risks of Irregular Bowel Movements

Previous studies have suggested links between constipation and a higher risk of infections, while frequent diarrhea has been associated with an increased likelihood of neurodegenerative diseases. However, these studies primarily focused on sick patients, making it unclear whether irregular bowel movements were the cause or a result of these conditions.

Senior study author Sean Gibbons from the Institute for Systems Biology hopes the research will encourage clinicians to take bowel movement frequency more seriously, as it is often dismissed as a mere “nuisance.”

Study Findings: The “Goldilocks Zone”

The researchers collected clinical, lifestyle, and biological data—including gut microbiome composition, blood chemistry, and genetics—from over 1,400 healthy adult volunteers without signs of active disease.

Participants were categorized into four groups based on self-reported bowel movement frequency:

Category Frequency
Constipation 1–2 times per week
Low-Normal 3–6 times per week
High-Normal 1–3 times per day
Diarrhea More than 3 times per day

The study identifiedone to two bowel movements per day as the “Goldilocks Zone” for optimal health, as it was associated with a healthier gut microbiome and fewer negative health indicators.

The Impact of Constipation and Diarrhea

  1. Constipation:
    1. When stools remain too long in the gut, gut microbes ferment proteins instead of fiber, leading to the production of toxins like p-cresol sulfate and indoxyl sulfate.
    2. These toxins can accumulate in the bloodstream, potentially harming the kidneys.
    3. Even in otherwise healthy individuals, constipation led to a rise in these toxins.
  2. Diarrhea:
    1. Researchers found signs of inflammation and liver damage among participants with frequent diarrhea.
    2. Excessive diarrhea leads to a loss of bile acid, which is normally recycled to help absorb dietary fats.
    3. This may contribute to nutrient malabsorption and liver stress.

Diet and Lifestyle Factors

The study found that diet and lifestyle played a key role in maintaining regular bowel movements. Individuals in the Goldilocks Zone typically:

  • Ate more fruits and vegetables (the strongest predictor of healthy bowel movements).
  • Drank plenty of water.
  • Engaged in regular physical activity.
  • Followed a more plant-based diet.

Demographic Trends

  • Younger people, women, and those with a lower BMI were more likely to have less frequent bowel movements.
  • Hormonal and neurological differences between men and women may contribute to this variation, as men tend to consume more food, leading to more frequent bowel movements.

Next Steps in Research

The researchers aim to conduct a large-scale clinical trial to examine whether managing bowel movement frequency over an extended period can contribute to disease prevention.

Key Takeaway:Maintainingone to two bowel movements per day, supported by a fiber-rich diet, hydration, and physical activity, may play a crucial role in long-term health.

Trump Orders Dismantling of Education Department, But Faces Legal and Congressional Hurdles

This Trump executive order sounds dramatic, but the Department of Education (DOE) can’tactually be dismantled without Congressional approval. The order directs Education Secretary Linda McMahon to take steps to reduce the department’s influence and return power to the states, aligning with long-standing Republican priorities.

Key Points of the Order:

  • Calls for shutting down the DOE while ensuring that essential programs like Title I funding for high-poverty schools, Pell Grants, and student loans continue.
  • Bans remaining DOE funds from being used for diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) initiatives or “gender ideology.”
  • Cuts department staff in half (from 4,000 to about 2,000 employees) through layoffs and buyouts, as part of a broader federal workforce reduction led by Elon Musk’s Department of Government Efficiency.
  • Aims to make the department “much smaller,” but acknowledges it won’t be fully eliminated—at least not immediately.

Legal and Political Challenges:

  • Only Congress can abolish the DOE, so Trump’s executive order doesn’t actually achieve that goal.
  • Teachers’ unions and Democrats are preparing legal challenges.
    • American Federation of Teachers President Randi Weingarten responded: “See you in court.”
    • Patty Murray (D-Wash.) called it a “wrecking ball” approach.
    • Advocates for student loan borrowers warn it will cause confusion and hardship for students.
  • Expands presidential authority: Trump’s efforts mirror his previous attempt to dismantle the U.S. Agency for International Development (USAID), which was blocked by a federal judge.

Trump’s Justification:

  • Argues that the U.S. spends too much per student but ranks low in global education performance.
  • Calls for a return to state control over education policy.
  • Claimsfederal bureaucracy has failed to improve education outcomes.

While the move is largely symbolic for now, it signals Trump’s continued push to reshape federal governance—and could have long-term implications if Republicans gain more power in Congress.

U.S. Falls to Lowest-Ever Ranking in World Happiness Report

The United States has experienced a sharp decline in global happiness rankings, falling to No. 24 in the latest World Happiness Report—its lowest position in the report’s 13-year history.

Last year, the U.S. dropped out of the top 20 for the first time, but the continuous decline has researchers particularly concerned.

Youth Well-Being Driving the Decline

A major factor behind the drop is the declining happiness among young Americans. According to Jan-Emmanuel De Neve, an Oxford professor and editor of the report, the decline is particularly driven by people under 30.

“If you were only to assess those below 30, the U.S. wouldn’t even rank in the top 60 happiest countries,” De Neve told Fortune.

Inequality and Social Isolation Are Key Factors

Unlike Nordic nations such as Finland (No. 1), Denmark (No. 2), and Iceland (No. 3), where well-being is more evenly distributed, the U.S. has greater economic inequality, affecting overall happiness.

“In these Scandinavian countries, a rising tide lifts all boats,” De Neve explained, adding that in Finland, most people rate their happiness at seven or eight on a scale of ten, whereas in the U.S., responses are more polarized, with both high and extremely low ratings.

Additionally, social isolation is growing. In 2023, nearly one in five young adults in the U.S. reported having no one to rely on for support. Data also shows that the number of people dining alone in the U.S. has surged 53% since 2003.

“You see an extraordinary increase in dining alone over the past two decades in the U.S.,” De Neve noted.

This social isolation fosters mistrust in others and society, leading people to form echo chambers that reinforce negative perceptions, including distrust of strangers and institutions.

Trust in Others: A Key Indicator

The study measured trust levels using a “lost wallet” experiment, where people were asked whether they believed a stranger would return a lost wallet.

Compared to Nordic countries, Americans were less likely to believe that a stranger would return a wallet or that police would ensure its safe return.

“That single item of the wallet drop is very powerful,” De Neve explained.

Broader Implications

With trust eroding and social isolation increasing, the report suggests that America’s happiness crisis may continue unless deeper structural issues—such as economic inequality, loneliness, and declining trust in institutions—are addressed.

Japan Becomes First Team to Qualify for 2026 World Cup Through Qualifiers

Japan has become the first nation to book a spot in the 2026 FIFA World Cup via qualifiers, securing their place with a 2-0 victory over Bahrain in Saitama.

Kamada and Kubo Seal Japan’s Qualification

Second-half goals from Crystal Palace’s Daichi Kamada and Real Sociedad’s Takefusa Kubo ensured Japan’s progression with three games to spare in the third round of the Asian qualifiers.

While Canada, Mexico, and the United States had already secured places as tournament hosts, Japan is the first team to qualify through the qualification process.

Asia’s Road to the World Cup

The Asian Football Confederation (AFC) has eight guaranteed spots in the expanded 48-team tournament, with an additionalplayoff spot available through intercontinental playoffs.

The third round of Asian qualifying features 18 teams split into three groups. The top two teams from each group qualify directly for the World Cup, while the third- and fourth-placed teams move to a fourth round to compete for the remaining slots.

Dominant Japan Secure Eighth Consecutive World Cup Appearance

Under manager Hajime Moriyasu, Japan continues its streak of World Cup qualifications, having reached the tournament’s last 16 in Qatar 2022 before losing to Croatia on penalties.

Japan has dominated the qualifiers, winning six out of six matches in the second round and remainingunbeaten in the third round with six wins and one draw.

The squad featured Liverpool’s Wataru Endo, Brighton’s Kaoru Mitoma, and Takumi Minamino, a Premier League winner with Liverpool in 2020.

Australia Trails Behind Japan

Second-placed Australia, who secured a 5-1 victory over Indonesia, remainsnine points behind Japan.

Meanwhile, European qualifiers for the 2026 FIFA World Cup are set to begin this week, with England and Wales among the teams in action.

Dark Energy May Be Changing, Challenging Einstein’s Theory

Scientists have found new evidence suggesting that Dark Energy, the mysterious force driving the expansion of the universe, may be changing over time. If confirmed, this discovery could lead to a fundamental shift in our understanding of space, time, and cosmology.

A Paradigm Shift in Astronomy?

Some researchers believe they are on the brink of one of the biggest breakthroughs in astronomy in a generation. The findings contradict aspects of Einstein’s theory, which has long guided our understanding of the cosmos.

“This is a dramatic moment,” said Prof Ofer Lahav of University College London (UCL) in an interview with BBC News.

“We may be witnessing a paradigm shift in our understanding of the Universe.”

Dark Energy: A Mystery Deepens

Dark Energy was first discovered in 1998, when astronomers found that instead of slowing down, the universe’s expansion was accelerating. Scientists did not understand the cause and labeled it Dark Energy to signify its unknown nature.

To study it, researchers have been observing how galaxies move apart over time. One of the most advanced projects investigating this is the Dark Energy Spectroscopic Instrument (DESI) at Kitt Peak National Observatory, Arizona. This device, made up of 5,000 robotic telescopes, rapidly scans galaxies to measure their distances.

A Growing “Blip” in the Data

Last year, DESI detected a hint that the force exerted by Dark Energy had changed over time. Initially, many scientists believed it was just an error in the data.

However, one year later, the anomaly has grown stronger.

“The evidence is stronger now than it was,” said Prof Seshadri Nadathur from the University of Portsmouth.

“We’ve performed many additional tests, and they make us confident that this isn’t an unknown error in the data.”

A “Weird” Force Getting Even Weirder

The findings, though not yet officially classified as a discovery, have caught the attention of leading scientists.

“Dark Energy appears to be even weirder than we thought,” said Prof Catherine Heymans, Scotland’s Astronomer Royal from Edinburgh University.

“In 2024, the data was uncertain. But now, with more evidence and scrutiny, we might be edging toward a major breakthrough.”

Yet, what exactly is causing the variation in Dark Energy’s force remains unknown.

“No one knows!” said Prof Lahav.

“If this new result is correct, we need a new theory to explain it. That’s what makes this so exciting.”

The Search for Answers Continues

Over the next two years, DESI will continue collecting data, aiming to measure 50 million galaxies to verify these observations. Meanwhile, the European Space Agency’s Euclid mission, launched in 2023, is providing even deeper insights into Dark Energy by observing galaxies further away.

“We’re in the business of letting the Universe tell us how it works,” said Andrei Cuceu, a researcher at the Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory in California.

“Maybe it’s more complicated than we thought.”

The DESI project includes over 900 researchers from 70 institutions worldwide, including Durham, UCL, and Portsmouth University from the UK.

If these findings hold, our understanding of the cosmos may be on the verge of a revolutionary transformation.

10 Science-Backed Habits to Train Your Brain for Lasting Joy

Ever wonder why some people radiate joy no matter what life throws at them?

It’s not about luck or ignorance of stress—it’s about habits that reinforce positive neural pathways. These aren’t fleeting mood boosters; they’re small, consistent actions that build long-term emotional resilience.

Here are 10 research-backed strategies to rewire your brain for sustainable happiness.

1. Start Your Day with Gratitude

Beginning the morning with a simple gratitude practice signals your brain to focus on the good.

  • Write down three things you’re thankful for—a supportive friend, a warm bed, or a great cup of coffee.
  • Neuroscience shows that repeatedly recognizing positivity strengthens optimism circuits in the brain.
  • Over time, gratitude becomes self-reinforcing, making it easier to spot the good in everyday life.

2. Move Your Body—Even a Little

Exercise isn’t just about fitness; it’s a mood booster.

  • Physical activity releases endorphins, reducing stress hormones.
  • Even a brisk 10-minute walk can refresh your mood, improve focus, and lower irritability.
  • Movement acts as a mental reset button, helping you tackle challenges with clarity and resilience.

3. Feed Your Mind with Positivity

The content you consume shapes your mindset.

  • Choose uplifting books, podcasts, or videos that inspire and motivate.
  • A short motivational speech, an inspiring chapter, or a funny clip can subtly shift your mindset.
  • Over time, these micro-doses of positivity train your brain to lean towards optimism.

4. Perform Micro-Acts of Kindness

Small good deeds trigger a “helper’s high”, lighting up the brain’s reward centers.

  • Buy someone coffee, send a kind message, or hold the door open.
  • Research shows acts of kindness lower cortisol (the stress hormone) and increase happiness chemicals.
  • Shifting focus from internal worries to external empathy promotes a greater sense of connection and fulfillment.

5. Challenge Limiting Beliefs

Your thoughts shape your reality—so why not rewrite negative mental scripts?

  • Identify outdated beliefs like “I’ll never be a positive person” or “I’m bad at work-life balance.”
  • Challenge and reframe them into constructive, empowering statements.
  • Studies show that changing self-defeating narratives weakens negative neural pathways, rewiring the brain for growth.

6. Take Mindful Breaks

We live in a fast-paced world, but short breaks can reset your stress response.

  • Try deep breathing, silent reflection, or a quick walk.
  • Marcus Aurelius once said, “Nowhere you can go is more peaceful—more free of interruptions—than your own soul.”
  • These micro-pauses train the brain to stay resilient under pressure.

7. Engage in a Creative Outlet

Creative activities activate brain regions linked to problem-solving and emotional expression.

  • Painting, writing, cooking, or playing an instrument can be deeply therapeutic.
  • Flow states—where you lose track of time—can rejuvenate the mind and lower stress.
  • Creative expression fosters a sense of progress and accomplishment, boosting self-esteem.

8. Prioritize Real Social Connections

Humans thrive on connection.

  • Face-to-face interactions release oxytocin, the bonding hormone linked to happiness.
  • Even if you can’t meet in person, a call or video chat can reduce feelings of isolation.
  • Studies on Blue Zones (regions with the longest lifespans) show that strong social networks are key to well-being.

9. Limit Doomscrolling

Excessive exposure to negative news keeps the brain in a constant state of stress.

  • Set boundaries around news consumption—stay informed, but in controlled doses.
  • Offset negativity by seeking out positive or uplifting content.
  • A less-stressed nervous system makes room for more joy and peace.

10. Reflect Before Bed

A quick nighttime review rewires your brain to focus on what went well.

  • Ask yourself:
    • What am I grateful for today?
    • What went better than expected?
  • This reflection strengthens positive memory storage and reduces rumination on negative events.

The Bottom Line

Rewiring your brain for joy isn’t about overnight transformation—it’s about small, consistent habits that stack up over time.

Each time you:

✅ Practice gratitude

✅ Take a mindful break

✅ Choose uplifting content

✅ Engage in creativity or kindness

—you’re literally reshaping your brain’s neural pathways.

Joy isn’t just a personality trait; it’s a skill you can train.

And that’s a powerful realization—because it means happiness is within your control.

Heightened Scrutiny for Green Card Holders and H-1B Visa Holders Under Trump Administration

The Trump administration’s stringent immigration enforcement measures have significantly impacted green card holders and H-1B visa holders, particularly when traveling internationally. The question now is how these policies affect the Indian community in the United States.

New York-based immigration attorney Naresh Gehi told Newsweek, “The administration is taking the law in their own hands with blatant disregard to the judiciary of the nation.” He added that numerous Indian professionals with green cards have reported increased questioning.

Immigration lawyers argue that even lawful immigrants face enhanced scrutiny at entry points. The government has intensified adherence to existing immigration laws under the justification of national security and border control.

Tricia McLaughlin, Assistant Secretary at the Department of Homeland Security, defended these actions, telling Newsweek, “The Trump administration is enforcing immigration laws—something the previous administration failed to do. Those who violate these laws will be processed, detained, and removed as required.”

Additionally, Vice President JD Vance stated in a Fox News interview, “A green card holder doesn’t have an indefinite right to be in the United States.”

Increased Inspections at Airports

This shift has led to more thorough inspections at airports and border checkpoints. Some green card holders have reported instances of detention and intensive questioning upon reentry into the U.S. Legal experts warn that permanent residents who spend more than 180 days outside the country risk facing additional scrutiny upon their return.

A widely discussed case last year involved Fabian Schmidt, a green card holder from New Hampshire, who expressed dissatisfaction with his treatment at Logan Airport after returning from Luxembourg. Reports indicate that he underwent a rigorous interrogation and felt coerced into relinquishing his green card status.

However, Hilton Beckham, Assistant Commissioner of Public Affairs at Customs and Border Protection (CBP), dismissed these allegations in a statement to Newsweek. “These claims [regarding Schmidt] are blatantly false with respect to CBP. When an individual is found with drug-related charges and tries to reenter the country, officers will take proper action.”

Seattle-based immigration attorney Kripa Upadhyay criticized the government’s approach, telling Newsweek, “The revocation of green cards and arrest and detention of individuals in the U.S. without giving them an opportunity to prove their lawful status is a violation of due process.”

Upadhyay also highlighted the case of an Indian executive who was denied entry after being suspected of unauthorized employment while holding a B-1 business visa. “It is not connected to criminal activity on their parts; rather, to the fear of being without status because of excessive delays in immigration processing,” she explained.

Stricter Oversight of H-1B Visa Holders

In addition to targeting green card holders, the administration has tightened enforcement measures against H-1B visa holders. Reports suggest that individuals returning from overseas trips are subject to more rigorous questioning regarding their employment status, job roles, and salary details.

Some H-1B workers have been asked to provide extensive documentation upon arrival, including employer verification letters and pay stubs, before being allowed back into the country. Immigration attorneys warn that even minor discrepancies between visa applications and actual job duties could lead to visa revocation.

One such case involved an IT consultant working for a U.S.-based firm who was detained upon returning from India. Immigration officers reportedly questioned whether his job duties aligned with the visa’s requirements. Despite holding valid work authorization, he was detained for hours before finally being allowed to enter the country.

“Even small inconsistencies in job descriptions can create major issues,” said New Jersey-based immigration lawyer Meera Patel. “Many H-1B holders now travel with a stack of documents just to avoid unnecessary complications.”

Growing Concerns Among Indian Immigrants

The heightened scrutiny has caused anxiety among Indian immigrants, particularly those awaiting permanent residency. Many fear that prolonged travel restrictions and administrative hurdles could disrupt their careers and families.

Some have even reconsidered international travel, worried that a routine trip abroad could lead to additional questioning or, in extreme cases, denial of reentry.

“I used to visit my family in India once a year, but now I think twice,” said Rahul Mehta, a software engineer in California. “The stories of people being harassed at airports make me nervous.”

Even Indian students and professionals on temporary visas have expressed concerns. Those on Optional Practical Training (OPT) worry that any administrative errors could jeopardize their chances of securing a more permanent status in the U.S.

“There is a real fear that even the smallest mistake could lead to deportation,” said immigration advocate Sunita Rao. “People feel like they are constantly walking on eggshells.”

Political and Legal Reactions

Legal experts and immigrant advocacy groups have criticized the administration’s policies, arguing that they create unnecessary obstacles for individuals who have followed legal pathways to live and work in the United States.

Several lawsuits have been filed challenging these policies, with attorneys arguing that enhanced scrutiny disproportionately affects legal immigrants rather than addressing undocumented immigration.

Lawmakers from both parties have also voiced concerns. While some Republicans have supported the measures as a means of enforcing existing laws, Democrats have accused the administration of targeting immigrants unfairly.

“The administration is creating an environment of fear,” said Representative Pramila Jayapal. “Green card holders and skilled workers who contribute to our economy shouldn’t be treated like criminals.”

Meanwhile, some immigration officials argue that the measures are necessary to close loopholes and prevent fraud in the visa and residency process.

Potential Long-Term Impacts

Experts suggest that if these policies remain in place, they could have long-term consequences for the U.S. economy, particularly in industries reliant on skilled foreign labor.

Technology firms, in particular, have expressed concerns that increased immigration enforcement could deter top talent from seeking opportunities in the U.S. Some companies have already started exploring alternative locations, such as Canada, where immigration policies are perceived as more favorable.

“Companies need predictability when hiring international talent,” said Paul Harrington, a senior analyst at a technology consulting firm. “If the U.S. becomes too difficult to navigate, businesses will simply relocate jobs elsewhere.”

Some economists also warn that the uncertainty surrounding immigration could discourage foreign investment. Industries that rely on a steady influx of highly skilled professionals—such as healthcare, engineering, and academia—may struggle to attract the best global talent.

“Immigration policies should be structured in a way that balances national security concerns with economic growth,” said Harvard economist David Lin. “Otherwise, the U.S. risks losing its competitive edge.”

Calls for Reform

As immigration policies continue to evolve, advocacy groups and legal experts are calling for clearer guidelines and greater transparency in enforcement practices.

Some have urged Congress to pass legislation that provides more protections for green card holders and skilled workers, ensuring that legal immigrants are not unfairly targeted.

“There needs to be a more balanced approach,” said immigration attorney William Keller. “People who have followed the law shouldn’t have to live in constant fear of losing their status.”

For now, immigrants affected by the policy shifts are advised to stay informed, maintain proper documentation, and seek legal counsel when necessary.

While debates over immigration enforcement continue, one thing is clear: the landscape for legal immigrants in the U.S. has changed significantly under the Trump administration, leaving many uncertain about their future.

Vatican Introduces Minecraft-Based Game to Engage Younger Generations

In an era where children are constantly immersed in digital worlds and Minecraft dominates online gaming, the Vatican is making a strategic move to connect with the younger audience—through video games.

Vatican officials have unveiled Peter is Here, a Minecraft-based game that allows players to explore the architectural splendor of St. Peter’s Basilica while learning about its rich history and artistic masterpieces.

Developed in collaboration with Microsoft’s Minecraft Education program, the game is part of the Vatican’s jubilee year initiative, aimed at familiarizing younger generations with the cultural and spiritual treasures housed within the Basilica.

“All within the video game, it is a 3D representation—a complete digital reconstruction of St. Peter’s Basilica,” explained Allison Matthews, head of Minecraft Education, during a press conference on Tuesday, March 18. “You have a character in the game, and you can walk through the hallways, explore the entire building, interact with the art pieces, the statues, and the mosaics, and learn about their history.”

Assurances on Pope Francis’ Health

Cardinal Mauro Gambetti took the opportunity to reassure the public that the project had been in progress long before Pope Francis was hospitalized with pneumonia.

“If Pope Francis were here, I imagine he would say, ‘You did well to think of this,’” Gambetti stated. “Even the way he lives and testifies to his faith right now reflects that our perspective is eternal. Through fun, in a certain sense, we are transported to another dimension.”

With a hopeful smile, he added, “He’s getting better. We pray a lot and wait for him to return. That is what we want.”

Minecraft as an Educational Tool

This is not the first time Minecraft has been leveraged for educational purposes.

Last year, the initiative UNITED24 recreated Ukraine’s Soledar salt mines within the game. The project aimed to raise awareness of the ongoing conflict while securing funds for the reconstruction of the Velyka Kostromka school, which had been devastated by Russian attacks.

Similarly, the popular battle royale game Fortnite has been used for historical education. Game designer Luc Bernard developed the platform’s first-ever educational Holocaust museum, offering players an interactive experience of key historical events.

The virtual museum includes narratives of figures such as Abdol Hossein Sardari, the Iranian diplomat who issued thousands of passports to Jews fleeing Nazi-occupied France. It also highlights the stories of LGBTQ+ Jews and the Black Panther tank battalion, which played a crucial role in liberating Jewish prisoners.

Gaming as a Gateway to Cultural Heritage

The Vatican’s embrace of video games as an educational tool reflects a broader trend of using digital platforms to engage younger audiences. By integrating history, art, and faith into an interactive experience, Peter is Here offers a novel way for players to connect with the Vatican’s cultural legacy.

As gaming continues to evolve beyond entertainment, projects like this demonstrate the potential of virtual worlds in education and historical preservation.

Love, Money & Chores: The Three Biggest Relationship Deal-Breakers and How to Fix Them

Having worked with countless couples in counseling sessions over the years, I have come to realize that no relationship is without its flaws. Every couple encounters disagreements, but what are the major deal-breakers that lead to repeated conflicts? While every relationship has its own triggers, three common themes often emerge as the root causes of disputes: financial disagreements, division of household responsibilities, and conflicting long-term aspirations. Let’s take a closer look at each issue and explore ways to navigate these challenges while maintaining a healthy relationship.

1. Financial Friction: When Money Becomes a Battleground

Money can be one of the most sensitive topics in any relationship, and financial stress is a leading cause of arguments between couples. Studies indicate that differing attitudes toward money can create a significant strain, as one partner may prioritize saving and financial security while the other may adopt a more carefree, spend-as-you-go approach. When these differing financial habits clash, they can lead to feelings of frustration, resentment, and insecurity about the future.

Consider Sarah and Ethan, a couple who found themselves in constant financial disputes. Sarah was meticulous about saving for the future, ensuring they had a financial cushion, while Ethan preferred to enjoy the present and spend on experiences. Sarah perceived Ethan’s spending habits as reckless and feared they would struggle later in life, while Ethan felt constrained by Sarah’s cautious approach, believing that life was meant to be enjoyed now. Over time, their disagreements intensified, making both feel misunderstood and disconnected.

So, how can couples prevent financial differences from becoming a relationship-breaking issue? The key lies in open and honest communication. It’s essential for partners to discuss their financial values early in the relationship and continue revisiting the conversation as circumstances change. Establishing a shared budget that respects both partners’ perspectives can help create a balanced approach. Rather than avoiding discussions about money, couples should proactively manage their finances together, ensuring that both partners feel heard and respected.

2. The Battle Over Household Chores: Resentment in the Routine

Another issue that can quietly erode a relationship is an unequal division of household chores. While arguments about money may be expected, conflicts over domestic responsibilities can be just as damaging, often leading to underlying feelings of imbalance and lack of appreciation. It’s not just about whether the dishes are done or the laundry is folded—it’s about fairness, respect, and feeling valued in the relationship.

Research has shown that when one partner feels overburdened with household duties while the other does not contribute equally, resentment can quickly build. Over time, this imbalance can lead to ongoing frustration, which may manifest in frequent arguments or emotional withdrawal.

Take Carla and Jack, for example. Carla found herself handling the majority of household tasks, even though she worked full-time. Jack, who had a demanding job, believed that since he put in long hours at work, household chores should not be his responsibility. While he wasn’t intentionally dismissing Carla’s efforts, his lack of participation made Carla feel overwhelmed and unappreciated. What started as small frustrations soon turned into major conflicts, as Carla grew resentful of carrying the bulk of the domestic workload.

How can couples navigate this issue? The solution starts with open communication and clear expectations. Instead of assuming that one partner will naturally take on more responsibilities, couples should have honest conversations about how they will divide household tasks. Sharing the workload fairly, considering both partners’ time and effort, can make a significant difference in reducing tension. Expressing appreciation for each other’s contributions—whether big or small—can also go a long way in strengthening the relationship.

3. Conflicting Life Goals: When Dreams Don’t Align

As relationships evolve, couples may discover that their long-term goals and aspirations do not align. While small differences can often be worked through, major life decisions—such as career paths, family planning, or lifestyle choices—can lead to deep-seated conflicts if not addressed. If one partner envisions a future vastly different from the other’s, the relationship may feel like it’s heading in opposite directions.

Consider the case of Mike and Clara. Mike had always dreamed of advancing his career in a bustling city, while Clara longed for a peaceful life in the countryside, where she hoped to raise a family. At first, they avoided discussing their differences, assuming that love would be enough to bridge the gap. However, as time went on, their conflicting visions of the future became impossible to ignore. Each felt that compromising meant sacrificing their personal dreams, leading to increasing frustration and emotional distance.

So, how can couples navigate major differences in life goals? The key lies in deep, honest conversations about the future. Partners must be willing to openly discuss their long-term aspirations and listen to each other’s perspectives. Compromise does not always mean splitting things down the middle, but it does require a genuine effort to understand and respect each other’s dreams. In some cases, seeking guidance from a relationship counselor can help couples explore possible solutions that allow both partners to feel fulfilled in the relationship.

How to Handle Conflict Without Damaging Your Relationship

While these three issues—money, household chores, and conflicting life goals—are among the most common relationship deal-breakers, how couples handle these conflicts can determine whether their relationship thrives or struggles. Conflict is a natural part of any relationship, but it’s how disagreements are approached that makes all the difference.

Here are some key strategies for navigating relationship conflicts effectively:

  1. Practice Active Listening: When disagreements arise, take the time to truly listen to your partner’s perspective rather than immediately reacting. Acknowledge their feelings and validate their concerns.
  2. Communicate with Respect: Avoid accusatory language or placing blame. Instead, use “I” statements to express your feelings. For example, instead of saying, “You never help around the house,” try, “I feel overwhelmed when I have to handle all the chores alone.”
  3. Find Common Ground: Look for solutions that work for both partners. Whether it’s creating a shared budget, dividing chores more equitably, or finding a compromise on long-term goals, relationships thrive on mutual effort and understanding.
  4. Schedule Regular Check-Ins: Set aside time to discuss any ongoing concerns and assess how the relationship is progressing. This helps prevent small issues from escalating into major conflicts.
  5. Seek Professional Guidance if Needed: If conflicts become overwhelming, couples therapy or counseling can provide a safe space to work through issues with the help of a neutral third party.

Final Thoughts: Building a Stronger Relationship Through Conflict Resolution

No relationship is without its challenges, and conflicts are inevitable. However, addressing issues with open communication, mutual respect, and a willingness to work through differences can strengthen the bond between partners. Instead of avoiding conflict, couples should view disagreements as opportunities for growth and deeper understanding.

By proactively managing financial discussions, ensuring a fair division of household responsibilities, and openly discussing future goals, couples can create a solid foundation for a long-lasting and fulfilling relationship. At the end of the day, love is not about never disagreeing—it’s about learning how to navigate those disagreements together.

Finland Tops World Happiness Report 2025, India Ranks 118th

Finland has been named the happiest country in the world for the eighth consecutive year, according to the World Happiness Report 2025, released on March 19. The annual report, published by the Wellbeing Research Centre at the University of Oxford, found that Finland continues to lead in global happiness rankings, followed by Denmark, Iceland, and Sweden in the top four positions.

India has shown a slight improvement in its ranking, moving up from 126th place in 2024 to 118th this year. However, despite this progress, India remains ranked lower than several conflict-affected nations, including Ukraine, Mozambique, Iran, Iraq, Pakistan, Palestine, the Democratic Republic of Congo, Uganda, Gambia, and Venezuela.

The rankings in the report are based on individuals’ self-assessments of their happiness and life satisfaction. The study, conducted in collaboration with Gallup and the United Nations Sustainable Development Solutions Network, examines the factors influencing happiness beyond just economic growth.

Trust and Social Connections Key to Happiness

“Happiness isn’t just about wealth or growth — it’s about trust, connection, and knowing people have your back,” said Jon Clifton, CEO of Gallup. “If we want stronger communities and economies, we must invest in what truly matters: each other.”

Researchers found that happiness is significantly influenced by social trust, relationships, and community support. The study emphasized that factors such as sharing meals with family and friends, having a dependable support system, and household size contribute to overall well-being.

For instance, in Mexico and parts of Europe, a household size of four to five people correlates with the highest levels of happiness. Additionally, belief in the kindness of others was identified as a crucial factor.

One notable finding was that the perceived likelihood of retrieving a lost wallet is a strong predictor of a nation’s overall happiness. Nordic countries, including Finland and Denmark, ranked highest in both expected and actual rates of wallet returns, reinforcing the link between trust and well-being.

Globally, researchers discovered that people tend to underestimate the goodwill of others. In reality, the rate of lost wallet returns is nearly double what people expect.

Global Happiness Rankings: Top and Bottom Countries

European nations continue to dominate the top 20 in global happiness rankings. Despite its ongoing conflict with Hamas, Israel secured the 8th position. Costa Rica and Mexico entered the top 10 for the first time, ranking 6th and 10th, respectively.

However, some major economies have seen a decline in their happiness rankings. The United States fell to 24th place—its lowest ranking to date—after previously peaking at 11th place in 2012. The study highlighted a significant shift in American social habits, noting a 53% increase in people dining alone over the past two decades.

The United Kingdom, ranked 23rd, recorded its lowest average life evaluation since 2017.

At the bottom of the list, Afghanistan remains the unhappiest country in the world. Afghan women reported facing especially difficult living conditions, contributing to the country’s persistently low ranking. Sierra Leone in West Africa is the second unhappiest nation, followed by Lebanon in third place from the bottom.

Young Adults Facing Increased Loneliness

The report highlighted a growing crisis of loneliness among young adults worldwide. In 2023, 19% of young adults reported having no one they could rely on for social support—a 39% increase compared to 2006. This trend raises concerns about the long-term implications of social isolation and its impact on mental health and well-being.

Factors Influencing Happiness

The rankings in the World Happiness Report are determined by self-reported life evaluations collected between 2022 and 2024. Experts in economics, psychology, and sociology analyze the variations in happiness across countries using a combination of factors, including:

  • GDP per capita – Economic prosperity and financial security
  • Healthy life expectancy – Access to healthcare and overall physical well-being
  • Social support – Having people to rely on in times of need
  • Sense of freedom – The ability to make personal choices
  • Generosity – Willingness to help others and donate to charity
  • Perceptions of corruption – Public trust in government and institutions

The study underscores that while economic growth is important, other social and emotional factors play a critical role in determining a nation’s overall happiness.

As happiness remains a crucial indicator of overall well-being, the report encourages policymakers worldwide to focus on fostering social trust, community support, and a sense of security to improve happiness levels across nations.

Trump Organization Announces First Luxury Office Project in India

The Trump Organization, the American conglomerate privately owned by President Donald Trump, has announced its first real estate project in India—a luxury office space in Pune.

Trump World Center to Rise in Pune’s Koregaon Park

The Trump World Center will mark the brand’s entry into India’s high-end commercial real estate market. The project, in collaboration with Mumbai-based Tribeca Developers, will be located in Pune’s Koregaon Park, a prime business district.

The development will feature two 27-story towers covering 1.6 million square feet. According to Tribeca, a portion of the project will be strata-sold, while the rest will be leased to a diverse range of tenants. The project is expected to generate approximately $300 million in revenue.

Tribeca’s Role in Trump-Branded Projects

Tribeca, the exclusive licensor of the Trump brand in India, has previously partnered with developers like Lodha and Panchshil to construct Trump-branded residential towers in Mumbai and Pune. Over time, the company has expanded its role beyond licensing to include direct development of Trump properties in India.

For the Pune project, Tribeca has partnered with Kundan Spaces, a real estate firm based in Pune.

India’s First Trump Club and High-Street Retail

In addition to luxury office spaces, the Trump World Center will feature India’s first Trump Club, designed as a high-end networking hub for business leaders. The project will also include a high-street retail component, further enhancing the commercial appeal of the development.

The announcement highlights Trump’s continued interest in the Indian real estate market, following successful residential projects in key metropolitan cities.

Indian Researcher at US University Arrested, Faces Deportation

An Indian researcher at a U.S. university has been arrested by immigration officers and is now facing deportation, according to his lawyer.

Badar Khan Suri was detained on Monday, March 17, outside his home in a Washington suburb in Virginia by “masked” officers who informed him that his student visa had been revoked, Politico reported.

Suri, who earned a PhD from Jamia Millia Islamia University in New Delhi, was a postdoctoral fellow at Georgetown University, where he was teaching a course on “Majoritarianism and Minority Rights in South Asia.”

Links to Palestinian Heritage Under Scrutiny

Suri is married to Maphaz Ahmad Yousef, a U.S. citizen and daughter of Ahmed Yousef, who was described by Hindustan Times, as quoted by Politico, as “a senior political advisor to the Hamas leadership.”

His lawyer, Hassan Ahmad, stated that a habeas corpus petition has been filed in a federal court in Virginia. Ahmad alleged that Suri’s arrest was motivated by his wife’s Palestinian heritage and the suspicion that they both oppose U.S. support for Israel. The lawyer emphasized that Suri has no criminal record and it remains unclear if he had participated in any protests.

Crackdown on Pro-Palestinian Supporters

Suri is the second Indian academic to face deportation over alleged ties to pro-Palestinian activism. Earlier this month, Ranjani Srinivasan, a PhD student at Columbia University, fled to Canada after an immigration officer informed her that her student visa had been revoked.

The Department of Homeland Security accused her of being “involved in activities supporting Hamas, a terrorist organization.”

Unlike in Srinivasan’s case and those of two other individuals arrested for allegedly participating in campus protests, the Trump administration has not issued a statement on Suri’s arrest.

Defending the crackdown on visa holders, Secretary of State Marco Rubio wrote on X, “Coming to the United States on a visa is a privilege, not a right. The Trump Administration is determined to deny or revoke your visa if you’re here to support terrorists.”

University Affiliation and Research

Georgetown University, a Catholic institution, stated that Suri was affiliated with the Alwaleed Bin Talal Center for Muslim-Christian Understanding at the School of Foreign Service. His research focused on factors that hinder cooperation in religiously diverse societies and strategies to overcome those barriers. He had also traveled extensively in conflict zones, including India, Pakistan, and Iran’s Balochistan region.

Suri’s case is part of a broader crackdown on academics and students linked to pro-Palestinian activities on U.S. campuses.

Other Cases of Deportation and Detention

Several other foreign nationals have recently faced detention or deportation proceedings in connection with alleged pro-Palestinian activism:

  • Mahmoud Khalil, a recent graduate of Columbia University, was arrested and is currently held in a Louisiana detention center awaiting deportation, despite holding a green card. A judge has temporarily blocked his deportation pending appeal.
  • Leqaa Kordia, a Palestinian Columbia student, was arrested after being accused of overstaying her student visa.
  • Rasha Alawieh, a professor at Brown University, was denied re-entry into the U.S. after traveling to Lebanon and allegedly attending the funeral of Hezbollah leader Hassan Nasrallah.

As legal battles over these cases continue, advocates warn of increasing scrutiny on foreign nationals involved in pro-Palestinian activism.

Elon Musk Condemns “Extreme Domestic Terrorism” Amid Reports of Tesla Owners’ Data Leak

Tesla Inc. (NASDAQ: TSLA) CEO Elon Musk strongly criticized what he described as “extreme domestic terrorism” on Tuesday, responding to reports that a website had published personal details of Tesla owners across the United States.

What Happened?

Musk took to X (formerly Twitter) to denounce the situation after reports surfaced that a site called “Dogequest” had exposed Tesla owners’ names, addresses, and phone numbers. The website also featured an interactive map with a Molotov cocktail cursor.

“Encouraging destruction of Teslas throughout the country is extreme domestic terrorism!!” Musk wrote, expressing outrage over the potential targeting of Tesla customers.

Reports indicate that the site demands Tesla owners provide proof of selling their vehicles to have their personal details removed. The motive appears linked to Musk’s involvement in President Donald Trump’s administration.

Escalating Anti-Tesla Sentiment

This data leak is the latest development in a broader wave of hostility against Tesla. Incidents of vandalism and attacks on Tesla-related infrastructure have been increasing across the country.

Rep. Marjorie Taylor Greene (R-Ga.) recently called for a federal investigation into what she termed “organized attacks” against Tesla. In her letter to Attorney General Pam Bondi and FBI Director Kash Patel, Greene cited several alarming events, including:

  • Tesla charging stations in the Boston area being severely damaged.
  • A Portland dealership being targeted by gunfire.
  • Cybertrucks set on fire in Seattle in apparent acts of arson.

Greene also raised concerns about possible links between these attacks and organizations affiliated with the Democratic Party. She pointed to groups that “receive a significant amount of funding from ActBlue,” suggesting potential political motivations behind the attacks.

Why It Matters

Anti-Tesla demonstrations have become increasingly visible, further exacerbating tensions. Notable investor Ross Gerber recently shared footage of protests outside a Tesla store in Santa Monica.

Despite being a long-time Tesla investor, Gerber has become more critical of the company, particularly its stock valuation. He noted that Tesla shares remain overpriced “even after plunging nearly 50% since mid-December.”

Beyond public demonstrations, individual Tesla owners have also reported incidents of vandalism. One notable case involved a defaced Cybertruck in New York City. The vehicle’s owner, Avi Ben Hamo, shared his frustration with The New York Post, saying, “I feel myself burning inside.”

Tesla’s Brand Challenges and Musk’s Political Ties

The controversy surrounding Tesla coincides with Musk’s dual role as both the CEO of the automaker and the leader of the Department of Government Efficiency in the Trump administration.

Tesla has faced increasing business challenges in recent months. The company reported its first annual sales decline in 2024, raising concerns among analysts. On Wednesday, JPMorgan Chase analysts warned that Tesla has “lost too much brand value too quickly.”

Despite these struggles, Trump has continued to express strong support for Musk. During a recent White House event, the former president purchased a Tesla Model S Plaid, calling Musk a “patriot” who was being “unfairly maligned” for his role in government efficiency efforts.

The Growing Threat Against Tesla and Its Customers

The emergence of sites like Dogequest and the rise in anti-Tesla incidents point to an increasingly hostile environment for the company and its customers.

The website’s demand that Tesla owners sell their vehicles to remove their personal information has alarmed many. Critics argue that such tactics amount to intimidation, effectively pressuring owners to abandon their Tesla vehicles out of fear.

The fact that the website includes an interactive map with a Molotov cocktail cursor adds to concerns that Tesla customers could become targets of violence or harassment.

Political Implications and the Call for Federal Action

Rep. Greene’s call for a federal investigation underscores the seriousness of the situation. In her letter to Attorney General Bondi and FBI Director Patel, she urged authorities to determine whether coordinated efforts are driving attacks on Tesla.

She pointed to possible funding connections between groups engaged in anti-Tesla activities and ActBlue, a platform widely used for Democratic fundraising. While no direct evidence has been presented linking political organizations to the attacks, the claim has fueled partisan debates over Tesla’s challenges.

Musk’s Role and the Response from Tesla’s Leadership

Musk has remained vocal in his criticism of what he sees as politically motivated hostility against Tesla. His position within the Trump administration has made him a polarizing figure, drawing both praise and condemnation.

Tesla executives have not released an official statement regarding the Dogequest website, but sources within the company suggest that legal action is being considered to address the privacy violations.

Tesla security teams are reportedly monitoring threats against customers and facilities closely. The company has also encouraged Tesla owners to report any suspicious activity to law enforcement.

Broader Market Implications for Tesla

Beyond the immediate security concerns, Tesla’s stock performance has also been impacted by recent controversies. The 50% decline in Tesla shares since mid-December has raised questions about investor confidence in the company’s future.

JPMorgan Chase analysts warn that Tesla is facing a critical moment. The combination of brand damage, declining sales, and political controversies could have long-term effects on the company’s market position.

Tesla has historically been seen as a leader in the electric vehicle (EV) industry. However, competition from other automakers, shifting consumer sentiment, and Musk’s political associations have complicated its standing.

Protests and Vandalism—A New Reality for Tesla?

The rise in Tesla-related vandalism and attacks suggests that hostility toward the company is not an isolated trend. The protests in Santa Monica, arson cases in Seattle, and vandalism incidents in New York all point to a broader shift in public sentiment.

Ross Gerber’s comments about Tesla’s valuation reflect growing skepticism among investors. Despite the company’s past dominance in the EV market, its brand perception is under strain.

The question remains whether Tesla can effectively address these challenges and regain public trust.

What’s Next?

As Musk continues to speak out against what he sees as politically motivated attacks on Tesla, the company faces mounting pressure on multiple fronts.

  • Legal Action Against Dogequest – Tesla may pursue legal avenues to have the website taken down and hold those responsible accountable for doxxing Tesla owners.
  • Increased Security Measures – Given the rise in targeted vandalism and arson, Tesla may need to enhance security at its facilities and provide guidance to customers on protecting their vehicles.
  • Political Tensions – Musk’s involvement in the Trump administration could continue to fuel partisan debates surrounding Tesla. Whether this benefits or harms the company in the long run remains to be seen.

Conclusion

Elon Musk’s condemnation of the Dogequest website underscores the growing hostility Tesla and its customers are facing. Reports of doxxing, vandalism, and protests indicate a broader shift in public sentiment, with political divisions further complicating the company’s challenges.

With Tesla’s stock under pressure and brand reputation at risk, the company must navigate these turbulent times carefully. Whether through legal action, security enhancements, or public messaging, how Tesla responds to these threats could determine its trajectory in the coming months.

For now, the situation remains tense, with Tesla owners, investors, and executives closely watching the developments unfold.

USCIS Backlogs and Processing Delays Continue to Rise, Affecting Immigrants Seeking Green Cards and Citizenship

The latest data from U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) highlights a growing challenge for immigrants pursuing family-based petitions, green cards, and naturalization. Processing delays and backlogs are worsening, creating serious obstacles for applicants and separating families for extended periods.

Longer Wait Times for Family Petitions

The I-130 Petition for Alien Relative, a crucial step in family reunification, has seen its average processing time increase to 17.4 months as of January 2025, compared to 16.8 months in December 2024. This petition is essential for U.S. citizens and lawful permanent residents who wish to bring family members to the country.

In January, 94,739 new I-130 petitions were filed, while USCIS processed 49,395 approvals and denied 8,332 applications. However, this was not enough to keep pace with the growing backlog. The number of pending I-130 applications reached 2,355,271, marking a 1.8% rise from December’s 2,313,876. Among these, 1,872,469 cases had been delayed for over six months.

Immigration advocates warn that these delays are having a devastating impact on families. Many applicants, including spouses, children, and parents, remain separated for years, with no certainty about when they will be reunited. The prolonged wait times are adding to the emotional and financial strain on affected families.

Green Card Applications Face Increasing Delays

Applicants seeking adjustment of status through the I-485 form also experienced mounting challenges. The number of pending cases under this category increased from 1,102,338 in December to 1,124,021 in January, reflecting a 2% rise.

Processing times varied depending on the type of green card application. Across different subcategories, such as family-based, employment-based, and asylum-based adjustments, the average processing time climbed to 12.2 months, up from 11.8 months. However, Cuban Adjustment Act applications saw some improvement, with processing times dropping to 8.3 months.

Efforts to accelerate case processing led to a 14.3% rise in approvals, reaching 65,107 in January. Despite this, the backlog continued to grow as 92,424 new applications were submitted during the month.

One notable development was a slight decline in long-pending cases—those delayed for over six months—which dropped to 681,771. While this offers a glimmer of hope, overall backlogs remain a significant problem for green card applicants.

Naturalization Processing Slows Amid High Demand

For immigrants applying for U.S. citizenship through the N-400 naturalization form, the situation presented a mixed picture. The average processing time remains the fastest among major immigration forms at 6.4 months, but this marks an increase from 6.1 months in December.

At the same time, the backlog of naturalization cases grew from 535,601 in December to 540,820 in January. This was driven by a surge in applications, which rose by 16.4% to 87,174. Approvals also increased, reaching 74,957, but they were insufficient to counterbalance the influx of new cases.

Long-pending naturalization applications—those delayed for over six months—jumped by 6.8%, reaching 127,193. These figures suggest that while the naturalization process remainsrelatively efficient, it is also under increasing pressure as more immigrants seek U.S. citizenship.

The Expanding USCIS Backlog

USCIS continues to struggle with rising caseloads across multiple immigration categories. The overall backlog for major immigration forms grew from 5.56 million in December 2024 to 5.67 million in January 2025.

A significant portion of this backlog comes from employment authorization applications (I-765), which alone account for over 1.2 million pending cases. The continued increase in processing times has left many applicants in limbo, affecting their ability to work and support themselves while waiting for USCIS decisions.

Advocates Call for Policy Changes

As the backlog grows, immigration advocates are calling for systemic changes to improve efficiency and reduce wait times. Many argue that USCIS needs additional resources, staffing, and policy adjustments to handle the increasing volume of applications effectively.

Advocates stress that prolonged processing times are not just bureaucratic hurdles but have real-life consequences for immigrants. Delays in family petitions mean extended separations for loved ones, while green card and work permit backlogs can disrupt careers and financial stability.

Impact on Families and Communities

For families waiting on I-130 approvals, the emotional toll of separation continues to mount. Many applicants face years of uncertainty, unable to plan their futures due to unpredictable wait times. Parents are forced to live apart from their children, and spouses remain separated by borders without a clear timeline for reunification.

For green card applicants, processing delays mean prolonged uncertainty regarding their legal status. Those seeking permanent residency through employment-based applications often experience career disruptions, as delays in work authorization prevent them from advancing in their fields.

Similarly, immigrants seeking naturalization must navigate longer processing times, delaying their ability to vote, obtain U.S. passports, and access other benefits of citizenship.

Challenges in Addressing the Backlog

USCIS has acknowledged the backlog issue and has implemented various measures to improve processing speeds. However, the sheer volume of applications, combined with staffing limitations and complex adjudication requirements, makes it difficult to achieve significant reductions in wait times.

Efforts such as streamlining forms, increasing electronic processing, and expanding USCIS staffing have had limited success in reversing the backlog trend. The demand for immigration benefits continues to outpace the agency’s capacity to process cases efficiently.

Calls for Congressional Action

Some immigration experts believe that congressional action is necessary to address the backlog crisis. Potential solutions include increased funding for USCIS, policy changes to expedite certain categories of applications, and broader immigration reform to modernize the system.

Several lawmakers have proposed measures to improve USCIS processing times, such as hiring additional adjudicators and expanding digital services to reduce paperwork bottlenecks. However, immigration reform remains a politically sensitive issue, and progress has been slow.

Looking Ahead

As USCIS continues to grapple with rising caseloads, applicants seeking family reunification, green cards, and citizenship face prolonged uncertainty. While some measures have improved processing speeds for specific categories, overall delays remain a major challenge.

For many immigrants, the growing backlog represents more than just administrative inefficiencies—it impacts their families, careers, and future aspirations. Advocates continue to push for policy changes to reduce wait times and create a more efficient immigration system.

Until significant reforms are enacted, millions of applicants will remain stuck in a system struggling to keep up with demand, facing unpredictable delays that shape their lives and futures.

Sridhar Vembu Highlights Shift of Indian American Talent to Finance Over Engineering

Zoho founder Sridhar Vembu recently raised concerns on X about an increasing trend among intelligent and well-educated Indian Americans, particularly those with parents in engineering or technology, shifting their career focus toward finance. This pattern reflects what has already transpired in the U.S. over the past few decades, where some of the brightest minds have gravitated toward Wall Street.

Vembu, an IIT Madras graduate who moved to the U.S. and later returned to India, shared a personal anecdote from 1994. After earning his PhD from Princeton, he was advised by a former Silicon Valley engineer—who had transitioned to finance—to join a quantitative trading team. However, he chose an engineering role at Qualcomm, even though it paid less, staying true to his personal values and his father’s early guidance.

In 1996, he founded a software development company named AdventNet, which was later rebranded as Zoho Corporation in 2009. Earlier this year, Vembu stepped down as CEO and assumed the role of chief scientist at Zoho.

Concerns Over an Increasing Shift to Finance

Vembu sees this growing preference for finance over engineering as a troubling trend. He argues that instead of addressing critical challenges in fields such as engineering, infrastructure, and healthcare, many talented individuals are now pursuing financial careers that focus on “making money from money.”

While finance plays a vital role in the economy, an excessive emphasis on it can lead to long-term societal decline. Vembu warns that economies driven primarily by financial markets tend to weaken over time, a lesson that history has repeatedly reinforced.

Public Reaction to Vembu’s Views

His statement struck a chord with many social media users, sparking widespread discussions. Many people echoed his concerns, noting that engineering and other technical fields often lack the lucrative incentives that finance offers, making them less appealing career choices despite their crucial contributions to society.

One user stressed the need for improved compensation structures and a more supportive ecosystem to encourage individuals to tackle complex engineering problems. The user wrote, “Completely agree with the sentiment. Unfortunately, solving hard engineering problems doesn’tpay high money. Something we’ll have to look at the incentives and compensation structures and the ecosystem. Ppl shouldn’t find it an aversion as they have to go through hoops to get the resources to work in hard engg problems. Some abundance mindset needed by capital allocators.”

Concerns About a Declining Engineering Focus

Several users cautioned that when a nation’s brightest minds favor finance over engineering, it signals an impending decline. They pointed out that many developed countries have seen a similar pattern, where talented individuals move away from innovation-driven industries toward financial speculation.

Some suggested that governments, especially in developing nations, should intervene to prevent this shift. They argued that economies still in their growth phase require robust engineering and technological advancements to secure long-term stability, rather than an overreliance on financial speculation.

A user remarked that the trend could have negative consequences for developing nations, as they need strong engineering talent to build infrastructure and drive technological progress. Without such focus, these countries risk stagnation.

The Impact of Financial Market Volatility

Another aspect of the discussion touched upon the unpredictability of financial markets. One user reflected on their personal experience, stating that recent downturns in Indian markets reignited their desire to build something tangible—such as a manufacturing business—instead of relying solely on stock market fluctuations.

This perspective highlights the growing concern that careers in finance may not always offer long-term stability. Some users expressed frustration over the disproportionate financial rewards in speculative markets compared to careers in innovation-driven industries.

The Historical Pattern of Talent Moving Toward Finance

The pattern Vembu described is not new. In the U.S., a similar shift occurred over the past few decades, where many top graduates from elite universities gravitated toward Wall Street, lured by high salaries and financial incentives.

This phenomenon led to a decline in the number of highly skilled professionals pursuing careers in scientific research, engineering, and manufacturing. Critics argue that this shift contributed to reduced innovation in sectors that are critical for long-term economic growth.

Now, a comparable trend appears to be taking hold among Indian Americans, raising concerns that the brightest minds may increasingly focus on finance rather than technology and engineering.

Financial Incentives and Career Choices

Many netizens believe that financial rewards play a decisive role in career decisions. Finance offers significantly higher salaries and quicker financial gains compared to engineering, making it an attractive choice for young professionals.

A user emphasized the financial disparity between the two fields, pointing out that despite the intellectual rigor of engineering, it does not offer the same monetary incentives as finance. This imbalance discourages talented individuals from pursuing careers that require solving complex real-world problems.

Another user suggested that for the trend to reverse, capital allocators and policymakers must create a more attractive environment for engineering and technological careers. They argued that an “abundance mindset” is necessary to ensure that engineers have the resources they need to innovate and contribute meaningfully to society.

Government Intervention and Policy Changes

Some users proposed that governments should take proactive measures to address the issue. One suggestion was to implement policies that provide better financial incentives for engineers, such as higher salaries, research grants, and tax benefits for innovation-driven industries.

Another proposal involved creating stricter regulations on speculative financial activities while simultaneously promoting careers in science, technology, engineering, and mathematics (STEM). By shifting incentives, policymakers could help ensure that more individuals choose careers that contribute to long-term economic and technological development.

Balancing Finance and Engineering

While Vembu acknowledges the importance of finance, he warns that an economy overly dependent on it is unsustainable. Many users agreed, arguing that finance should function as a tool to support technological and industrial growth, rather than being the primary driver of an economy.

One user noted that financial markets should be a means to fund innovation rather than an end in themselves. They pointed out that when speculation overtakes productive industries, economies become fragile and prone to crises.

The Role of Cultural and Educational Influences

Another aspect of the discussion touched on how cultural and educational influences shape career choices. Many Indian American students grow up in households where financial stability is highly valued. Given the high earnings potential in finance, parents may encourage their children to pursue careers in the field.

A user commented that many young professionals view finance as a “safe” and lucrative career choice compared to engineering, which requires years of technical expertise with often lower financial rewards. They argued that shifting this perception requires systemic changes in both education and industry.

Vembu’s Call for a Shift in Mindset

Vembu’s perspective ultimately calls for a broader reassessment of career priorities. He urges talented individuals to focus on solving real-world problems through engineering, technology, and infrastructure development rather than being drawn solely by financial incentives.

His views align with a growing sentiment that economies must balance financial activities with innovation-driven industries to ensure sustainable growth. Without a strong foundation in engineering and technological advancements, nations risk long-term stagnation.

Conclusion

Sridhar Vembu’s concerns about the increasing shift of Indian American talent toward finance instead of engineering have sparked a significant debate. While finance is essential to the economy, an overemphasis on it at the expense of technological and engineering innovation poses long-term risks.

Netizens largely supported Vembu’s perspective, pointing out the need for better financial incentives and structural changes to encourage careers in engineering and scientific research. Some advocated for government intervention to prevent excessive brain drain into finance, while others stressed the importance of shifting societal and educational mindsets.

As financial markets remain volatile and engineering-driven industries continue to shape the future, the debate over career priorities is unlikely to subside anytime soon. Vembu’s call for a renewed focus on engineering and problem-solving serves as a crucial reminder of the role innovation plays in long-term economic prosperity.

Indian Green Card Holders Face Increased Scrutiny Amid Stricter US Immigration Policies

The US Department of State recently reaffirmed its commitment to stringent immigration enforcement through an official post on its ‘X’ account, emphasizing that visa screening remains an ongoing process even after issuance. The department stressed that visa holders are continuously monitored to ensure adherence to US laws and immigration regulations. Those found in violation risk having their visas revoked and facing deportation.

This heightened scrutiny has disproportionately impacted Indian Green Card holders, particularly elderly individuals who frequently spend extended periods in India during the winter months. Reports suggest that US Customs and Border Protection (CBP) officers have been targeting such individuals at airports, pressuring them to sign Form I-407, a document that voluntarily relinquishes their permanent residency. Allegedly, those who refuse to comply have faced threats of detention or deportation.

Enforcement Under the Trump Administration

The crackdown follows a series of executive orders on immigration issued by President Donald Trump after returning to the White House. Vice President JD Vance has reinforced this strict approach, asserting in a Fox News interview that holding a Green Card does not grant an individual indefinite residency in the US. He stated that even if he personally had a favorable opinion of a Green Card holder, it would not change the fact that permanent residency is not an absolute guarantee.

A Green Card, also known as a Permanent Resident Card, grants an individual the right to live and work in the US. However, the latest enforcement actions suggest that stricter conditions are being imposed on those failing to meet residency requirements. These changes have left many Indian Green Card holders uncertain about their future status in the country.

Increased Monitoring of Green Card Holders

The State Department has reiterated its tough stance on immigration compliance, warning that even those who already possess visas or Green Cards remain under continuous scrutiny. Officials have underscored that any violation of US laws or immigration policies could result in the revocation of residency and deportation.

This shift in enforcement has triggered widespread concern among Indian permanent residents, especially elderly individuals who frequently travel between India and the US. Reports indicate that CBP officers have intensified efforts to pressure returning Green Card holders to relinquish their status. Many travelers who resisted signing Form I-407 have allegedly faced coercive tactics, including threats of detention or forced removal, creating a climate of fear among Indian immigrants.

A Broader Immigration Crackdown

The intensified enforcement is part of a broader effort by the Trump administration to tighten immigration controls. Within weeks of reassuming office, President Trump signed multiple executive orders aimed at restricting immigration, extending policies from his first term. Vice President Vance has reiterated that permanent residents should not assume an indefinite right to remain in the US. His remarks have added to growing concerns that even lawful immigrants must now tread cautiously to maintain their status.

This escalation coincides with a broader trend of rising anti-immigration sentiment in Washington, where hardline conservatives are pushing for stricter policies. Proponents argue that tougher immigration laws are necessary for economic and national security reasons, while critics warn that such measures disproportionately target legal immigrants, including Indian professionals and their families.

Targeting Elderly Indian Green Card Holders

Although the new policies apply to all Green Card holders, elderly Indian immigrants appear to be disproportionately affected. Many in this demographic divide their time between the US and India, often spending winter months in their home country before returning. However, immigration officials have started interpreting extended stays abroad as a sign that these individuals no longer intend to reside permanently in the US.

Previously, Green Card holders who remained outside the country for more than six months risked additional scrutiny upon their return. Now, reports suggest that even those traveling for shorter periods have encountered difficulties. Several elderly Indian immigrants have claimed that CBP officers aggressively encouraged them to sign Form I-407, warning that failure to comply could result in immediate detention or deportation.

For many, this practice has created an unsettling dilemma—choosing between visiting their homeland and preserving their US residency. Individuals who have lived in the country for decades and contributed to society now face an unexpected challenge: maintaining ties to their birth country could lead to the loss of their Green Card.

Concerns Over Legal Overreach

Immigration attorneys have raised alarms over what they perceive as an overreach by CBP officers. While the law allows Green Card holders to spend limited time outside the US, recent enforcement trends suggest an unofficial policy shift aimed at compelling individuals to surrender their residency.

Legal experts emphasize that officers cannot force anyone to sign Form I-407. However, many elderly immigrants, unfamiliar with US immigration law and possibly limited in English proficiency, feel powerless in the face of official threats. Several advocacy organizations have urged Green Card holders to assert their rights, advising those pressured at the border to refuse to sign the form and request legal representation instead.

Despite these recommendations, many travelers remain vulnerable. Faced with aggressive questioning and threats, elderly immigrants are often left with little recourse, leading to an increase in reported cases of involuntary Green Card relinquishment.

A Chilling Effect on Indian Immigration

The intensified scrutiny has had a profound impact on the Indian American community, sending shockwaves through the diaspora. Many Green Card holders who previously planned to apply for US citizenship are now expediting the process, fearing that permanent residency no longer provides the security they once assumed. Others are reconsidering their long-term future in the US, questioning whether they will ever be fully accepted in the country.

India has historically been one of the largest sources of legal immigrants to the US, with many arriving on employment-based visas before transitioning to permanent residency. However, the uncertainty surrounding Green Card holders has cast a shadow over this pipeline. Prospective immigrants now face the reality that even achieving permanent residency does not guarantee stability in an increasingly restrictive immigration climate.

Political and Economic Consequences

The enforcement measures targeting Indian Green Card holders could have significant political and economic implications. The Indian American community, a key voting bloc, has historically played a crucial role in elections, particularly in swing states such as Georgia and Pennsylvania. If the perception grows that the Republican administration is actively targeting Indian immigrants, it could influence voter behavior in upcoming elections.

From an economic standpoint, Indian professionals have long been essential to the US technology and healthcare sectors. Many American companies depend on skilled workers from India, and increased immigration restrictions could deter talent from pursuing opportunities in the US. This, in turn, could impact innovation, economic growth, and the ability of industries already experiencing labor shortages to attract skilled professionals.

Uncertain Future for Green Card Holders

As US immigration enforcement tightens, the fate of many Indian Green Card holders remains uncertain. While some will choose to fight for their residency rights, others may opt to leave rather than endure the stress and uncertainty of navigating an increasingly restrictive system.

For now, the message from the US government is clear: Green Card holders must remain vigilant, fully informed of their legal rights, and prepared for heightened scrutiny. As immigration policies continue to evolve under the Trump administration, many fear this is only the beginning of a more challenging era for permanent residents.

With the future of US immigration policies hanging in the balance, Indian Green Card holders find themselves at a crossroads—facing the difficult choice of continuing their lives in the US under heightened surveillance or seeking stability elsewhere.

Election Commission Under Scrutiny: Duplicate Voter IDs, Transparency Issues, and Allegations of Bias

Last week, the Election Commission (EC) issued an intriguing press release, inviting party presidents and senior leaders—whom it referred to as “key stakeholders”—for discussions on strengthening “electoral processes.”

This statement, released on March 11, followed two earlier press releases from the EC.

The first, issued on Sunday morning, March 2, was a hurried attempt to clarify that duplicate Electoral Photo Identity Card (EPIC) numbers did not indicate “fake voters.” The EC insisted these duplicates were merely due to differences in “alphanumeric series.”

However, the second press release on March 7 contradicted this stance, admitting that the issue of duplicate EPIC numbers had persisted for decades. It further promised a resolution within 90 days.

The EC’s flurry of statements—first dismissing concerns, then pledging a fix, and finally reaching out to political parties—reveals a state of panic.

Shocking Revelations Spark Political Uproar

The trigger for the EC’s anxious response was a bombshell revelation by West Bengal Chief Minister Mamata Banerjee on February 27. She exposed serious irregularities in India’s electoral rolls, revealing that duplicate EPIC numbers were widespread.

Banerjee presented detailed lists of Bengal voters whose EPIC numbers were assigned to multiple individuals. Alarmingly, some voters’ names from BJP-ruled states had been added to Bengal’s electoral lists.

For instance, a voter from Murshidabad, Mohammad Sainul Islam, shared his EPIC number with “Sunita” from Hisar, Haryana. Another case involved an EPIC number linked to three people—two named Suman, one from Bengal and another from Haryana, and a third person, Nurjamal, from Murshidabad.

This revelation triggered widespread alarm across opposition parties. The Congress called it “startling” and “bizarre,” while the Shiv Sena (UBT) voiced concerns in its newspaper, Saamana. The Rashtriya Janata Dal (RJD) and Aam Aadmi Party (AAP) raised the issue in Parliament.

Further scrutiny of the EC’s own handbook showed that duplicate EPIC numbers could result in voters being denied their rights, as EPIC numbers are linked to photographs.

Electoral Integrity Under Threat

Duplicate EPIC cards are an unacceptable flaw in a democracy as vast and complex as India’s. If passport numbers, Aadhaar cards, and vehicle registration plates can be unique, why should different voters have the same EPIC number?

Facing mounting criticism, the EC has now initiated discussions with political parties. This is a notable shift for an institution known for its opacity, particularly regarding how it calculates voter turnout.

Yet, major concerns remain. The EC has not disclosed the total number of duplicate EPIC cards. If the commission is unaware of the exact number, how does it plan to eliminate them within 90 days?

Moreover, the EC claims duplicate EPIC cards have existed since 2000. If that is the case, how many elections—both assembly and general—have been affected over the past two decades?

Troubling Trends Across India

West Bengal is not the only state where electoral irregularities have surfaced. After the 2024 Maharashtra assembly elections, the Congress flagged a puzzling discrepancy: the EC registered 4 million new voters in just five months between the Lok Sabha and Vidhan Sabha elections (May–October 2024). However, over the five-year period from 2019 to 2024, only 3.2 million voters were added. The Congress called this a “logistical and statistical absurdity.”

In Andhra Pradesh, the YuvajanaSramikaRythu Congress Party (YSRCP) challenged the relaxation of postal ballot norms, arguing that the surge in postal voters warranted investigation. Although the Supreme Court dismissed the plea, concerns persist.

Similarly, in Odisha, the Biju Janata Dal (BJD) raised concerns over a significant difference between provisional and final voting percentages.

There have also been allegations of voter suppression. During the 2024 general elections, reports emerged from Sambhal, Uttar Pradesh, accusing local police of confiscating voter cards and preventing certain communities from voting.

Another major issue is the unexplained rise in voter turnout after 5 p.m. on polling days, especially in regions unfavorable to the BJP.

In Delhi, during the 2025 assembly elections, the AAP alleged a dramatic increase in voter deletion and addition applications. According to EC data, Delhi’s electorate grew by 400,000 between the 2020 assembly polls and the 2024 general elections. However, in just seven months (May 2024–February 2025), another 400,000 voters were added. This raised suspicions about potential manipulation.

Transparency activists have also pointed out that, during the 2024 polls, the EC initially provided turnout figures only as percentages, withholding absolute numbers. When detailed data was eventually released, it showed a sharp increase in turnout compared to initial reports.

With mounting complaints from political parties and citizen groups, it is evident that serious flaws in the electoral process can no longer be ignored.

A Double Standard in Electoral Oversight?

Concerns have also been raised about the EC’s alleged bias in handling election violations. Critics argue that the commission applies different standards to the BJP and opposition parties.

During the 2025 Delhi election, the EC failed to take action against the BJP for using Budget pronouncements in full-page newspaper ads as campaign promises.

Similarly, in the 2024 Lok Sabha elections, the EC did not act against Prime Minister Narendra Modi for his controversial communal speech in Banswara, Rajasthan, where he warned of “mangalsutras being snatched away.” It was only after sustained public pressure that the EC issued a mild message to the BJP’s party president regarding “star campaigners.”

This selective enforcement contrasts with the EC’s swift action against opposition leaders. Rahul Gandhi received a notice for calling Modi panauti (bad luck)—a remark far less inflammatory than Modi’s past statements, such as the “shamshaan-kabristan” comment in 2017 or his 2019 remark about identifying “people creating violence by their clothes.”

Concerns Over Election Commission Autonomy

Under the Modi government, critics argue that the EC’s independence has been systematically weakened. A major turning point came in 2023 when the BJP-led government altered the selection process for Election Commissioners. Previously, the Chief Justice of India (CJI) was part of the selection panel. However, a new law removed the CJI’s role, giving the ruling party greater influence.

Citizens must ask: Why was the Chief Justice removed from the selection process?

Past instances suggest pressure on Election Commissioners. In 2020, Ashok Lavasa resigned after dissenting on Model Code violations in 2019. Soon after, he was appointed to an overseas role with the Asian Development Bank.

Ahead of the 2024 elections, Election Commissioner Arun Goel abruptly resigned. His replacement, Gyanesh Kumar, was a former secretary in Amit Shah’s ministries, raising concerns about partisanship.

The Battle to Safeguard Indian Democracy

With widespread allegations of bias and opacity, the EC has failed to instill confidence in opposition parties or the general public.

Article 324 of the Constitution entrusts the EC with ensuring free and fair elections. If electoral rolls contain fraudulent voters or are manipulated in any way, the legitimacy of election results is compromised.

As BR Ambedkar emphasized, credible voter lists are the foundation of democracy. If India’s electoral process is perceived as rigged, it risks losing public trust—similar to what has happened in Bangladesh.

The EC must embrace greater transparency and scrutiny. It cannot afford to ignore mounting concerns about duplicate EPIC numbers, manipulated voter lists, and disproportionate turnout spikes.

The Election Commission is democracy’s last line of defense. If it fails to uphold electoral integrity, India’s democratic framework could deteriorate into an unaccountable autocracy, leaving citizens with no escape.

Christians in India Face Record Levels of Violence and Discrimination in 2024: EFI Report

Christians in India endured severe persecution in 2024, with 640 documented cases of violence and discrimination, marking a continued rise from previous years, according to the Evangelical Fellowship of India’s Religious Liberty Commission (EFIRLC).

The figure represents an increase from 601 cases in 2023 and a nearly fourfold surge from 147 cases in 2014. This decade-long trend underscores mounting hostility toward Christians, who comprise 2.3% of India’s population.

“The systematic and organized persecution of Christians has risen to crisis levels in several states,” said Rev. Vijayesh Lal, EFI general secretary. “On average, four to five churches or pastors are attacked every day, with attacks nearly doubling on Sundays when believers gather for worship.”

The EFIRLC report, Faith at Risk: Examining Violence and Discrimination Against Christians in India (2024), identified Uttar Pradesh as the most affected state with 188 incidents, followed by Chhattisgarh (150), Rajasthan (40), Punjab (38), and Haryana (34).

“We are not asking for special treatment but for the religious freedom guarantees under the constitution to be enforced fairly,” said Lal. “All Indians must be able to practice their faith without violence and intimidation. We urge all state governments to uphold the rule of law and bring perpetrators to justice, regardless of their religious or political affiliation.”

Patterns of Persecution

In 2024, four Christians were murdered, while the EFIRLC recorded 255 incidents of threats and harassment, 129 arrests, 76 cases of physical violence, 60 gender-based attacks, 46 worship disruptions, and 41 incidents of vandalism.

January saw the highest number of incidents (71), followed by September (68), March (64), and October (62). Despite general elections in April and May, which might have prompted restraint, persecution continued with 45 cases in each of those months.

Violent Attacks and Forced Displacement

On Feb. 12, in Sukma District, Chhattisgarh, villagers threatened AaytuPodiyami’s family, demanding they renounce Christianity. When they refused, a village council issued an ultimatum. Soon after, they were brutally beaten, leaving Aaytu’s father seriously injured. The family fled, forced into a life of manual labor elsewhere.

On May 4 in Bastar, Chhattisgarh, 22-year-old Kosa Kawasi was killed in front of his wife for refusing to renounce his faith. He had earlier reported death threats to the police, but no action was taken. A mob of about 20 villagers attacked him with wooden sticks, knives, and an axe. His wife, who was also assaulted, managed to escape.

The same day, five other Christian families fled their homes fearing for their lives.

Regional Hotspots of Persecution

Uttar Pradesh: Arbitrary Arrests and Worship Disruptions

Uttar Pradesh recorded the highest number of anti-Christian incidents, with pastors and believers frequently arrested over allegations of forced conversions. Many detentions occurred after prayer meetings and family gatherings, despite a lack of credible evidence.

On March 24 in Jamui village, Maharajganj District, extremists disrupted a Palm Sunday gathering where Pastor Shailesh Kumar was present. The mob issued threats before attacking worshippers. Pastor Kumar suffered severe head injuries and required hospitalization.

On Oct. 3 in Gaddopur village, Gonda District, four attackers stormed a prayer gathering and violently assaulted Man Singh and six other Christians. They were dragged 200 meters away and beaten. Their belongings, including a Bible and phones, were confiscated. When police arrived, they sided with the attackers, detaining the victims until midnight and warning them against holding future prayer meetings.

Chhattisgarh: Social Boycotts and Land Disputes

In Chhattisgarh, extremist groups frequently targeted tribal Christians through violence, social boycotts, and denial of resources, including burial rights, to pressure them into renouncing their faith.

In June, 32-year-old Bindu Sodi was murdered in Dantewada District over a land dispute exacerbated by religious discrimination. After she and her family converted to Christianity, relatives denied them access to ancestral property. She was killed with an axe and stones. Authorities pressured the family to bury her 19 miles away to avoid “sectarian unrest” and failed to recognize religious bias as a motive.

Punjab: Christmas Attacks

Punjab saw 38 attacks on Christians in 2024, including 11 during Christmas.

On Dec. 25 in Firozpur District, a group attacked Pastor Vijay and his congregation while they were preparing for a Christmas event.

On April 18 in Sultanwind village, Amritsar District, Pastor Gurjeet and his brother Gurdeep were assaulted by a neighbor, Avtar Singh Nihang. Nihang used a Kirpan, a ceremonial Sikh dagger, to attack Gurdeep, inflicting severe injuries. Pastor Gurjeet suffered wounds on his fingers and toes. When they sought medical care, a doctor reportedly refused to treat them.

Anti-Conversion Laws: A Tool of Harassment

The EFIRLC report highlights the misuse of anti-conversion laws as a major driver of Christian persecution.

“These laws, legally termed Freedom of Religion laws, are being weaponized to curtail the religious freedom of minority Christians,” said a Christian leader from Uttar Pradesh, speaking anonymously.

In 2024, the Uttar Pradesh government amended the Prohibition of Unlawful Conversion of Religion Act, 2021, increasing penalties and making violations non-bailable. Some offenses now carry sentences of up to life imprisonment.

A critical change allows “any person” – not just victims or their relatives – to file complaints. Hindu nationalist groups have exploited this provision to file numerous cases against Christians, fostering a climate of fear.

“There are over 60 Christians currently in jail under this law,” said the leader.

Cases of False Accusations and Police Complicity

On Dec. 27 in Fatehpur District, a mob assaulted Pastor Shivbaran Paswan, forcibly shaved his head, and paraded him through his village. Instead of protecting him, police charged him under the anti-conversion law.

On Oct. 20 in Meerut, Uttar Pradesh, Hindu extremists disrupted Pastor Biju Mathew’s worship service and beat him. Police initially released him, but on Oct. 26, authorities arrested him under the anti-conversion law.

As of February 2025, Pastor Mathew remains in jail while his wife Rini cares for their two daughters. Within two weeks of his arrest, Hindu nationalist groups claimed they had “re-converted” 30 families from his church to Hinduism.

“These laws often shift the burden of proof onto the accused,” the EFIRLC report states, “making legal defense nearly impossible, even when allegations are baseless.”

Currently, 11 states have anti-conversion laws, with Rajasthan and Arunachal Pradesh moving toward stricter enforcement.

Growing Crisis and Calls for Action

By the end of 2024, 400 Christian leaders wrote to Prime Minister Narendra Modi, condemning the violence against Christians and calling for immediate intervention.

“It saddens us that nearly all political leaders, including those in the Union and state governments, have remained silent,” they wrote in a Dec. 31 letter. “Rising hate speech, especially from elected officials, has emboldened acts of violence against Christians.”

The EFIRLC emphasized that its 640 verified cases likely represent only a fraction of actual incidents, as many victims fear reporting due to police inaction and intimidation.

“The climate of fear prevents many Christians from seeking justice,” Lal said. “Even when cases are filed, legal delays, wrongful imprisonments, and acquittals of perpetrators are common.”

India’s Worsening Religious Freedom Record

India ranked 11th on Open Doors’ 2025 World Watch List of the most difficult countries for Christians, a stark rise from 31st place in 2013.

Religious freedom advocates blame the National Democratic Alliance (NDA) government, led by the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP), for fostering an atmosphere of hostility toward non-Hindus. Since Prime Minister Modi took office in May 2014, Hindu nationalist groups have increasingly targeted Christians with impunity.

The EFI has urged authorities to:

  • Protect at-risk Christian communities
  • Hold extremist groups accountable
  • Prevent the misuse of anti-conversion laws
  • Ensure fair legal proceedings for religious minorities

“Religious freedom is a cornerstone of India’s constitution,” Lal said. “We must uphold these values to protect every Indian, regardless of faith.”

India at a Crossroads: Will Trump’s Tariff Wars Push Economic Reforms?

India has historically embraced economic reforms during crises, with the 1991 liberalization serving as a prime example. Today, with U.S. President Donald Trump’s tariff wars disrupting global trade, many believe India faces a similar turning point. The question remains: will the world’s fifth-largest economy use this moment to shed its protectionist policies and open up further, or will it retreat into economic isolation?

Trump has repeatedly criticized India as a “tariff king” and a “big abuser” of trade relations. India’s trade-weighted import duties—representing the average tariff across imported goods—are among the highest globally. The U.S. average stands at 2.2%, China’s at 3%, and Japan’s at 1.7%, while India’s is a steep 12%, according to World Trade Organization data.

High tariffs increase costs for businesses relying on global supply chains, reducing their ability to compete in international markets. Additionally, Indian consumers pay more for imported goods than their global counterparts. Despite steady export growth—mainly driven by the services sector—India runs a significant trade deficit. With the country’s share of global exports standing at just 1.5%, the urgency for change is clear.

The impact of Trump’s trade war on India remains uncertain. While it could serve as a catalyst for reform, there’s also a risk that India will entrench its protectionist stance. The Modi administration, often criticized for shielding domestic industries, appears to be reassessing its strategy.

Ahead of Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s meeting with Trump in Washington, India voluntarily reduced tariffs on several American products, including Bourbon whiskey and motorcycles. Commerce Minister Piyush Goyal has made two U.S. visits in response to Trump’s threats of retaliatory tariffs, which could take effect on April 2. Analysts at Citi Research estimate these tariffs could cost India up to $7 billion annually, particularly impacting metals, chemicals, and jewelry, while also affecting pharmaceuticals, automobiles, and food products.

In a shift from previous rhetoric, Goyal recently urged Indian exporters to abandon their “protectionist mindset,” encouraging them to compete globally with confidence. India is also actively negotiating free trade agreements with the U.K., New Zealand, and the European Union.

An unexpected development in U.S.-India economic ties has been the collaboration between Indian telecom giants Reliance Jio and Bharti Airtel with Elon Musk’s SpaceX. Together, they plan to launch Starlink satellite internet services in India. This partnership surprised analysts, given Musk’s past conflicts with both companies, and comes as the U.S. and India work toward a trade agreement.

India’s economic rise between the late 1990s and early 2000s was largely driven by its gradual integration into global markets. Between 2004 and 2009, the economy grew at an average of 8.1%, followed by 7.46% growth from 2009 to 2014. Pharmaceuticals, software, automobiles, textiles, and garment industries benefited from lower tariffs. However, in recent years, India has reversed this trend, adopting inward-looking policies.

Some economists argue that these protectionist policies have hindered the success of Modi’s “Make in India” initiative, which prioritizes capital- and technology-intensive industries over labor-intensive ones such as textiles. Consequently, manufacturing and exports have struggled to gain traction.

High tariffs have also fostered complacency among domestic industries, discouraging efficiency and innovation. Viral Acharya, an economics professor at New York University’s Stern School of Business, argues that this has led to a situation where “cosy incumbents” consolidate their market positions without facing genuine competition. In a Brookings Institution paper, Acharya suggested that reducing tariffs would boost India’s share of global trade and mitigate the negative effects of protectionism.

India’s already-high tariffs make any further increases potentially damaging. “We need to boost exports, and a tit-for-tat tariff war won’t help us,” says Rajeswari Sengupta, an associate professor of economics at Mumbai’s Indira Gandhi Institute of Development Research. “China can afford this strategy due to its massive export base, but we can’t, as we hold only a small share of the global market. A trade conflict could hurt us more than others.”

With shifting global trade dynamics, India has a unique opportunity to redefine its economic trajectory. Trade expert Aseema Sinha of Claremont McKenna College believes India could lead a new era of global commerce by lowering trade barriers within South Asia and strengthening ties with Southeast Asia and the Middle East.

“By reducing tariffs, India could become a regional and cross-regional magnet for trade and economic activity, drawing in varied powers in its orbit,” says Sinha, author of Globalising India.

Reducing trade barriers could also address India’s pressing employment crisis. Agriculture, which contributes only 15% of GDP, still employs 40% of the workforce, highlighting low productivity levels. Construction remains the second-largest employer, largely relying on informal labor.

India’s challenge is not in expanding its service sector, which already accounts for nearly half of total exports, but in absorbing its large, unskilled workforce. “While high-end services are thriving, the majority of the workforce remains uneducated and underemployed, often relegated to construction or informal jobs,” Sengupta explains. “To provide meaningful employment to millions entering the workforce each year, India must ramp up its manufacturing exports. Relying solely on services won’t solve the problem.”

A key concern with reducing tariffs is the potential for foreign dumping—where companies flood the market with cheap goods, threatening domestic industries.

Sengupta suggests that India adopt a “universal reduction” in import tariffs while using targeted non-tariff barriers against China in cases of proven dumping. “To protect against this, India can use non-tariff barriers against China but only against this one country and only in cases of proven dumping. Barring that, it is in India’s interest to do a wholesale slashing of tariffs,” she argues.

Some analysts worry that India is too eager to accommodate U.S. trade demands. Ajay Srivastava, founder of the Global Trade Research Initiative (GTRI), believes India’s tendency to adjust trade policies “based on rhetoric rather than economic pressure” weakens its negotiating position.

Compared to other major economies, India appears especially susceptible to external pressure. “India’s pre-emptive surrender on multiple trade fronts—without the U.S. imposing a single country-specific tariff—makes it appear exceptionally vulnerable to pressure tactics,” Srivastava warns.

Despite concerns over bargaining power, many experts believe Trump’s tariffs could unintentionally drive India toward much-needed reforms. HSBC’s chief India economist, Pranjul Bhandari, sees this as an opportunity. “Potential U.S. tariffs may have become a catalyst for reforms,” she writes.

If Trump’s second term leads to further supply chain disruptions, and global markets seek alternative production hubs, India could benefit. However, achieving this transformation won’t be easy. India has largely missed out on the era of low-end, unskilled factory work that helped China dominate global manufacturing for decades. With automation on the rise, the window for industrial expansion is closing.

Without deeper economic reforms, India risks being left behind. The path it chooses—embracing globalization or doubling down on protectionism—will shape its economic future for decades to come.

NASA Astronauts Return to Earth After Unexpected Nine-Month Stay on ISS

Two NASA astronauts who embarked on a short-term mission to the International Space Station (ISS) last summer but ended up staying for nine months have finally returned to Earth.

Suni Williams and Butch Wilmore splashed down in a SpaceX Dragon capsule off the Gulf Coast of Florida shortly before 6 p.m. EDT on Tuesday. Their spacecraft had undocked from the ISS at 1:05 a.m. EDT on Monday. They were accompanied by fellow NASA astronaut Nick Hague and Russian cosmonaut Aleksandr Gorbunov on their journey home.

Originally, Williams and Wilmore launched aboard a Boeing spacecraft last June for what was planned as an eight-day mission. However, technical problems with the Boeing Starliner capsule prevented their return, leading them to be incorporated into the station’s regular crew rotation.

Tuesday’s landing marked the end of a prolonged and politically charged space journey that raised concerns about Boeing’s reliability in fulfilling NASA contracts.

Williams and Wilmore’s mission began on June 5, when they lifted off aboard the new Boeing Starliner capsule as part of NASA’s commercial crew program. This initiative enlists private companies to transport astronauts and cargo to and from the ISS. SpaceX, the other contractor, has been successfully carrying out missions for NASA for years.

The Boeing Starliner’s launch was its first human-crewed flight, but the mission faced multiple setbacks. The spacecraft reached the ISS but suffered several technical issues, including multiple helium leaks and the failure of some thrusters.

Given these malfunctions, NASA opted not to use Starliner for the return trip, choosing instead to bring it back to Earth without a crew. As a result, Williams and Wilmore remained aboard the ISS until their replacements could arrive.

Their relief crew, consisting of two NASA astronauts, a Japanese astronaut, and a Russian cosmonaut, docked at the ISS early Sunday morning and were welcomed aboard by the station’s existing crew.

Beyond technical challenges, Williams and Wilmore’s extended stay became entangled in political debates.

After taking office in January, former President Donald Trump claimed he had asked his adviser and SpaceX founder Elon Musk to “go get” the stranded astronauts, alleging that the Biden administration had “virtually abandoned” them in space.

In reality, NASA had planned Williams and Wilmore’s return well in advance. The SpaceX Dragon capsule that transported them home had been docked at the ISS since September, with two vacant seats reserved for their return.

NASA stated that the astronauts were integrated into the station’s crew for logistical and budgetary reasons. During their extended stay, they conducted various experiments and participated in spacewalks.

Musk asserted in February that he had previously offered the Biden administration an earlier return using SpaceX but claimed the administration declined the offer for “political reasons.”

However, former NASA officials, including ex-NASA Administrator Bill Nelson, denied knowledge of such an offer.

Trump, in a post on his social media platform on Monday, thanked NASA’s acting Administrator Janet Petro and the agency’s staff for coordinating the astronauts’ return, while criticizing the Biden administration’s handling of the situation.

Putin Temporarily Halts Attacks on Ukraine After Call with Trump

Russian President Vladimir Putin has agreed to pause strikes on Ukraine’s energy and infrastructure facilities following a lengthy conversation with former U.S. President Donald Trump. However, Moscow has not committed to a broader ceasefire, keeping the overall conflict active.

In another development, the Trump administration has made public a set of records linked to the assassination of John F. Kennedy, which were previously classified. While a large portion of these files had already been disclosed in the past, many of the newly released 1,123 documents had been redacted in earlier versions. Researchers will need time to thoroughly examine and assess their contents.

Meanwhile, a federal judge ruled that billionaire Elon Musk had exceeded his executive authority concerning his Department of Government Efficiency. The judge’s decision indefinitely halted efforts to dismantle the United States Agency for International Development (USAID).

Additionally, Chief Justice John Roberts issued a rare statement countering Trump’s increasingly critical remarks against the federal judiciary. This response appeared to be directed at Trump’s recent calls to impeach judges who rule against him. Despite Roberts’ pushback, Trump dismissed the criticism without much reaction.

Trump Faces Widespread Disapproval Across Key Issues, Polls Show

President Donald Trump is facing significant disapproval across multiple issues, with a Fox News host stating Thursday that he is “underwater on everything” when it comes to his approval ratings.

Jessica Tarlov cited a new Quinnipiac poll released this week, which found that 53% of voters disapprove of Trump’s performance during his second term. Voters were surveyed on various topics, including trade policies with China and Canada, immigration, foreign relations, military affairs, the economy, and the federal workforce.

Since the start of his second term, the stock market has been experiencing a downturn, thousands of federal workers have lost their jobs, and Trump has created tension with some of the country’s strongest trade partners.

“The Democratic messaging actually has been going pretty well,” Tarlov said on Fox News’ The Five, despite a separate poll indicating that Democrats have struggled to respond effectively to Trump’s policies. She noted that Democrats have been emphasizing, “They’re trying to cut your healthcare while giving tax breaks to the rich.”

“There’s over 50% disapproval of Trump himself, how he’s handling the economy, how he’s handling the federal workforce, how he’s handling Ukraine-Russia, how he’s handling trade with Mexico, how he’s handling trade with Canada,” Tarlov added. “So basically, he’s underwater on everything.”

Trump’s approval ratings had already been struggling before his joint session of Congress address on March 4. Another Quinnipiac poll from last month showed that 45% of voters approved of his performance, while 49% disapproved.

A CNN poll released this week reported similar findings, with 54% of voters disapproving of Trump’s performance compared to 45% who approved. Additionally, a Reuters poll found that many voters viewed Trump’s economic policies as too “erratic.”

Tarlov attributed part of Trump’s declining approval ratings to recent town halls held by both Democratic and Republican congressional members. These events have drawn large crowds seeking clarification on the Trump administration’s policies, particularly regarding federal workforce reductions.

On the Republican side, social media footage has captured GOP lawmakers facing backlash for supporting the Department of Government Efficiency, which is overseeing these workforce cuts.

“And we know about the Republicans having town halls and then having to run away or asking questions like, ‘What do you think of DOGE?’ and expecting people to say something positive and then they are screaming,” Tarlov said.

House Speaker Mike Johnson has suggested, without evidence, that some of the outraged town hall attendees are “paid actors.”

This week, North Carolina Republican Representative Chuck Edwards faced an intense confrontation with constituents demanding explanations for his support of cuts to the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs. He was met with boos and was eventually escorted out of the meeting.

Trump Administration Releases Previously Classified JFK Assassination Files

President Donald Trump’s administration on Tuesday began declassifying all government files related to the 1963 assassination of President John F. Kennedy, making potentially tens of thousands of unredacted pages available to the public for the first time.

This release follows Trump’s executive order, signed on his first day in office in January, directing the full disclosure of government documents concerning the assassinations of Kennedy, his brother and presidential candidate Sen. Robert F. Kennedy, D-N.Y., and civil rights leader Martin Luther King Jr.

The specific contents of these newly available documents, and whether they contain any previously undisclosed information, remain unclear. Historians noted they would need time to analyze the files to determine whether they offer any significant new insights.

Thus far, the documents have not altered the longstanding conclusion that Lee Harvey Oswald acted alone in assassinating Kennedy on Nov. 22, 1963, as the president rode in a Dallas motorcade.

Public Access to the JFK Files

The newly released JFK files can be accessed on the National Archives’ website. Most are scanned documents, some of which have faded or become difficult to read over time. The collection also includes photographs and sound recordings, predominantly from the 1960s.

Report from Russia: Oswald’s Poor Marksmanship

One document dated Nov. 20, 1991, appears to summarize U.S. intelligence findings on Lee Harvey Oswald, detailing his time in the Soviet Union, his tumultuous marriage to his Soviet wife, and his reportedly poor shooting skills.

According to the document, KGB official Nikonov reviewed Soviet security service files to determine if Oswald had ever been a KGB agent.

“Nikonov is now confident that Oswald was at no time an agent controlled by the KGB,” the document states.

The report, citing American professor E.B. Smith, describes how Nikonov examined five extensive files on Oswald and doubted that anyone could control him. However, the KGB reportedly monitored him closely while he was in the USSR.

The files also document Oswald’s troubled relationship with his wife and suggest that his marksmanship was subpar. “The KGB files reflected that Oswald was a poor shot when he tried target firing in the USSR,” the document notes.

Some conspiracy theorists have pointed to inconsistencies in Oswald’s behavioral records in CIA files, arguing that they support theories suggesting he did not act alone or was not involved in Kennedy’s assassination.

References to Conspiracy Theories in the Files

The newly disclosed documents reference conspiracy theories suggesting that Oswald left the Soviet Union in 1962 with the intent to assassinate Kennedy.

Documents from the Department of Defense, dated 1963, focus on Cold War tensions and U.S. efforts to counter Cuban leader Fidel Castro’s support for communist movements in Latin America.

The records suggest Castro was unlikely to instigate a war with the U.S. but might “intensify his support of subversive forces in Latin America.”

Experts’ Initial Reactions

James Johnston, author of Murder, Inc.: The CIA under John F. Kennedy, told USA Today that he did not expect any major revelations, given that the CIA and other agencies had already transferred their records to the National Archives in 1988.

“If it was going to embarrass the agency or tell a different story, they wouldn’t have turned them over to the National Archives in the first place,” said Johnston, who was a congressional investigator on the 1975 Church Committee, which examined CIA activities.

Johnston cited one notable document missing from the release: a transcript of the first conversation between President Lyndon Johnson and CIA Director John McCone after Kennedy’s assassination.

McCone had long been suspected of withholding information from the Warren Commission, the investigative panel established by Johnson. According to Philip Shenon, author of A Cruel and Shocking Act: The Secret History of the Kennedy Assassination, McCone initially pledged full cooperation but later withheld certain details.

McCone testified that the CIA had no evidence linking Oswald to any conspiracy, foreign or domestic. His testimony aligned with the Warren Commission’s conclusion that Oswald, a former Marine and self-proclaimed Marxist, acted alone.

Years later, however, the CIA acknowledged that McCone had not been entirely forthcoming with the Warren Commission.

The Warren Commission’s Findings

Several of the newly released documents pertain to the Warren Commission, which was created by President Johnson to investigate Kennedy’s assassination.

The commission concluded that Oswald, who was arrested but later killed by nightclub owner Jack Ruby on live television, acted alone. However, Kennedy’s assassination has remained the subject of intense debate, with numerous theories challenging the official findings. Polls have consistently shown that many Americans believe the assassination was part of a broader conspiracy.

Trump’s Push for ‘Maximum Transparency’

Trump did not immediately comment on the document release, but Director of National Intelligence Tulsi Gabbard praised the move, calling it part of Trump’s pledge for “maximum transparency and a commitment to rebuild the trust of the American people in the Intelligence Community.”

For years, critics have accused the intelligence community, particularly the CIA, of withholding key information about Kennedy’s assassination. However, intelligence officials have insisted that all essential files have already been released and that any remaining redactions were necessary to protect intelligence sources and methods.

Gabbard stated that she issued a directive following Trump’s announcement, instructing all intelligence agencies to provide unredacted records for immediate public release.

Digital Release and Remaining Files

The newly released documents were made public just before 7 p.m. Tuesday. The National Archives and Records Administration, which manages the files, issued a statement confirming that all records previously withheld for classification were now released in accordance with Trump’s directive.

The National Archives noted that while some files are available online, others can only be accessed in person at the National Archives facility in College Park, Maryland.

“As the records continue to be digitized, they will be posted to this page,” the statement read, indicating that some documents are not yet available in digital form.

The agency also noted that certain information remains restricted under court seals or grand jury secrecy laws, while tax return records are protected under federal regulations.

Public Anticipation and Reaction

The document release followed Trump’s visit to the John F. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts, where he now serves as board chairman.

“People have been waiting for decades for this,” Trump told reporters. “We have a tremendous amount of paper. You’ve got a lot of reading. I don’t believe we’re going to redact anything.”

The CIA and FBI, both of which played roles in JFK assassination investigations, declined immediate comment.

Expert Analysis on the Newly Released Files

JFK scholar Jefferson Morley called the release “an encouraging start.”

“We now have complete versions of approximately a third of the redacted JFK documents held by the National Archives,” said Morley, vice president of the Mary Ferrell Foundation, a nonprofit organization that advocates for historical government transparency.

He added that seven out of ten JFK files sought by researchers are now fully public, providing new insights into Kennedy’s distrust of the CIA, attempts to assassinate Castro, surveillance of Oswald in Mexico City, and CIA propaganda efforts involving Oswald.

However, Morley noted that two-thirds of the promised files remain unreleased, including over 500 IRS records and 2,400 recently discovered FBI documents.

“Nonetheless, this is the most positive news on the declassification of JFK files since the 1990s,” Morley said.

The Justice Department’s Effort to Meet Trump’s Deadline

Trump’s order reportedly triggered a rush within the Justice Department to meet his deadline. ABC News and Reuters reported that a senior official in the DOJ’s Office of Intelligence sent an internal email just before 5 p.m. Monday, instructing attorneys to conduct a final review of the documents.

The push for full declassification began with Trump’s first executive order on Jan. 20, when he directed agencies to release files related to the assassinations of Kennedy, Robert F. Kennedy, and Martin Luther King Jr.

FBI Unveils Additional 2,400 JFK Records

Last month, the FBI announced the discovery of approximately 2,400 additional records connected to Kennedy’s assassination. These files are in the process of being transferred to the National Archives, but their contents remain unclear.

While previous investigations found no evidence of a government conspiracy, Robert F. Kennedy Jr., Trump’s Secretary of Health and Human Services, has advocated for releasing the files to examine whether U.S. officials were involved in a cover-up.

The National Archives continues to review and release documents in compliance with Trump’s directive.

Dalai Lama’s New Book: A Candid Critique of China and a Reflection on His Exile

There was a time when Tenzin Gyatso, the 14th Dalai Lama, remained hopeful about returning to Tibet. Now, 66 years after his dramatic escape from Lhasa, his newly released book, which openly criticizes Chinese President Xi Jinping, only diminishes that possibility further.

At just 24 years old, the Dalai Lama fled the 330-year-old Potala Palace, the traditional seat of Tibetan spiritual leaders, under the threat of the Chinese army. Today, as he nears his 90th birthday on July 6, his homeland remains only a distant memory.

“In the darkness and frozen air of the night on March 17, 1959, I slipped out of the main gate of Norbulingka Palace, disguised in a chuba, an everyday layman’s attire,” he recalls in his book Voice for the Voiceless: Over Seven Decades of Struggle with China for My Land and My People, published by William Morrow.

An Unapologetically Candid Account

The 256-page book, released on March 11—just days before the 66th anniversary of his escape—is perhaps one of the Dalai Lama’s most direct commentaries on China. While he has long refrained from harboring personal animosity toward the Chinese leadership, his assessment of Xi’s rule is strikingly forthright.

“Judging by Xi’s last decade in office, when it comes to individual freedom and everyday life, China seems to be reverting to the oppressive policies of Mao’s time, but now enforced through state-of-the-art digital technologies of surveillance and control,” he writes.

This perspective further solidifies the deep freeze in the relationship between the Dalai Lama and Beijing. The last official talks between his representatives and the Chinese government were held in January 2010 in Beijing. At the time, Lodi Gyari, the lead Tibetan negotiator, had expressed cautious optimism: “We do not see any reason why we cannot find common ground… if the Chinese leadership has the sincerity and the political will to move forward.”

Fifteen years later, Beijing appears to be adopting a strategy of attrition, perhaps waiting for the Dalai Lama’s eventual passing. Under Xi Jinping’s 12-year presidency, Tibet and the Dalai Lama’s global standing have gradually faded from international discourse.

A Battle Over Succession

Among the key issues looming large is the Dalai Lama’s succession, which Beijing seeks to control while he remains resolute in preventing it. In his book, he firmly asserts that his successor will be born in the “free world”—a clear rejection of China’s authority over the process.

“Since the purpose of a reincarnation is to carry on the work of the predecessor, the new Dalai Lama will be born in the free world so that the traditional mission of the Dalai Lama—to be the voice for universal compassion, the spiritual leader of Tibetan Buddhism, and the symbol of Tibet embodying the aspirations of the Tibetan people—will continue,” he writes.

Beijing, however, insists that the Chinese state holds the authority to select the next Dalai Lama. This dispute has profound implications for Tibet’s six million residents and the over 100,000 Tibetan exiles worldwide, primarily in India.

For Beijing, controlling the Dalai Lama’s succession is a matter of state authority, aimed at securing greater influence over Tibet and Tibetan Buddhism. For Tibetans, however, it represents a struggle for self-determination and the preservation of their spiritual and cultural identity.

Tibet’s Distinct Identity

In his book, the Dalai Lama reiterates his commitment to a peaceful resolution with China but firmly maintains that Tibetans possess a distinct identity separate from the Han Chinese. Throughout his decades-long exile in India, he has focused on preserving Tibet’s unique culture, language, and religious traditions.

“We Tibetans are the people who have traditionally inhabited the Tibetan plateau for millennia and have every right to continue to be the custodians in our own homeland,” he asserts.

He also dismisses China’s argument that economic development in Tibet undermines his calls for autonomy.

“The issue of Tibet is not about economic development, which we acknowledge has improved significantly since China’s economic liberalization,” he writes. “The issue is about a people’s need and right to exist in their distinct language, culture, and religious heritage. Since the people inside Tibet have no freedom to speak out, it has fallen to me especially, since I came into exile in 1959, to be the voice of the voiceless.”

The Dalai Lama fears that Tibet’s unique civilization faces potential erasure, a concern heightened by Beijing’s increasing grip over the region.

‘Voice for the Voiceless’ and Its Timely Release

The book’s release ahead of the Dalai Lama’s 90th birthday and the 66th anniversary of his escape is unlikely to go unnoticed in Beijing. His remarks likening Xi’s rule to the oppressive policies of Mao Zedong may strike a nerve, especially among Xi’s staunch supporters who revere Mao’s legacy.

The book describes China’s 1950 invasion of Tibet as a “blatant land grab of an independent nation by force,” challenging Beijing’s longstanding narrative that it was merely reclaiming historical territory.

The Dalai Lama first met Mao in September 1954, when Mao was 61 and he was just 19. The 16-year-old Panchen Lama, second in importance within Tibetan Buddhism, was also present and later described Mao as “warm and welcoming.”

During that visit, Mao reassured the young Dalai Lama, saying, “Your coming to Beijing is coming to your own home. Whenever you come to Beijing, you can call on me… Don’t be shy; if you need anything, just tell me directly.”

However, the Dalai Lama’s perception of Marxist ideals evolved over time. Initially, he admired Marxism for its emphasis on uplifting the working class.

“The idea of taking care of the less privileged people, of the working class, is wonderful. To oppose all exploitation and strive for a society without national boundaries—these are excellent ideas,” he writes.

At one point, he even described himself as “half-Buddhist” and “half-Marxist.” But his perspective shifted upon realizing that Marxism lacked compassion. In China, he argues, Marxism has morphed into Leninism, where the primary objective is “state control of the people by the [Communist] Party.”

A Paradox of Hope and Harsh Realities

Despite the Dalai Lama’s unwavering optimism as a monk, his book presents a sobering assessment of China’s policies toward Tibet. The contrast between his hopeful spiritual outlook and his blunt criticism of Beijing underscores the complexities of the Tibetan struggle.

As he nears his 90th birthday, the Dalai Lama remains the most prominent global advocate for Tibet. But with Beijing tightening its grip and the world’s attention shifting elsewhere, the future of the Tibetan cause remains uncertain.

Chief Justice Roberts Rebukes Trump’s Call to Impeach Federal Judges

Chief Justice John Roberts issued a rare public statement on Tuesday, pushing back against former President Donald Trump’s increasingly aggressive rhetoric targeting the federal judiciary. The statement appeared to be a direct response to Trump’s call for the impeachment of judges who have ruled against him.

“For more than two centuries, it has been established that impeachment is not an appropriate response to disagreement concerning a judicial decision,” Roberts said in a statement released by the Supreme Court. “The normal appellate review process exists for that purpose.”

Although Roberts did not mention Trump by name, his remarks came shortly after the former president escalated his attacks on federal judges. Earlier in the day, Trump had singled out U.S. District Judge James Boasberg, who temporarily blocked the deportation of alleged Venezuelan gang members, calling for his impeachment.

Trump’s allies, including Elon Musk, have for weeks been advocating for the impeachment of judges amid a series of unfavorable preliminary rulings against Trump’s administration. The former president’s criticism of the judiciary has become significantly more intense compared to his first term, sparking concerns over a constitutional crisis.

Some Republican lawmakers have taken action in response to Trump’s statements. Texas Representative Brandon Gill announced on social media that he had introduced articles of impeachment against Boasberg.

“This Radical Left Lunatic of a Judge, a troublemaker and agitator who was sadly appointed by Barack Hussein Obama, was not elected President—He didn’t WIN the popular VOTE (by a lot!), he didn’t WIN ALL SEVEN SWING STATES,” Trump wrote on Truth Social. “This judge, like many of the Crooked Judges I am forced to appear before, should be IMPEACHED!!!”

Later that evening, Trump addressed Roberts’ statement in an interview with Fox News’ Laura Ingraham.

“Well, (Roberts) didn’t mention my name in the statement, and I just saw it quickly,” Trump said. “He didn’t mention my name—but many people have called for (Boasberg’s) impeachment, the impeachment of this judge.”

However, Trump maintained that he had no intention of defying court orders.

“No, I never did defy a court order… you can’t do that,” Trump said. “However, we have bad judges, we have very bad judges, and these are judges that shouldn’t be allowed—I think at a certain point you have to start looking at, what do you do when you have a rogue judge?”

Roberts’ Complicated Relationship with Conservatives

Roberts has had a strained relationship with some conservatives, particularly after his 2012 vote to uphold the Affordable Care Act. Although he has frequently sided with conservatives on issues such as gun rights, abortion, affirmative action, and religious liberty, some on the right have never fully trusted him.

The Supreme Court currently has a 6-3 conservative majority, with three justices appointed by Trump. While the court has ruled in Trump’s favor on key issues, including a landmark decision last year granting broad immunity to former presidents for official acts, it has also ruled against him in a series of emergency cases since he returned to the White House.

Despite this, Trump appeared eager to gain Roberts’ favor. During his address to Congress earlier this month, Trump was overheard telling the chief justice, “Thank you again. I won’t forget it.” He later claimed on social media that he was simply thanking Roberts for swearing him in at his inauguration.

Gabe Roth, executive director of the watchdog group Fix the Court, acknowledged the significance of Roberts’ statement but criticized the chief justice’s past decisions.

“Roberts made an important point, but it’s a little rich coming from the guy that, by giving Donald Trump near-total immunity in a major decision last year, helped usher in the present era of lawlessness,” Roth said.

Impeachment Threats and Legal Fallout

Until now, Roberts and the Supreme Court have largely remained silent as Trump and his allies ramp up their attacks on the judiciary. Many of the recent rulings against Trump’s administration are expected to be appealed, with some cases potentially reaching the Supreme Court.

While Roberts’ statement did not directly reference a specific case, it coincided with an ongoing legal battle in Washington, D.C., where the Biden administration and the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) are disputing the deportation of Venezuelan nationals.

The Justice Department’s handling of the case has raised questions about whether the White House ignored a court order requiring it to halt deportations immediately. Boasberg’s order was a temporary measure intended to allow more time for legal arguments, but the administration has framed the judge’s actions as an overreach.

During a Monday hearing, Boasberg demanded to know what steps the administration had taken after his ruling. Justice Department lawyers initially refused to respond, citing national security concerns. On Tuesday, immigration officials submitted a sworn declaration asserting that the deported Venezuelans were subject to removal orders under laws other than the Alien Enemies Act.

Trump is invoking the Alien Enemies Act, a 1798 law that permits expedited deportations of foreign nationals from hostile countries during times of war or invasion. Critics argue that the U.S. is not formally at war and question whether the administration’s definition of “invasion” meets the law’s criteria.

The issue is likely to be resolved in the courts, including the Supreme Court.

Roberts’ Previous Defense of Judicial Independence

Roberts’ statement on Tuesday echoed his 2018 rebuke of Trump’s criticism of the judiciary. At the time, Trump had attacked a federal judge from California who issued an injunction against his asylum restrictions, calling him an “Obama judge.”

“It’s a disgrace when every case gets filed in the 9th Circuit,” Trump complained, referring to the historically liberal appeals court. “That’s not law. Every case in the 9th Circuit we get beaten and then we end up having to go to the Supreme Court, like the travel ban, and we won. Every case, no matter where it is, they file… they file it in what’s called the 9th Circuit. This was an Obama judge. I’ll tell you what, it’s not going to happen like this anymore.”

In response, Roberts issued a rare statement defending the judiciary’s independence.

“We do not have Obama judges or Trump judges, Bush judges or Clinton judges,” Roberts, who was nominated by President George W. Bush, said at the time. “What we have is an extraordinary group of dedicated judges doing their level best to do equal right to those appearing before them. That independent judiciary is something we should all be thankful for.”

Despite Roberts’ insistence on judicial neutrality, Trump and his allies continue to attack judges who rule against them. With impeachment articles already introduced in Congress, and legal battles mounting, the clash between the judiciary and the executive branch is unlikely to subside anytime soon.

Indian Politicians Celebrate Sunita Williams’ Safe Return from Space

Indian politicians from various parties praised NASA astronaut Sunita Williams on her safe return to Earth, commending her achievements and calling her an inspiration for the nation.

Williams, along with astronauts Butch Wilmore, Nick Hague, and Russian cosmonaut Aleksandr Gorbunov, landed safely on Tuesday evening aboard SpaceX’s Dragon spacecraft. The capsule splashed down off Florida’s coast just before 6 p.m. local time, where recovery teams welcomed the astronauts. Williams, the third to emerge from the spacecraft, waved and smiled, marking the conclusion of her extended space mission.

Rajya Sabha MP Sudha Murty expressed her happiness over Williams’ return. “I always hoped for the best and prayed for her. I am very happy she has returned safely,” she said.

BJP MP Ravi Kishan referred to Williams as “India’s daughter” and emphasized the growing recognition of Indian women’s excellence. “This moment showcases the immense strength and potential of daughters. Indian women are setting remarkable examples on the global stage. The world celebrates her return, proving that even in space, their power is extraordinary,” he told IANS.

Shiv Sena MP Milind Deora described her return as a “great victory for humanity” and highlighted the importance of innovation. “Prime Minister Narendra Modi has invited Sunita Williams to India, and I am confident that we will honour her in the coming months,” he said.

Congress MP Karti P. Chidambaram hailed her safe return as proof of human ingenuity. “I am very glad that space exploration is being carried out with such great vigour, and even happier that all the astronauts have returned safely,” he told IANS.

BJP leader Mukhtar Abbas Naqvi likened Williams and her team to “stars returning to Earth,” adding, “She has brought immense pride to the entire world. Indians, in particular, feel honoured.”

BJP Rajya Sabha MP Rekha Sharma praised Williams for making history. “She spent nine months in space, becoming the first person to do so—not just as a woman, but as an individual. I hope she visits India soon and receives a warm welcome,” she said.

Uttar Pradesh Deputy Chief Minister Brajesh Pathak congratulated Williams on behalf of the state’s 25 crore people. “The world has witnessed the charisma of India’s daughter. My heart is filled with joy,” he said.

BJP Rajya Sabha MP Mayank Nayak also emphasized her deep connection to India and Gujarat. “She is the daughter of Gujarat, the daughter of India. She ventured into space and has now returned safely. I thank God for her safe journey back to Earth,” he said.

Hindu Temple Vandalized in Southern California, Sparking Concern Among South Asian Communities

The recent desecration of a well-known Hindu temple in Southern California with anti-Hindu and anti-Indian government graffiti has raised concerns among South Asian groups, following a series of similar incidents over the past year.

Devotees who arrived early on March 8 at the BAPS Shri Swaminarayan Mandir in Chino Hills were shocked to find the phrase “Hindustan Murdabad” scrawled across a pink stone sign bearing the temple’s name, according to temple volunteer Mehul Patel. The phrase translates to “death to” or “down with” Hindus and India.

Additionally, expletive-filled graffiti targeting Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi was spray-painted on an exterior brick wall and a nearby sidewalk, Patel said. Officials from the San Bernardino Sheriff’s Department have classified the vandalism as a hate crime, though no suspects have been identified yet.

Patel noted that the incident instilled fear in the local community, with its impact resonating as far as India. Major Indian news outlets covered the story, and India’s External Affairs Ministry strongly condemned the act.

“We denounce such deplorable actions in the strongest possible terms,” said ministry spokesperson Randhir Jaiswal. “We urge local law enforcement to take strict measures against the perpetrators and to ensure proper security for places of worship.”

The Chino Hills temple, which attracts nearly 1,000 visitors daily and sees thousands gathering for Diwali and other temple festivals, has long been a central place of worship for the Hindu community.

“Despite having security measures in place, an incident like this makes you rethink your safety—especially when you have young children,” Patel said.

The temple, the largest Hindu place of worship in California, is situated on a 20-acre property along a freeway. It features grand arches and domes carved from pink sandstone, while its interiors are adorned with white Italian marble. In October 2023, the organization completed the construction of the largest Hindu temple outside India in Robbinsville, New Jersey. The Swaminarayan sect, a branch of Hinduism, oversees more than 1,300 temples and 5,000 centers worldwide, according to its website.

This is not the first time the Bochasanwasi Shri Akshar Purushottam Swaminarayan Sanstha (BAPS) has faced acts of vandalism. On September 16, 2023, their temple in Melville, New York, was defaced with similar graffiti. Just over a week later, their temple near Sacramento was targeted, and another incident occurred at the Newark, California, temple in December 2023. These acts of vandalism are also being investigated as hate crimes.

A common element in these attacks has been the criticism of Modi, under whom Hindu nationalism has gained prominence in India. Other Hindu temples not affiliated with BAPS have also been vandalized in recent months.

In January 2024, Vijay’s Sherawali Temple in Hayward, California—a Hindu temple dedicated to the goddess Durga and operated by a Fijian immigrant family—was defaced with graffiti labeling Modi a “terrorist” and displaying the phrase “Khalistan Zindabad,” meaning “Long live Khalistan.”

The term Khalistan refers to a proposed independent state that Sikh separatists seek to establish in India’s Punjab region, the birthplace of Sikhism. A violent Khalistani insurgency was suppressed by the Indian government in 1984, and India has officially classified the movement as a terrorist organization. Currently, activists in the Sikh diaspora are organizing a nonbinding referendum across the United States on the creation of Khalistan, with voting scheduled to take place in Los Angeles on March 23.

Tensions between India and Canada intensified in the summer of 2023 following Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau’s allegation that Indian authorities were involved in the assassination of Hardeep Singh Nijjar, a Canadian citizen who was fatally shot outside a Sikh temple in Surrey, British Columbia.

In November 2023, the U.S. Department of Justice revealed that an Indian government official had allegedly plotted the assassination of Gurpatwant Singh Pannun, a Sikh separatist leader based in New York who has been leading the Khalistan referendum movement. Additionally, in August 2023, the FBI launched an investigation into a drive-by shooting in Yolo County, California, that targeted Satinder Pal Singh Raju, a close associate of Nijjar.

The vandalism of Hindu temples in Northern California last year was condemned by local Sikh organizations. Within the Sikh community, both in India and abroad, there are divisions regarding support for Khalistan.

Following the recent incident in Chino Hills, the Coalition of Hindus of North America issued a statement on X (formerly Twitter) suggesting a possible link between the graffiti and the upcoming Khalistan referendum in Los Angeles. Pushpita Prasad, a spokesperson for the group, emphasized that regardless of who is responsible, repeated attacks on Hindu places of worship must be addressed.

“This ongoing assault on the right of Hindus to worship in peace is unacceptable,” Prasad stated.

She expressed concern over the psychological impact of such incidents. “A temple is a place where people seek solace. If that very place is under attack, where does one find peace?”

Prasad also called for a broader discussion on the factors driving these attacks and urged the recognition of anti-Hindu hate crimes. She advocated for equal protection of Hindu places of worship.

Meanwhile, another South Asian advocacy group warned against prematurely attributing blame before investigations conclude. Making assumptions without evidence can deepen community divisions, said Prachi Patankar, a board member of the interfaith organization Savera Coalition.

Her group represents Indian Americans from diverse backgrounds, including Hindus, Sikhs, Muslims, Dalits (historically marginalized groups formerly labeled as “untouchables”), and those who do not affiliate with any religion.

“Such incidents should never be used to scapegoat other minority religious communities, including Sikhs,” Patankar said. “It can lead to unnecessary criminalization and repression of an entire community.”

Patel stressed the importance of understanding that Hindus are not a monolithic group. He pointed out that the Chino Hills temple operates as a nonprofit religious institution and does not represent any particular government, leader, or nation.

“We are an American Hindu temple,” Patel said. “Many Indian Americans worship here, but we also have members from non-Indian backgrounds who practice Hinduism.”

Surveillance footage captured two individuals appearing to survey the area before defacing the property. Patel hopes the video will aid law enforcement in identifying and apprehending those responsible.

On March 9, members of the temple gathered outside their place of worship for a special prayer session led by a priest, who recited the “Shanthi Path,” a Hindu blessing for peace.

“We prayed not just for our community but also for those who committed this act,” Patel said. “We believe in free expression, but messages should be conveyed peacefully, without resorting to hate.”

Scientists Discover Massive Mountains Hidden Deep Beneath Earth’s Surface

Scientists have uncovered two enormous mountains buried deep within the Earth, each towering 620 miles (1,000 kilometers) high—over 100 times the height of Mount Everest.

These colossal formations, located1,200 miles below the surface, challenge current understanding of Earth’s geological history. The groundbreaking research was recently published in Nature.

Known as Large Low Seismic Velocity Provinces (LLSVPs), these mountains were identified through the study of seismic waves produced by earthquakes. As these waves move through the Earth, they slow down when passing through materials of different densities, allowing scientists to map underground structures.

The LLSVPs, found beneath Africa and the Pacific Ocean, dwarf Mount Everest, which rises just 5.5 miles above sea level. Unlike surface mountains, these formations consist of dense, ancient material, offering a rare glimpse into Earth’s distant past.

Scientists theorize that these structures may be remnants of ancient tectonic plates that sank into the mantle billions of years ago through a process called subduction. This suggests that parts of Earth’s mantle have remained stable for over 4 billion years—far longer than previously thought.

Rethinking the Mantle

For years, scientists viewed the mantle as a constantly shifting layer with circulating heat and material. However, the discovery of these massive, stable formations challenges that idea.

Not only are the LLSVPs larger than expected, but they are also hotter than their surroundings, complicating current models of mantle dynamics. Their presence could offer crucial insights into Earth’s deep interior and the forces shaping the planet.

With advancing seismic imaging technology, researchers anticipate uncovering more hidden features beneath Earth’s surface. These underground giants may reshape our understanding of Earth’s early history and ongoing geological processes.

Though unreachable by humans, these towering structures redefine the concept of Earth’s tallest mountains. While Everest remains the highest peak above ground, the planet’s true giants lie hidden far beneath our feet.

Akash Bashir: A Decade Since His Ultimate Sacrifice to Protect His Faith

Akash Bashir, a 20-year-old volunteer security guard, gave his life exactly ten years ago, on Sunday, March 15, 2015, when he stopped a suicide bomber from entering St. John’s Catholic Church in Lahore, Pakistan. As he restrained the attacker in a firm hold just before the explosion, his final words were: “I will die but I will not let you go in.”

His bravery prevented what could have been a mass tragedy, saving the lives of over a thousand worshippers inside the church at the time. In recognition of his sacrifice, the Vatican declared him Servant of God in February 2022, marking the first step toward sainthood—potentially making him Pakistan’s first saint in history.

Following a devastating terrorist attack on the Anglican All Saints Church in Peshawar in September 2013, which claimed 127 lives and left 250 injured, Pakistani churches began recruiting volunteer security personnel. Akash was determined to serve, his mother recalled in an interview with Aid to the Church in Need (ACN), a Catholic charity. She shared that her son had insisted for three months that he wanted to protect the church, saying he was “ready to sacrifice his life if God gave him the chance to protect others.”

On the day of the attack, Akash successfully blocked the suicide bomber from entering the church, forcing the assailant to detonate his vest outside. Although two others were killed in the blast, the loss of life could have been far greater had the terrorist reached the congregation inside.

His mother vividly remembers the events of that day. “I was washing clothes in the house,” she recounted, when Akash, dressed in white, left for church. “Moments later, I heard gunfire outside. Then, explosions shook our street… He was a simple boy who died in the path of the Lord.”

Pastor Samuel Ashan Khokharassisted in the morgue where the bodies were taken after the attack. He was deeply moved by what he saw. “When I looked at Akash’s face, although lifeless, there was an undeniable beauty. His smile and serenity touched me profoundly. He radiated a luminous, sacred presence, reminiscent of the first Christian martyrs,” he said.

Just minutes after Akash’s selfless act, a second suicide bomber targeted the nearby Christ Church, a Protestant place of worship. That blast resulted in more than 10 deaths and injured dozens of others.

Christianity’s Deep Roots in Pakistan

Christianity has had a presence in the region for nearly two millennia. St. Thomas the Apostle is believed to have arrived in Kerala in 52 AD before traveling north to what is now Pakistan’s Punjab province, where most of the country’s Christians live today. He was later martyred in Chennai, India, in 72 AD.

Today, Pakistan’s Christian population is estimated at three million, making up less than two percent of the total population. Despite constitutional promises of religious freedom, Christians often face systemic discrimination, economic hardships, and social marginalization. Pakistan was originally envisioned as a refuge for religious minorities fleeing India’s caste system, yet today, many Christians are treated as second-class citizens.

Persecution and Violence Against Christians

Pakistan’s strict blasphemy laws are frequently misused against Christians, often as a tool for settling personal disputes. A prominent example is Asia Bibi, a Catholic mother of five, who was sentenced to death in 2010 after being accused of blasphemy by co-workers. She spent eight years on death row before being acquitted in 2018, but only after global outcry.

More recently, on August 16, 2023, an outbreak of religious violence rocked the city of Jaranwala in Punjab. Pakistan’s Catholic bishops described it as the worst tragedy against Christians in the country’s history. Allegations that two Christian brothers had desecrated a Qur’an—an offense punishable by life imprisonment—sparked a mob attack.

Nearly a thousand Christians were forced to flee, as rioters torched dozens of churches and hundreds of Christian homes. Families lost all their belongings, and even Christian cemeteries were desecrated. Despite the scale of the violence, the police failed to intervene in time to prevent the destruction.

Authorities arrested fewer than 400 people, despite at least 5,000 individuals being involved in the attacks. Many of those detained were later released—228 were granted bail, while 77 had their charges dropped altogether.

Christian Women and Children at Risk

In addition to targeted violence, Pakistan’s Christian minority faces severe educational and employment discrimination. Many Christian children are pushed into dangerous, low-paying jobs, while Christian women and girls are particularly vulnerable to forced conversions and marriages.

One shocking case was that of Maira Shahbaz, a 14-year-old Catholic girl from Faisalabad, who was abducted in April 2020 by three armed men. She was drugged, repeatedly raped, and blackmailed with a video of her assault before being forced to convert to Islam and marry one of her captors.

Despite CCTV footage proving her kidnapping and her mother presenting official documents confirming her age, the Lahore High Court ruled against her family, claiming she was of legal age for marriage. Maira eventually managed to escape but continues to live in hiding with her family due to death threats from extremists accusing her of apostasy—a crime punishable by death.

This is not an isolated incident. Every year, up to 1,000 girls from religious minority backgrounds suffer a similar fate, many of them as young as 12 or 13 years old.

ACN’s Support for Pakistani Christians

Aid to the Church in Need (ACN) has been actively involved in supporting Christian communities in Pakistan, providing:

  • Scholarships and pastoral programs for underprivileged Christian children
  • Mass stipends and seminary training for priests
  • Emergency relief following anti-Christian attacks
  • Funding for the construction of churches

The organization also advocates internationally for the rights of persecuted Christians in Pakistan and around the world, ensuring their voices are heard.

The Enduring Legacy of Akash Bashir

As Pakistan marks the tenth anniversary of Akash Bashir’s martyrdom, his story stands as a powerful reminder of the harsh reality faced by many Christians worldwide. He is a symbol of unwavering faith, courage, and selflessness in the face of immense danger.

Today, Christians remain the most persecuted religious group globally, yet they continue to persevere despite oppression and violence. Akash’s sacrifice challenges people everywhere to reflect on the price of faith and the strength of those who risk their lives simply to worship freely.

His journey toward sainthood, now officially recognized by the Vatican, offers a glimmer of hope and recognition for persecuted Christians in Pakistan and beyond.

Polls Show Declining Public Confidence in Trump’s Economic Management

Recent surveys indicate growing public dissatisfaction with President Donald Trump’s handling of the U.S. economy. For the first time, a majority of Americans disapprove of his economic policies, according to an NBC News poll. Conducted from March 7 to 11, the survey of 1,000 registered voters found that 54 percent disapprove of Trump’s economic management, while 44 percent approve. The poll has a margin of error of plus or minus 3.1 percentage points. NBC News noted this marks the first instance in its national polling where Trump’s economic approval rating has fallen into majority disapproval.

Why It Matters

Economic trust has been central to Trump’s appeal, especially in contrast to former Vice President Kamala Harris. His economic management was seen as crucial to securing a Republican victory in 2024. However, growing frustration among voters about unmet campaign promises, fears of a potential recession, and proposed tariffs on imports are contributing to declining support.

What to Know

Despite Trump achieving one of his highest overall approval ratings at 47 percent, concerns about the economy persist. The NBC poll shows that 55 percent disapprove of his approach to inflation and the cost of living, with only 42 percent approving. Additionally, just 18 percent of respondents describe the economy as “good” or “excellent,” while 43 percent view it as poor, and 39 percent rate it as “fair.”

A CNN poll conducted from March 6 to 9 by SSRS similarly found that 56 percent disapprove of Trump’s economic management. This represents the highest level of economic disapproval recorded during his presidency. The survey, which included 1,206 U.S. adults, has a margin of error of plus or minus 3.3 percentage points.

Another YouGov/Economist poll conducted from March 9 to 11 among 1,699 U.S. adults found that 47 percent disapprove of Trump’s handling of jobs and the economy, while 43 percent approve. This marks a shift from a late-January poll in which 49 percent approved, and 37 percent disapproved, indicating a 10-point rise in economic disapproval in just over a month. The margin of error for this poll is plus or minus 3.2 percentage points.

What People Are Saying

Kristen Hopewell, an economist and director at the University of British Columbia’s Liu Institute for Global Issues, commented on the potential impact of Trump’s tariff policies. She told Newsweek, “There’s no state that won’t be harmed by Trump’s tariffs—but some will be hit even harder than others. Tariffs on steel and aluminum will raise costs for manufacturers across the U.S., undermining their competitiveness. This will hurt the biggest hubs of American manufacturing—California, Texas, Illinois, Ohio, Michigan, Pennsylvania, New York, Indiana, Wisconsin, and North Carolina—hardest.”

Mark A. DiPlacido, a policy adviser at the conservative think tank American Compass, defended Trump’s tariff policies in a March 17 opinion piece for Newsweek. He wrote, “The tariffs President Trump levied under his first administration raised more than $230 billion in revenue while reducing U.S. dependence on tariffed goods and avoiding inflation. Given the persistence of the U.S. trade deficit, President Trump is right to take tariffs to the next level. Whether through a simple global tariff of 10-20 percent—which could raise as much as $2.2 trillion in revenue over 10 years—or a wider set of reciprocal tariffs based on our trade balance with each foreign nation, the United States must assert its economic interests against the unfair practices of our trading partners.”

Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent addressed recession concerns during an appearance on NBC News’ Meet the Press, stating, “There are no guarantees. Like, who would’ve predicted COVID? I can predict that we’re putting in robust policies that will be durable. And could there be an adjustment? Because I tell you that this massive government spending that we’ve had, if that had kept going, we would have to wean our country off of that.”

President Trump himself weighed in on economic concerns via Truth Social on February 2. He wrote, “THIS WILL BE THE GOLDEN AGE OF AMERICA! WILL THERE BE SOME PAIN? YES, MAYBE (AND MAYBE NOT!). BUT WE WILL MAKE AMERICA GREAT AGAIN, AND IT WILL ALL BE WORTH THE PRICE THAT MUST BE PAID. WE ARE A COUNTRY THAT IS NOW BEING RUN WITH COMMON SENSE — AND THE RESULTS WILL BE SPECTACULAR!!!”

What Happens Next

The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) has warned that Trump’s tariff policies against Canada and Mexico could negatively impact U.S. GDP growth. The OECD’s latest projections indicate that U.S. economic growth will be 2.2 percent in 2025 and 1.6 percent in 2026—both revised downward from previous estimates of 2.4 percent and 2.1 percent, respectively.

Approval Ratings Breakdown

Poll Approval Disapproval Margin of Error
NBC News 44% 54% ±3.1%
CNN 42% 56% ±3.3%
YouGov/Economist 43% 47% ±3.2%

With declining approval ratings on economic matters, Trump faces a crucial challenge in convincing voters that his policies will lead to long-term growth. The coming months will determine whether he can regain confidence or if economic concerns will become a liability in the 2024 election.

Macy’s Store Closures Reflect Shift in Shopping Trends

Several of Macy’s most well-known stores, including Broadway Plaza in Los Angeles, are among those set to close. According to UnionRayo, Macy’s decline can be attributed to several factors, one of the most significant being the impact of COVID-19, which pushed many shoppers toward e-commerce rather than visiting physical retail stores.

The report highlights that in 2023, Macy’s experienced a 5.5% drop in net sales, totaling $21.3 billion, which significantly affected the company’s financial stability.

Additionally, Macy’s struggles mirror those of many other department stores and retailers that have suffered in the wake of the pandemic. As consumer habits have shifted, an increasing number of shoppers now prefer to make purchases online and have products delivered to their homes rather than shopping in-store.

To manage the transition, the chain has initiated clearance sales at some of the locations set to close, offering discounts of up to 70% on select products.

Despite these challenges, Macy’s has made it clear that this is not the end of the brand. The future of the department store largely hinges on how well it can adapt to online retail in the aftermath of the closures.

“Closing any store is never easy, but as part of our Bold New Chapter strategy, we are closing underproductive Macy’s stores to allow us to focus our resources and prioritize investments in our go–forward stores, where customers are already responding positively to better product offerings and elevated service,” said Tony Spring, chairman and chief executive officer of Macy’s, Inc.

On Reddit, users reacted to the news of Macy’s decision to shut down 150 locations, including some in New York.

“Macy was a giant in the shopping space, if Macy is going down it isn’t looking good for the rest of the clothing stores and this is NYC,” commented user Otherwise-Sun2486.

“Yeah ‘WAS’ is the operative word here. Before the advent of the internet. 40 years ago. They didn’t keep up with changing trends, tastes, and technology. Does anyone here even realize MALLS are not a thing anymore and they’ve been closing across the nation for the past 10+ years?” another user replied.

“Macy’s is so behind that even the computers that they use to train new employees barely work 90% of the time lmao,” another commenter added.

“Wouldn’t be surprised if eventually the 34th Street Herald Square location remains the only physical store for the entire company,” wrote another user.

Immigration Lawyers Urge Indian Nationals to Reconsider Travel Amid Visa Delays and Scrutiny

Immigration attorneys across the United States are advising Indian nationals, including H-1B visa holders, international students, and even those with green cards, to reconsider traveling outside the country. While India is not currently listed in any proposed travel bans, legal experts warn that travelers are experiencing visa stamping delays, heightened security screenings, and, in some cases, even detention upon arrival at U.S. airports.

Seattle-based immigration attorney Kripa Upadhyay cautioned in an interview with TOI’s Lubna Kably, stating, “As heartless as this may seem, foreign nationals (especially those needing renewal of H-1B or F-1 visa stamps) really need to think twice about leaving the US right now.” This warning comes amid recent changes by the U.S. Department of State regarding interview waiver, commonly known as the “dropbox” process. Previously, non-immigrant visa holders, except for B visitor visas, could apply for a waiver if their visa had expired within the last 48 months. However, under the new rule, only those renewing the same visa category within 12 months of expiration are eligible for dropbox appointments.

According to Upadhyay, this adjustment has significant consequences for many Indian professionals and students. Those on an F-1 student visa transitioning to an H-1B work visa must now undergo the full visa interview process. Likewise, an H-1B visa holder whose previous visa expired more than a year ago is no longer eligible for dropbox renewal and must also schedule an interview.

Another immigration attorney, Snehal Batra, who serves as the managing attorney at NPZ Law Group, pointed out that delays in obtaining visa appointments are just one part of the issue. She elaborated, “Delays due to visa appointment availability is only part of the concern. We know of individuals who are stuck in administrative processing for no apparent reason other than additional scrutiny and security clearances. This should not have happened, if the individual has been previously approved for a visa multiple times. I think we can expect to see ‘extreme vetting’ similar to the tenure of the earlier Trump administration.”

Immigration experts are also highlighting a growing risk that even after a visa is approved by the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS), consular officers have the authority to reject the visa and send the application back for further review. Upadhyay explained the serious implications of such re-adjudication, warning, “In a situation like this, employees outside the country would be stuck for several months (4-6 months minimum) before they can return to the US.”

Rajiv S. Khanna, managing attorney at Immigration.com, suggested that if travel is absolutely necessary, visa applicants and their employers should develop alternative arrangements in case of delays. He advised, “If travel is unavoidable, visa applicants and their employers should also try to have contingency plans in case of delayed stamping such as continuing work from their home country.”

Even green card holders are facing increased scrutiny at U.S. ports of entry. Immigration attorneys are reporting a rising number of cases where lawful permanent residents, including Indian nationals, have been subjected to secondary inspections or even overnight detention by U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) officers. Some individuals have reportedly been pressured to voluntarily surrender their green cards.

Older Indian nationals who hold green cards and spend extended periods in India while visiting their families in the U.S. are particularly at risk. Given the heightened scrutiny, attorneys are now strongly urging green card holders who have yet to apply for U.S. citizenship to do so as soon as possible. For those who have lived in the U.S. for decades, securing American passports would eliminate the risk of facing such complications upon re-entry.

With the tightening of immigration policies and increased security measures, legal experts recommend that Indian nationals carefully assess their travel plans and take necessary precautions before deciding to leave the United States.

Father Xavier Vadakkekara: A Visionary Journalist and Media Leader Passes Away at 72

Capuchin Father Xavier Vadakkekara, a renowned Catholic journalist who overcame partial blindness to revitalize Indian Currents, India’s leading Church weekly, and mentor numerous young journalists, passed away on March 16 at the age of 72.

He breathed his last at 11:35 p.m. at Holy Family Hospital in New Delhi, where he was undergoing treatment for acute respiratory insufficiency. His funeral service will take place at 3:30 p.m. on March 18 at Khrist Raja Church in Dasna, Masuri, Uttar Pradesh. As per his wishes, his body will be donated to the All India Institute of Medical Sciences (AIIMS) in New Delhi.

Bishop Henry D’Souza of Bellary, chairman of the Office of Social Communication under the Catholic Bishops’ Conference of India, expressed his deep sorrow at Father Xavier’s passing. “He was a person with keen intellect and committed media person. He was people-friendly and compassionate. In his death the Church in India has lost an excellent media person with Christian values,” the bishop said.

Father Suresh Mathew, a fellow Capuchin priest and former editor of Indian Currents, praised Father Xavier as “a trailblazing Capuchin priest, journalist, and media leader who left an indelible mark on the Catholic media landscape in India.”

Recalling Father Xavier’s contributions, Father Mathew noted, “He was a driving force behind the Catholic Church’s efforts to engage with the world through the media. His visionary leadership, intellectual curiosity, and passion for social justice inspired a generation of Catholic journalists, writers, and thinkers.”

  1. J. Philip, a veteran journalist who worked closely with Father Xavier, highlighted his role in transforming Indian Currents. The weekly, founded by Father John Vallamattom as a publication of the Catholic Bishops’ Conference of India, faced financial difficulties and was on the verge of closure when Father Xavier took over as editor in 1998.

Under his stewardship, the publication became a platform for progressive Catholic thought, tackling pressing social issues and amplifying marginalized voices. “He never shied away from confronting the government or exposing fundamentalist elements in the country through his work at Indian Currents weekly,” Father Mathew remarked.

Father Xavier had previously demonstrated his editorial prowess with Assisi, a Malayalam monthly magazine published from Bharananganam in Kerala. His meticulous approach to journalism, commitment to accuracy, and insistence on fairness earned him widespread respect among his peers and readers.

In addition to his editorial work, Father Xavier played a significant role in shaping the Catholic Church’s publishing strategy in India. As director of Media House in Delhi, he was instrumental in developing various publications and navigating the complexities of the media landscape.

He also took bold stances on issues within the Church. Father Mathew recalled a striking Indian Currents cover story that juxtaposed two contrasting events: the denial of a Catholic funeral in a Kerala diocese and a bishop from Northeast India’s peace-building efforts among warring groups. “His commitment to truth and justice was unwavering, and his legacy continues to inspire,” Father Mathew said.

Philip pointed out that Father Xavier hailed from a deeply religious family with a remarkable dedication to the Church. Among his nine siblings, only two opted for a secular life, while the rest embraced priesthood or religious service. “Few families would have contributed as much human capital to the Church as his,” Philip observed.

Early Life and Career

Father Xavier was born on January 25, 1953, in Neeloor, near Palai in Kerala. His family later moved to Vadakkancherry in Palakkad. He was ordained a priest on April 19, 1980, and began his career in journalism with Assisi magazine.

Pursuing higher education, he completed his doctorate in the Philippines. Upon returning to India, he served as a professor of communication at Vijnananilayam in Janampet, Andhra Pradesh.

In 1993, he moved to northern India and established Media House, a publishing institution in Suryanagar, Uttar Pradesh, near the Delhi border. His efforts extended beyond journalism as he actively contributed to education and social development initiatives.

He played a pivotal role in setting up Shramik Vidya Peeth, later renamed Jan Shikshan Sansthan, an institution dedicated to adult and skill-based education. Notably, it was the first Shramik Vidya Peeth granted to the Catholic Church by the Indian government.

Recognizing the growing importance of digital literacy, he founded the Media Institute of Training and Technology in Suryanagar during the 1990s, focusing primarily on computer education. He also contributed to the establishment of the Assisi Institute of Training and Technology in Noida, Uttar Pradesh. This institute, affiliated with Hisar University in Haryana, offered master’s programs in communication and journalism.

Another initiative close to Father Xavier’s heart was the Children’s Help in Life Development (CHILD) project. In collaboration with Caritas India, this initiative provided education and support to street and slum children in Ghaziabad.

In 1998, with the backing of the Capuchin Mission of Krist Jyoti, he assumed control of Indian Currents. His leadership reinvigorated the publication, and he remained its editor until 2006. Under his guidance, Jyoti Press, a state-of-the-art printing unit, was established in Noida in 2002.

Final Years

In his later years, Father Xavier spent time in Kerala, staying with his brother, Father Benedict Vadakkekara, at a Capuchin ashram in Kattappana, Idukki district. He returned to Delhi in February but fell ill by the end of the month.

Father Xavier Vadakkekara’s passing marks the end of an era in Catholic journalism in India. His relentless pursuit of truth, fearless journalism, and unwavering commitment to social justice have left an enduring legacy.

Gold Holds Steady Around $3,000 as Markets Eye Fed Policy, Trade Tariffs

Gold prices remained stable on Monday, hovering near the $3,000 level that was surpassed last week. Investors are closely watching trade tariff developments and the U.S. Federal Reserve’s upcoming policy meeting for further market direction.

Market Overview

Spot gold edged up 0.4% to $2,997.51 an ounce, after reaching a record high of $3,004.86 on Friday. Meanwhile, U.S. gold futures rose 0.2% to $3,005.60.

Traders are awaiting the Federal Reserve’s new economic projections this week, which will offer insight into how central bankers assess the economic effects of President Donald Trump’s policies. These policies have added uncertainty to an otherwise stable economic outlook.

Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent warned on Sunday that while a U.S. recession is not guaranteed, some economic adjustment may be necessary.

David Meger, director of metals trading at High Ridge Futures, noted, “I expect some consolidation in gold prices… Right now, the market is in a ‘wait-and-see’ mode ahead of the Fed’s decision.”

Interest Rates and Economic Signals

Markets widely anticipate that the Federal Reserve will keep interest rates unchanged on Wednesday, with a potential rate cut expected in June.

Gold, which does not yield interest, tends to perform well during economic uncertainty and in lower interest rate environments.

Recent data indicated that U.S. retail sales rebounded in February but at a slower pace than expected. Economic growth remains moderate, with trade tariffs and federal worker layoffs weighing on consumer sentiment.

Analysts at Heraeus Metals stated, “Should economic data continue to soften and the global tariff war escalate, gold will continue to benefit.”

Other Market Movements

  • Spot silver remained unchanged at $33.78 an ounce.
  • Palladium inched up 0.2% to $967.27.
  • Platinum gained 1% to reach $1,002.60.

Political Developments

President Trump announced plans to speak with Russian President Vladimir Putin on Tuesday regarding efforts to end the war in Ukraine.

With investors closely monitoring geopolitical developments, the Fed’s decision and economic data in the coming days will play a key role in shaping gold’s trajectory.

Kaamya Karthikeyan: The Youngest Woman to Scale the Seven Summits Sets Her Sights on the Explorer’s Grand Slam

At just 17, Kaamya Karthikeyan has accomplished a feat that many seasoned mountaineers can only aspire to—becoming the youngest woman to conquer the highest peaks on all seven continents, including the formidable Mount Everest. Yet, for Kaamya, mountaineering began as something much more personal: a way to bond with her family in the mountains.

A Passion Born from Family Adventures

“My journey never started as a record-breaking mission. It began only as a way to spend time with my family in the mountains. Over the years, it grew from just that to my passion!” Kaamya shares, emphasizing that her love for climbing was never about setting records, but about cherishing the experience.

Of all her climbs, summiting Mount Everest was a particularly memorable challenge—not just because it is the tallest peak in the world, but because she did it alongside her father, Commander S. Karthikeyan.

“The most challenging part of climbing Mt. Everest was the day we went from Camp 3 to Camp 4, our summit camp. We had very bad weather, with constant whiteouts, and about 200 of the 250 climbers that day turned back to Camp 3. But we braved through it to reach Camp 4… It was even more special because I was climbing with my dad. Summiting Mt. Everest has been a dream both of us have seen for a very long time, and it was amazing to have climbed it together!” she recalls.

The Toughest Climb: Denali

While Everest was a monumental achievement, Kaamya considers Mount Denali in North America to be the most demanding climb due to its extreme conditions and lack of support.

“I think Mt. Denali (the highest peak in North America) was the most demanding climb. There are only seven companies that are allowed to guide expeditions on the mountain, and none of them were ready to take me since I was young, Indian, and a girl. So, we had to climb as an unguided expedition of just four climbers. Additionally, since there are no porters on the mountain, we had to carry not just our 20kg backpacks but also a 50kg sled with everything we needed to sustain the 20-day-long expedition,” she explains.

Despite the immense physical and mental endurance required, Kaamya credits her sporting background for instilling the discipline necessary for success.

“Being a sportswoman gives you a lot of focus, which shows up in different facets of life. Academics have always been a priority for me, and mountaineering has been my passion, so I’ve found time for both,” she says.

A Family’s Support and National Recognition

Kaamya acknowledges the crucial role her family has played in her journey.

“My parents’ role in my journey is very important. If my dad hadn’t started climbing in the Himalayas, I never would’ve even stepped into the Himalayas. And if not for my mother partnering with me and taking me on my initial climbs, my dreams would not have turned into reality.”

Her achievements have gained widespread recognition, including appreciation from Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi. During an interaction with national awardees, Modi told her that the accolade should serve as a “stepping stone to even more success in the future.” Reflecting on his words, Kaamya says, “That is something I strive to follow and live up to.”

The Next Challenge: Explorer’s Grand Slam

Kaamya is now setting her sights on an even bigger challenge—completing the Explorer’s Grand Slam, which involves scaling the Seven Summits and skiing to both the North and South Poles.

“I aim to become the youngest person in the world to complete the Explorer’s Grand Slam by climbing the Seven Summits and skiing to the North and South Poles. To complete this mission, I hope to ski to both Poles in 2025,” she declares, demonstrating her unwavering determination.

With her impressive achievements and clear vision for the future, Kaamya Karthikeyan is redefining what’s possible for young mountaineers, proving that passion, perseverance, and family support can turn dreams into reality.

NOAA Layoffs Spark Concern Over Climate Science and Ocean Monitoring

Heather Welch’s work once involved safeguarding marine life by preventing ship collisions with whales off the U.S. West Coast. However, she was abruptly dismissed via an email that gave her only 90 minutes to pack her belongings and leave.

Welch, an ecologist who had served nearly a decade at the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), specialized in tracking marine animal movements. Her work was essential for guiding shipping routes and helping fisheries optimize their catches while minimizing harm to sea life like turtles and sea lions.

Welch is just one of over 1,000 NOAA employees who have lost their jobs in recent weeks due to sweeping layoffs at the country’s leading weather and climate agency. Some workers have since received emails stating that they are being reinstated due to a judge’s order and are now on administrative leave. However, their work remains stalled.

Even before President Donald Trump’s budget cuts, NOAA was understaffed, and now the agency faces even greater shortages. The team Welch was part of, which provided critical climate data to fisheries, was significantly affected. “Much of the work will have to be scaled back, if not stopped entirely,” Welch told CNN.

NOAA’s responsibilities are vast, but its ocean observation efforts are among the most crucial. Several scientists warned that the layoffs come at a dangerous time, as the world’s oceans undergo dramatic and poorly understood changes. These shifts have significant consequences for marine ecosystems, human populations, and the global economy.

In 2023 and 2024, global ocean temperatures broke heat records for an unprecedented 450 consecutive days. This extreme warming fueled stronger hurricanes, accelerated sea-level rise, devastated coral reefs, and led to mass marine life die-offs. Meanwhile, a key system of ocean currents is showing signs of instability, raising concerns about a potential collapse that could trigger drastic weather changes across the Northern Hemisphere.

The role NOAA plays in ocean science cannot be overstated. “If you’ve been to the ocean or experienced weather, NOAA has impacted you in some way,” said Tom Di Liberto, a climate scientist and former NOAA public affairs specialist who was also laid off in February.

NOAA’s extensive ocean monitoring system—consisting of satellites, research vessels, and robotic buoys—supplies real-time data for weather forecasts and ocean predictions. This information not only helps anticipate waves and tides but also supports long-term projections for critical issues such as reservoir water levels, snowpack, and hurricane activity.

The agency’s data, freely available to the public, is widely used by industries. With fewer experts available, the quality of these widely relied-upon services could deteriorate.

NOAA’s research also feeds into climate models that help scientists answer pressing questions, such as how much sea levels will rise over the next 50 years, how weather patterns will change, and what shifts will occur in agricultural production. “Scattershot” firings have now “created holes all over NOAA,” said Sarah Cooley, the former head of the agency’s ocean acidification program, warning that the risks could be severe.

The White House defended the layoffs, stating that “an extensive process was conducted to ensure that mission-critical functions to fulfill NOAA’s statutory responsibilities weren’t compromised.”

However, many experts worry that losing NOAA personnel could impact human safety. Warmer oceans lead to stronger storms, and without accurate predictions of storm intensity and landfall locations, more people could be at risk.

Another concern is the growing frequency of vibrio blooms—dangerous bacteria in seawater that can cause severe infections through cuts or contaminated shellfish. Without NOAA’s ability to track conditions that lead to these outbreaks, coastal populations and seafood consumers face higher health risks.

“What we’re talking about here is a wholesale decrease in NOAA’s ability to support communities,” Cooley emphasized.

Another major issue is the potential impact on NOAA’s ability to track and analyze El Niño and La Niña events. These natural climate cycles, which originate in the Pacific Ocean, significantly influence global weather patterns.

Other nations, such as Japan and Peru, also monitor these patterns, but the U.S. has long played a leading role in predicting them. NOAA’s forecasts “can literally move global markets,” Di Liberto said. He fears the layoffs will weaken international efforts to determine how climate change is affecting El Niño and La Niña, a question with profound implications for seasonal weather conditions worldwide.

NOAA’s work is also vital for the fishing industry. The United States boasts some of the most well-managed fisheries in the world, largely due to NOAA’s guidance. The agency provides data that helps the fishing industry optimize harvests while ensuring long-term sustainability.

The full consequences of the mass layoffs are not yet clear, but experts warn the first major test could come with an extreme weather event, such as a hurricane. “When you stress a system during extremes, that’s when things can break,” Di Liberto said.

One certainty, however, is that climate change-driven disasters affecting oceans and U.S. coastlines will only increase in the coming years.

A longer-term consequence of the layoffs is the loss of young scientists early in their careers. Allison Cluett, a research physical scientist at NOAA, was part of a team studying Pacific Ocean changes to assist fisheries in making informed long-term decisions. She described the layoffs as “heartbreaking,” saying, “The next generation of federal workers was just erased.”

The dismissal of young ocean scientists is a particularly damaging blow, given the growing economic opportunities tied to the ocean economy—including seafood, shipping, and renewable energy. Douglas McCauley, a professor of ocean science at the University of California, Santa Barbara, pointed out that many of these scientists could have taken lucrative private-sector jobs but instead chose NOAA because of their passion for marine research.

“By treating these scientists as if they are deadbeats, we risk losing them forever,” McCauley said. He warned that this could significantly hinder the U.S.’s ability to capitalize on the multitrillion-dollar ocean economy and maintain its status as a global leader in ocean research.

Meanwhile, other countries may take advantage of the U.S.’s weakened position in marine science. China, for example, is ramping up investments in ocean research. “Data is power, and that’s the same in the ocean as it is in any other domain,” McCauley said. “With these cuts and this downsizing, we’re ceding that power.”

The Psychology of Multilingualism: 7 Unique Traits of Bilingual and Polyglot Thinkers

Being fluent in more than one language carries a unique charm—it’s more than just ordering a croissant in Paris or bargaining at a Moroccan bazaar. Multilingualism profoundly shapes how we think, perceive, and interact with the world.

Psychology suggests that multilingual individuals exhibit distinctive traits that go beyond cognitive benefits. In this article, we explore seven key characteristics that set multilingual thinkers apart.

1) Enhanced Cognitive Flexibility

Ever met someone who seamlessly switches between tasks without hesitation? Chances are, they might be multilingual.

Speaking multiple languages enhances cognitive flexibility—the ability to transition between different ideas and process multiple concepts simultaneously. This mental agility stems from the constant practice of switching between languages, strengthening the brain’s adaptability.

As psychologist Jean Piaget put it:

“The goal of education is not to increase the amount of knowledge but to create the possibilities for a child to invent and discover.”

Multilingual individuals embody this principle, demonstrating enhanced adaptability in complex situations.

2) Increased Cultural Sensitivity

Multilingualism isn’t just about language—it’s about culture. Learning a new language often brings an insider’s perspective on different traditions, customs, and ways of thinking.

Howard Gardner, the psychologist behind the theory of multiple intelligences, highlighted interpersonal intelligence—the ability to understand and relate to others. Multilingual individuals often develop this intelligence as they engage with diverse cultures.

As Gardner noted:

“An individual understands the world through different lenses.”

Speaking multiple languages means acquiring a set of cultural lenses, fostering a broader and more empathetic worldview.

3) Better Decision-Making Skills

Multilingual individuals may have an edge in making rational decisions. Studies suggest that thinking in a second language can reduce emotional bias, leading to more logical and well-reasoned choices.

Daniel Kahneman’s research on cognitive biases and decision-making supports this idea. He proposed two systems of thought:

  • System 1 – Fast, intuitive, emotional
  • System 2 – Slow, deliberative, logical

Switching between languages encourages engagement with System 2, promoting critical thinking and reducing impulsive judgments. As Kahneman noted:

“A reliable way to make people believe in falsehoods is frequent repetition, because familiarity is not easily distinguished from truth.”

Multilingualism equips individuals with tools to analyze situations from multiple perspectives, fostering better decision-making.

4) Superior Multitasking Abilities

Multilingual individuals excel at multitasking, thanks to their ability to switch between languages effortlessly. This constant mental juggling strengthens the brain’s executive functions, making them more adept at handling multiple tasks simultaneously.

Studies indicate that bilingual individuals outperform monolinguals in task-switching scenarios, as managing multiple languages acts as cognitive training. This ability extends to real-world tasks, from navigating busy schedules to problem-solving under pressure.

5) Enhanced Memory Recall

Speaking multiple languages strengthens memory. The process of learning and recalling vocabulary, grammar rules, and pronunciation provides continuous mental exercise, improving overall memory function.

Psychologist Carl Jung once said:

“All the works of man have their origin in creative fantasy. What right have we then to depreciate imagination?”

This insight applies to memory as well—multilingual individuals often engage their imagination when recalling linguistic structures, strengthening their ability to retain and retrieve information.

6) Increased Tolerance for Ambiguity

Navigating multiple languages means dealing with words that lack direct translations and cultural nuances that defy simple explanations. This experience fosters a greater tolerance for ambiguity, making multilingual individuals more comfortable with uncertainty.

Carl Rogers, a pioneer in humanistic psychology, highlighted the power of embracing uncertainty:

“The curious paradox is that when I accept myself just as I am, then I can change.”

By frequently encountering linguistic and cultural gray areas, multilingual thinkers develop resilience and open-mindedness, essential for adapting to unfamiliar situations.

7) Improved Attention to Detail

Multilingual individuals are naturally attuned to linguistic nuances—accents, intonations, and grammatical structures. This heightened awareness often extends beyond language, sharpening observational skills in other areas of life.

William James, the father of American psychology, noted:

“The art of being wise is the art of knowing what to overlook.”

For multilingual individuals, knowing what details to focus on—and what to ignore—is an essential skill, enhancing their ability to process and interpret information efficiently.

Final Thoughts

Language is more than a communication tool—it shapes cognition, perception, and behavior. The unique traits of multilingual individuals, from cognitive flexibility to cultural awareness, highlight the profound impact of language on human thought.

Every time you switch between languages, you’re not just translating words—you’re rewiring your brain, expanding your perspective, and sharpening your mind.

So whether you’re a polyglot or just beginning your language-learning journey, take pride in the cognitive advantages that come with multilingualism. It’s not just about fluency—it’s about cultivating a richer, more interconnected way of thinking.

U.S. Added to Watchlist for Faltering Civic Freedoms Amid Concerns Over Trump’s Actions

A global watchdog organization has placed the United States on a list of countries experiencing “faltering civic freedoms” following concerns over President Donald Trump’s recent actions and policies.

CIVICUS, a nonprofit that advocates for democracy and human rights, included the U.S. in its first watchlist of the year on Monday. The organization noted that America, previously regarded as “a global champion for democracy and human rights,” has drawn scrutiny due to Trump’s efforts to reshape the federal government to align with his vision while distancing the U.S. from global affairs.

The United States is now listed among 37 other nations, including the Democratic Republic of the Congo, Pakistan, Chile, and Slovakia, under the category of countries with “narrowed” civic freedoms.

“This is an unparalleled attack on the rule of law in the United States, not seen since the days of McCarthyism in the twentieth century,” said Mandeep Tiwana, the interim co-secretary-general of CIVICUS, in a statement.

Tiwana further elaborated, saying, “Restrictive executive orders, unjustifiable institutional cutbacks, and intimidation tactics through threatening pronouncements by senior officials in the administration are creating an atmosphere to chill democratic dissent, a cherished American ideal.”

The “narrowed” designation by CIVICUS signifies that while people in these countries can still exercise civil liberties, violations of these rights occur periodically. This is the second-highest rating level, following the “open” category.

One of the primary concerns cited by the organization is Trump’s decision to dismiss large numbers of federal employees and replace them with individuals who demonstrate unwavering loyalty to him, a move that CIVICUS warns could “severely impact constitutional freedoms.”

Trump has deliberately chosen appointees based on their personal allegiance to him rather than their qualifications or expertise.

Among those involved in restructuring the government is billionaire Elon Musk, who, despite lacking an official title, has served as a “special government employee.” Musk has played a role in identifying areas within the federal workforce for reduction, seeking to eliminate what the administration views as inefficient or wasteful expenditures.

This initiative has led to significant changes within key government agencies. The U.S. Agency for International Development has been stripped of much of its authority to provide humanitarian aid and assistance, while the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has seen a reduction in its ability to regulate and enforce protections against fraud and unfair business practices.

Additionally, Trump has employed executive orders to consolidate power within the executive branch, thereby increasing his administration’s ability to oversee and control federal agencies, ensuring they align with his policy priorities.

These measures have included halting all diversity, equity, and inclusion initiatives, suppressing pro-Palestinian student demonstrations, and promoting policies that reflect his administration’s ideological stance.

“The Trump administration seems hellbent on dismantling the system of checks and balances, which are the pillars of a democratic society,” Tiwana warned in the CIVICUS statement.

Monday’s designation is not the first time the U.S. has been downgraded on the watchdog’s list. In 2020, CIVICUS lowered the country’s status to “obstructed” after determining that the Trump administration had repressed mass protests.

NASA Astronauts Suni Williams and Butch Wilmore Conclude Extended Stay in Space Amid Health Concerns

On March 14, what was initially planned as a short mission of just over a week stretched to an extensive nine-month stay in space. NASA astronauts Suni Williams and Butch Wilmore were originally assigned to the first crewed test flight on Boeing’s Starliner and were scheduled to remain at the International Space Station (ISS) for only ten days. However, when NASA detected several helium leaks and propulsion system issues with the spacecraft, it made the decision to send the capsule back without its crew. Consequently, the astronauts had to remain aboard the ISS until another mission could bring them back.

This situation is far from being a mere administrative inconvenience, akin to a low-gravity version of The Terminal. The impact of space on human health can be profound and potentially detrimental. For Williams and Wilmore, their extended stay at the ISS may have led to significant physiological effects.

The process of launching into space involves enduring g-forces more than twice what humans experience on Earth. Former NASA astronaut Dr. Sandy Magnus once likened the sensation to having a “70-pound gorilla sitting on your chest.” However, that is the last sensation of gravity astronauts feel until they reenter Earth’s atmosphere at the end of their mission. Once in orbit, they spend the remainder of their time weightless, floating in their seats.

The absence of gravity, though, is just one of the many ways space alters the human body. Astronauts have reported everything from deteriorating eyesight and genetic changes to skin rashes upon arrival. Some have even noted an unfamiliar sensation with fabric touching their bodies.

“In general, the environment in space causes an accelerated model for disease, and what we kind of say is an accelerated model for aging,” explained Dr. Afshin Beheshti, director of the Center for Space Biomedicine at the University of Pittsburgh. “But you don’t age faster, it’s just that all of the things associated with aging, like cardiovascular risk or cognitive issues… Everything is kind of sped up in space because of that environment.”

This week, four astronauts launched toward the ISS, where they will facilitate the return of Williams and Wilmore. Their extended stay places them among a small group of astronauts—just eight others—who have spent more than 200 days in space. NASA astronaut Frank Rubio holds the record with 371 days. Given the well-documented effects of prolonged space travel on the human body, it will take time for Williams and Wilmore to recover.

“When we get back, even to lift a pencil we will feel the weight,” Wilmore stated in a CNN interview last month. “That’s the transition back.”

One major reason for this difficulty is that gravity on Earth constantly acts upon the skeleton, prompting bone-building cells called osteoblasts to maintain bone density. Without gravity, bones weaken, losing approximately 1% of their density for every month spent in space without countermeasures. Similarly, muscles atrophy from disuse.

Despite daily exercise routines aimed at mitigating these effects, Williams and Wilmore will likely experience significant bone loss. Upon their return, they will be met by medical teams to initiate a 45-day post-mission recovery program, according to NASA’s Lead Flight Surgeon Dr. Stevan Gilmore.

“They work closely with trainers, dedicating two hours each day to return to their pre-flight baseline state of health and fitness,” Gilmore wrote in an email to Salon. “Generally, most crewmembers’ physiological systems recover within this timeframe.”

For comparison, NASA astronaut Scott Kelly, who spent one year in space, had to relearn how to walk after returning, Beheshti noted.

The Cool Down

“Being a year in space like that, it definitely takes a while for them to recoup the damage done,” Beheshti told Salon in a phone interview.

Kelly participated in NASA’s Twin Study, in which biomarkers from his body were compared to those of his twin brother, Sen. Mark Kelly, who remained on Earth. The results showed that Scott Kelly exhibited more signs of heart disease post-flight and developed Spaceflight Associated Neuro-ocular Syndrome (SANS). This condition arises when blood and cerebrospinal fluid shift upwards due to the absence of gravity, affecting both the brain and vision.

“He wasn’t wearing glasses before he went, but he came back and started wearing glasses,” Beheshti remarked.

Disruptions to the body’s internal clock also impact astronauts’ sleep and eating cycles. Some research indicates that spaceflight slows cognitive processing speeds, though performance returns to normal upon returning to Earth. Interestingly, some astronauts show improved cognitive focus while in space.

“Sometimes people actually perform better in space, and they’re even more focused, in a way,” said Dr. Chris Mason, a professor of physiology and biophysics at Weill Cornell Medicine. “But sometimes people get a little slower. It really depends on the crew member.”

Radiation is another significant concern in space. Without Earth’s ozone layer for protection, astronauts are exposed to radiation levels equivalent to a year’s worth of exposure on Earth for each week spent on the ISS. The severity of exposure depends on solar flares and cosmic rays.

This radiation exposure can disrupt cellular mitochondrial function, leading to broader health consequences.

“The mitochondria is your bioenergetics, so your energy in your body is produced by all of the mitochondria in your cells,” Beheshti explained. “When the bioenergetics are damaged, you can imagine that it has detrimental effects… impacting your immune system and circadian rhythm.”

Radiation exposure at these levels is associated with an increased risk of heart disease, cancer, and degenerative eye disorders. Studies tracking astronauts have identified changes in immune system function due to radiation and weightlessness.

A 2024 study in Communications Biology, led by Mason, found that astronauts in space had longer telomeres—DNA-protecting structures at the ends of chromosomes. While longer telomeres are generally associated with youth, they are also linked to cancer risks.

Mason’s study also found that space travel activates several genes involved in immune responses, likely as an adaptive reaction to the body’s stress.

“There are also anti-inflammatory markers called interleukins which get activated, and we’ve seen some of them in almost every mission, so we would expect that they would also have them here,” Mason said. “We see a lot of genes for DNA repair get activated, like the body is detecting some of the damage and then repairing that damage, which is a normal adaptive response.”

While most of these cellular changes revert within weeks of returning to Earth, recovery rates vary. About 90% of the gene changes Scott Kelly experienced returned to normal within six months, and telomere alterations stabilized within days.

However, scientists continue to study ways to reduce astronauts’ health risks. Radiation remains a major challenge, as high-energy particles can break DNA strands. Research efforts are exploring small molecules that might improve radiation resistance, with potential benefits for both astronauts and cancer patients undergoing radiation therapy.

Some researchers are investigating whether induced “artificial hibernation” could mitigate radiation’s harmful effects. Recent studies on animals suggest that entering a hibernation-like state reduces the damage caused by radiation.

“When there’s radiation damage caused to your body, you create reactive oxygen species, and that causes downstream things to impact your immune system… while also suppressing your mitochondria,” Beheshti explained. “But when your body shuts down in that hibernation state, like in these animals, those reactive oxygen species stop getting produced as much, and then there seems to be less damage caused by the radiation.”

With commercial space travel expanding and figures like Elon Musk advocating for missions to Mars, these concerns underscore the challenges of prolonged spaceflight. Human bodies, evolved over millions of years under Earth’s gravity and atmospheric conditions, face immense obstacles in space.

Although Williams and Wilmore trained extensively for this mission, their recovery will take time. Yet, they do not seem troubled by their extended stay.

“I think both of us will be a little bit sad when that feeling of space leaves us after about 24 hours,” Williams reflected in the CNN interview. “That means that physically the spaceflight came to an end.”

Trump Invokes Alien Enemies Act to Deport Venezuelan Migrants, Faces Legal Hurdles

On Saturday, President Donald Trump invoked the Alien Enemies Act of 1798, asserting that the U.S. was under invasion by a Venezuelan gang. The law, originally designed for wartime, grants the president significant authority, enabling him to accelerate mass deportations of undocumented immigrants. This move signals a potential intensification of Trump’s immigration enforcement efforts.

Trump’s order specifically targets the Tren de Aragua gang, which he claims is operating as a hostile force under the Venezuelan government’s direction. “Over the years, Venezuelan national and local authorities have ceded ever-greater control over their territories to transnational criminal organizations, including TdA,” Trump stated, as reported by the Associated Press. He further argued, “The result is a hybrid criminal state that is perpetrating an invasion of and predatory incursion into the United States, and which poses a substantial danger to the United States.”

The declaration came on the same day that a federal judge in Washington blocked the administration from deporting five Venezuelans under the anticipated order, indicating potential legal resistance. Even before Trump’s official announcement, a federal judge had intervened to prevent these deportations using the Alien Enemies Act, signaling an immediate legal battle.

Legal Challenges and Court Rulings

Civil rights organizations, including the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) and Democracy Forward, quickly filed an urgent lawsuit in Washington’s federal court. They argued that Trump’s order classified Tren de Aragua as a “predatory incursion” orchestrated by a foreign government, a move that could lead to indiscriminate deportations of Venezuelans.

DC Circuit Chief Judge James E. Boasberg issued a temporary restraining order, valid for 14 days, to shield five Venezuelans in immigration custody who were at risk of imminent deportation under the act. Boasberg’s ruling sought to preserve the current situation while scheduling a hearing to determine whether broader protections should be extended to all Venezuelans in the U.S.

The Trump administration swiftly challenged the restraining order, arguing that blocking presidential action before its execution would significantly hinder executive operations. The Justice Department warned that allowing such judicial interventions could enable district courts to obstruct crucial national security measures, including intelligence operations, drone strikes, or counterterrorism efforts. The administration urged the court to prevent such a precedent from taking hold.

What Is the Alien Enemies Act?

The Alien Enemies Act, part of the Alien and Sedition Acts of 1798, is a law designed for use during wartime or when the U.S. faces an imminent invasion threat from a foreign nation. It grants the president the authority to detain or deport foreign nationals from enemy countries during conflicts, with a particular focus on recent immigrants who might be perceived as aligning with U.S. adversaries.

When Was the Alien Enemies Act Last Used?

According to CNN, legal experts believe invoking the act outside of wartime—especially in response to threats from criminal gangs or cartels—would present legal challenges unless the U.S. were under direct attack by a foreign government.

The Alien Enemies Act has been invoked three times in U.S. history, each instance occurring during wartime. As noted by the Brennan Center, it was used during World War I and World War II to detain and deport individuals from Germany, the Austro-Hungarian Empire, Italy, and Japan. Additionally, the act played a central role in the internment of Japanese Americans during World War II, a highly controversial episode in U.S. history.

Presidential Powers Under the Alien Enemies Act

The act grants the president broad authority, including:

  • Detention and Deportation: The president can detain or deport any male over the age of 14 from an enemy nation if they are deemed a potential threat.
  • National Security Measures: The act provides a legal framework for mitigating risks posed by foreign nationals from hostile nations to protect U.S. interests.
  • Restrictions on Movement and Property: The president can impose travel restrictions or require individuals to report regularly to authorities.
  • Expedited Mass Deportations: The act allows the president to bypass certain immigration and criminal law protections, facilitating rapid deportations of individuals designated as threats.

Key Implications of Trump’s Order

1. Legal Challenges and Constitutional Concerns

Civil rights organizations, including the ACLU, have already initiated lawsuits, arguing that Trump’s order violates due process and immigrants’ legal rights. A federal judge’s temporary block on some deportations suggests a prolonged legal battle is ahead.

2. Targeting of Venezuelan Migrants

Trump has justified his order by focusing on the Tren de Aragua gang, alleging that it has connections to Venezuela’s government. However, this designation could impact thousands of Venezuelan migrants in the U.S., many of whom fled economic hardship and political repression.

3. Potential Diplomatic Fallout

Trump’s move may strain U.S.-Venezuela relations, particularly if deported individuals face persecution under President Nicolás Maduro’s regime. Maduro’s government has long been at odds with the U.S., and mass deportations could heighten tensions.

4. Uncertainty for Undocumented Immigrants

The order has created widespread fear and uncertainty among undocumented Venezuelan migrants, who now face the possibility of detention or deportation without standard legal protections.

5. Use of Detention Centers and International Transfers

The Trump administration has announced plans to relocate approximately 300 suspected gang members to detention facilities in El Salvador. This decision has drawn criticism from human rights groups concerned about the treatment of detainees in these facilities.

6. Broader Immigration Crackdown

Trump’s move signals his commitment to aggressively pursuing stricter immigration policies, potentially laying the groundwork for more expansive crackdowns if he secures a second term. The use of the Alien Enemies Act in this context raises concerns about its future application beyond Venezuelan migrants.

A Test for Executive Power

Trump’s decision to invoke the Alien Enemies Act marks a significant escalation in his immigration policy. While his administration argues that this move is necessary for national security, legal experts caution that using a wartime law to target migrant groups could face substantial constitutional hurdles.

The federal court’s intervention suggests that judicial challenges will continue to shape the fate of Trump’s order. The restraining order issued by Judge Boasberg may be just the first of many legal barriers Trump faces in implementing this measure.

The Road Ahead

With ongoing court battles, diplomatic considerations, and human rights concerns, Trump’s use of the Alien Enemies Act remains a contentious issue. While supporters see it as a necessary tool to combat transnational crime, opponents view it as an overreach that could set a dangerous precedent for future immigration policies.

The coming weeks will be crucial as the administration seeks to defend its actions in court, while advocacy groups continue their efforts to challenge what they see as an unlawful and unconstitutional policy. The ultimate outcome of this legal battle could have lasting implications for immigration enforcement and executive authority in the U.S.

India Poised to Become World’s Third-Largest Economy by 2028: Morgan Stanley

Despite global economic uncertainties, India is set to become the world’s third-largest economy by 2028, according to Morgan Stanley’s latest report. The country’s share in global production is increasing, driven by macroeconomic stability, policy measures, and enhanced infrastructure. India is projected to surpass Germany’s GDP to secure the third position in the global economic rankings.

By 2026, the Indian economy is expected to grow to $4.7 trillion, placing it as the fourth-largest economy after the U.S., China, and Germany. By 2028, India will surpass Germany with an estimated GDP of $5.7 trillion.

Morgan Stanley’s data traces India’s economic progress over the decades. In 1990, India was the 12th-largest economy in the world, slipping to 13th place in 2000. However, it climbed back to ninth position by 2020 and then further to fifth place by 2023. The report projects India’s share in global GDP to increase from 3.5% in 2023 to 4.5% by 2029.

Three Possible Economic Growth Scenarios

Morgan Stanley outlined three possible growth trajectories for India’s economy:

  1. Bear Scenario – The economy expands from $3.65 trillion in 2025 to $6.6 trillion by 2035.
  2. Base Scenario – India’s GDP grows to $8.8 trillion by 2035.
  3. Bull Scenario – The country’s economy could reach $10.3 trillion by 2035.

GDP per capita is also expected to rise significantly across these scenarios. By 2035, under the Bear scenario, it could reach $4,247, while in the Base scenario, it may increase to $5,683. Under the Bull scenario, GDP per capita could rise as high as $6,706.

India’s Growing Global Economic Influence

The report emphasized that India is gaining prominence in the global economy due to strong foundational factors. “India is likely gaining share in global output in the coming decades driven by strong foundational factors, including robust population growth, a functioning democracy, macro stability influenced policy, better infrastructure, a rising entrepreneurial class and improving social outcomes,” Morgan Stanley stated.

The report further highlighted India’s growing attractiveness as a key consumer market. “The implication is that India will be the world’s most sought-after consumer market, it will undergo a major energy transition, credit to GDP will rise and manufacturing could gain share in GDP,” it noted.

Economic Growth on the Path to Recovery

According to Morgan Stanley, India’s economic growth is already showing signs of recovery. “High-frequency indicators were mixed in recent weeks but are distinctly better than a couple of months ago. We expect growth to recover after a 2H24 (second half of 2024) slowdown on fiscal and monetary policy support, with recovery in service exports,” the report said.

For the financial year ending March 31, 2025 (FY2024-25), India’s GDP is expected to grow at a rate of 6.3%, rising to 6.5% in the following fiscal year.

“Macro-stability should remain in the comfort range, providing flexibility to policymakers,” the report noted. The recovery in consumption is projected to become more widespread, aided by income tax cuts that are expected to boost urban demand, while rural consumption levels remain strong.

Public and Household Capital Expenditure to Drive Growth

Investments are expected to play a crucial role in India’s economic expansion. According to Morgan Stanley, public and household capital expenditure (capex) will be the primary drivers of growth, while private corporate investments are anticipated to recover at a gradual pace.

Additionally, the strength in services exports is expected to have a positive impact on the labor market. This, combined with moderating inflation, is likely to improve overall purchasing power.

Domestic demand, supported by policy initiatives on both the monetary and fiscal fronts, is projected to be a key contributor to economic expansion.

Inflation Expected to Stabilize at 4.3% by FY27

Inflation has shown signs of cooling, with headline Consumer Price Index (CPI) inflation decreasing from its recent peak, now hovering near 4%. This decline is primarily attributed to falling food prices. Core inflation has remained stable, contributing to overall economic stability.

Morgan Stanley expects inflation to reach 4.3% in FY2026-27, down from an estimated 4.9% in FY2025. The outlook for inflation remains contingent on food prices, which account for 46% of the CPI basket and are expected to soften further in the coming months.

Current Account Deficit Remains Under Control

Despite weak global demand affecting goods exports, India’s strong service exports are helping to balance its trade position. As a result, Morgan Stanley expects the country’s current account deficit to remain below 1% of GDP in FY2025-27, ensuring continued stability in India’s external balance sheet.

Possible Rate Cut by RBI in April

On the monetary policy front, the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has been easing policies across multiple areas, including interest rates, liquidity measures, and regulatory changes. In February, the RBI initiated a rate-cutting cycle, and Morgan Stanley anticipates another 25 basis points (bps) reduction in April.

Fiscal Strategy: Encouraging Consumption and Capital Expenditure

India’s fiscal policies aim to sustain economic recovery by boosting consumption through income tax cuts and prioritizing capital expenditure (capex). At the same time, the government is maintaining macroeconomic stability by ensuring fiscal discipline.

Global Risks: Trade Wars, U.S. Federal Reserve, and Market Conditions

While India’s economic trajectory appears strong, risks remain, particularly from external factors. “We closely monitor developments on trade and tariff policies by the US government, alongside the strength in the dollar, Fed’s reaction function and global growth and financial conditions,” Morgan Stanley stated.

Domestically, the report warned of potential risks, including excessive government spending at the state level or shifts in policy that could undermine macroeconomic stability.

The most critical factor influencing India’s growth trajectory will be global conditions, including U.S. economic policies and worldwide growth trends.

US Green Card Holders Facing Increased Scrutiny at Ports of Entry

Immigration attorneys are reporting a rise in the number of green card holders, including Indian nationals, being subjected to secondary inspections and even overnight detentions at U.S. airports by Customs and Border Protection (CBP) officers. In some instances, individuals are being pressured to voluntarily relinquish their green cards. Among those most vulnerable are elderly Indian immigrants who reside with their children in the United States but spend the winter months in India.

Legal experts emphasize a crucial piece of advice: never surrender a green card. Holders of this status have the right to present their case before an immigration judge.

Lawyers Warn Against Voluntarily Surrendering Green Cards

Under the Immigration and Nationality Act (INA), lawful permanent residents (LPRs), commonly known as green card holders, who remain outside the U.S. for more than 180 daysare considered to be seeking “re-admission” and are therefore subject to grounds of inadmissibility. Generally, concerns about the abandonment of green card status arise when a holder remains outside the U.S. for over a year. However, even shorter absences—such as seasonal stays in India—are now drawing heightened scrutiny.

Ashwin Sharma, an immigration attorney based in Florida, shared his experience with such cases. “I have personally handled cases recently where the CBP has targeted elderly Indian green card holders, particularly grandparents who happen to have spent a bit longer outside the U.S., and pressured them to sign Form I-407 to ‘voluntarily’ surrender their lawful permanent resident status (green card). And the moment they have tried to push back, they have been met with threats of detention or ‘removal’ by the CBP officers who have been emboldened by Trump to see themselves as judge, jury, and executioner,” he stated.

Seattle-based immigration attorney Kripa Upadhyay underscored the importance of resisting pressure to surrender the green card. “Generally, an individual’s green card cannot be revoked by the border unless the person ‘voluntarily’ surrenders (by signing Form I-407). If a green card holder has spent more than 365 days out of the U.S., they are deemed to have ‘abandoned’ their residence. Even if this is the allegation, the green card holder has the right to challenge this in court, but they lose this right if they ‘voluntarily’ surrender at the airport!”

The Importance of Documentation in Proving Permanent Residence

Snehal Batra, managing attorney at NPZ Law Group, emphasized that only an immigration judge has the authority to revoke a green card. “Only an immigration judge can take away a green card, so individuals should not sign this form. Unfortunately, people do not realize this because they are afraid, confused, or do not understand what they are signing due to language barriers. This is a particular problem for our elderly green card holders who spend winter months in India and may not have sufficient evidence to prove maintenance of permanent resident status. Through documentation such as ownership of property, tax returns, and employment, one can overcome a presumption of abandonment,” she explained.

Batra cited an example of a green card holder who faced secondary inspection because he had spent significant time in India since acquiring his lawful permanent resident status over six years ago. Although he never exceeded the six-month (180-day) absence threshold, CBP officers scrutinized his travel history, determining that he returned to the U.S. primarily to retain his green card status rather than to live permanently in the country. “He was lucky this time and was admitted into the country but warned by CBP to give up his green card if he was not living in the U.S. on a permanent basis,” she noted.

Misconceptions About Green Card Maintenance

Rajiv S. Khanna, an immigration attorney based in Arlington, issued a word of caution to those who believe that periodic visits to the U.S. are enough to retain their green card. “One of the common scenarios that I have provided consultations on is when green card holders are not living in the U.S. They may visit every few months and consider that to be sufficient. That is legally incorrect. Maintaining a green card requires establishing and maintaining a permanent home in the U.S. Anything short of that can be grounds for ‘lifting the green card’ for abandonment,” he warned.

Jesse Bless, another immigration attorney, echoed this sentiment. “Lawful permanent residents who are outside the U.S. for more than a year (without a re-entry permit) are getting a notice to appear in removal proceedings,” he said.

Increased Enforcement Under the Trump Administration

Greg Siskin, co-founder of the immigration law firm Siskin Susser, recalled instances during the previous Trump administration where CBP officials went to extreme lengths to encourage green card surrenders. “During the previous Trump administration, there were sky marshals who were passing forms out on planes asking people to surrender their green cards, and people were calling and texting from the planes asking what to do. People need to not surrender their cards. But they must be prepared to sit for a while in secondary inspection. It is possible a CBP officer could even detain a person overnight. But a person is entitled to a hearing in front of a judge, and most judges are not going to be happy about these cases going in front of them, so I suspect CBP will cave in if a person is adamant about not surrendering,” he explained.

Protecting Green Card Status: Steps to Take

Given the increased scrutiny faced by green card holders, particularly those who spend extended periods outside the U.S., immigration attorneys recommend taking proactive steps to demonstrate continued residency.

  1. Avoid Extended Absences: Whenever possible, green card holders should avoid remaining outside the U.S. for extended periods, particularly for more than 180 days. If travel is necessary, securing a re-entry permit before leaving can provide additional protection.
  2. Maintain U.S. Ties: Demonstrating strong ties to the U.S. can help counter claims of abandonment. This includes keeping a primary residence, filing U.S. tax returns as a resident, maintaining U.S. bank accounts, and having employment or business interests in the country.
  3. Keep Detailed Documentation: Green card holders should retain records that prove their commitment to residing in the U.S. This includes home ownership or lease agreements, utility bills, tax returns, and evidence of family ties in the country.
  4. Seek Legal Advice: If subjected to secondary inspection or pressured to surrender a green card, individuals should remain firm and request legal counsel. Signing Form I-407 voluntarily waives the right to a hearing before an immigration judge, a step that could be difficult to reverse later.
  5. Understand the Risks: Those who frequently travel abroad should be aware that merely returning to the U.S. at regular intervals is insufficient to maintain green card status. A pattern of long absences may prompt CBP officers to question residency intentions.

Conclusion

The growing number of green card holders, especially elderly Indian immigrants, facing scrutiny at U.S. ports of entry highlights the need for vigilance. With reports of CBP officers pressuring individuals to surrender their green cards, immigration attorneys stress that lawful permanent residents must not sign Form I-407 without fully understanding the consequences.

As immigration policies continue to be enforced strictly, it is crucial for green card holders to stay informed, document their residency, and seek legal assistance when necessary. In cases of secondary inspection or threats of removal, asserting the right to a hearing before an immigration judge can make a significant difference in protecting one’s lawful permanent resident status.

Trump Administration Moves to Silence Voice of America and Other Pro-Democracy Media

The administration of President Donald Trump began implementing significant reductions to Voice of America (VOA) and other government-run pro-democracy media on Saturday, placing all VOA employees on leave.

Late Friday, following the passage of Congress’s latest funding bill, Trump ordered his administration to minimize the functions of several federal agencies to the bare legal requirement. This directive affected the U.S. Agency for Global Media, the entity overseeing Voice of America, Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty, Radio Free Asia, and Radio Marti, which provides Spanish-language news broadcasts into Cuba.

On Saturday morning, Kari Lake, a former Arizona gubernatorial and U.S. Senate candidate whom Trump appointed as a senior adviser to the agency, made an announcement on X urging employees to check their emails. Shortly afterward, notices were distributed, informing Voice of America staff that they were being placed on paid administrative leave.

“For the first time in 83 years, the storied Voice of America is being silenced,” said Michael Abramowitz, VOA’s director, in a statement. He noted that nearly all of the agency’s 1,300 employees had been placed on leave.

“VOA promotes freedom and democracy around the world by telling America’s story and by providing objective and balanced news and information, especially for those living under tyranny,” Abramowitz stated.

One journalist, speaking anonymously due to restrictions on commenting publicly, remarked, “We expected something like this to happen, and it just happened to be today.”

The decision was strongly criticized by press advocacy group Reporters Without Borders, which released a statement saying it “condemns this decision as a departure from the U.S.’s historic role as a defender of free information and calls on the U.S. government to restore VOA and urges Congress and the international community to take action against this unprecedented move.”

Alongside Voice of America, the U.S. Agency for Global Media issued notices terminating grants for Radio Free Asia and other agency-funded programs. VOA serves as a conduit for U.S. news to international audiences, frequently translating content into local languages. Similarly, Radio Free Asia, Radio Free Europe, and Radio Marti provide news coverage to regions under authoritarian rule, such as China, North Korea, and Russia.

“The cancellation of Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty’s grant agreement would be a massive gift to America’s enemies,” stated Stephen Capus, the network’s President and CEO.

These government-backed networks collectively reach an estimated 427 million people. Established during the Cold War, they form part of a broader U.S. strategy to promote American influence and counter authoritarian narratives—a mission that also includes USAID, another agency facing cuts under Trump’s directive.

The reduction represents a significant shift in post-Cold War international media efforts, which have historically enjoyed bipartisan support. Previous directors of Voice of America have included figures like Dick Carlson, father of conservative commentator Tucker Carlson.

Thomas Kent, former president and CEO of Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty, acknowledged the uncertainty surrounding the administration’s plans for the agencies. He emphasized that without these news outlets, conveying U.S. perspectives to the world would become more challenging.

“Without the international broadcasting, the image of the United States and the Trump administration will be in the hands of others, including the administration’s opponents, (and) countries and people who consider the United States an enemy,” Kent, now an international media ethics consultant, stated.

Kari Lake, in a video posted on X on Saturday, framed the move as a cost-cutting initiative, omitting any mention of the employees affected or VOA’s mission. The video was recorded outside a building leased by VOA, which she described as an unnecessary expense. She indicated her intention to break the agency’s 15-year lease on the property.

“We’re doing everything we can to cancel contracts that can be cancelled, save more, downsize and make sure there’s no misuse of your dollars,” Lake stated.

The notification sent to employees formally placed them on administrative leave while ensuring continued pay and benefits “until otherwise notified.” It also instructed staff to refrain from using Agency for Global Media facilities and to return government-issued equipment, including phones and computers.

Trump’s administration had already been taking steps to assert greater control over Voice of America. Earlier this week, it terminated contracts that permitted VOA to access content from independent news providers like The Associated Press.

Additionally, the administration barred the AP from participating in White House press pools covering the president and moved to assume authority over which news outlets are included in such press groups. Furthermore, the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) is currently investigating major news organizations, including CBS.

Trump’s order to scale back government functions extends beyond media agencies. Several other lesser-known entities are also affected, including the Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars, a nonpartisan think tank, the United States Interagency Council on Homelessness, and the Community Development Financial Institutions Fund.

Scholarship Suspensions Leave Thousands of International Students in Uncertainty

Thousands of international students in the United States are now facing an uncertain future following the suspension of several major scholarship programs, including Fulbright. The U.S. State Department has halted federal funding for these initiatives, leaving students without financial support.

Halyna Morozova, a Ukrainian international student enrolled at Southern Illinois University Edwardsville under the Fulbright program, shared her concerns with ABC News. Instead of receiving a full month’s financial aid, she was given only one week’s worth of funding.

Morozova, who teaches the Ukrainian language at the university, was informed by the Institute of International Education (IIE) that her usual monthly grant of $750 had been reduced to just $187.50. She expressed deep concern about her ability to continue her studies in the U.S. due to the uncertainty surrounding her financial support.

Another affected student, Frida Larios from California State University, found out about the funding suspension while already in Seoul, South Korea, as part of the Gilman scholarship program. Larios had expected to receive about $3,000 for her trip but has since been left in financial limbo, as reported by the New York Times.

The U.S. State Department announced in February that it was temporarily halting grant funding, affecting various study-abroad scholarships and government exchange programs. Although the funding was initially set to resume on February 27, it remains suspended, prolonging uncertainty for students and scholars.

According to the Fulbright Association, this suspension has directly impacted over 12,500 U.S. nationals who are either currently abroad or preparing for international exchange programs. Additionally, another 7,400 foreign nationals studying in the U.S. are expected to be affected by the funding freeze.

“The freeze on State Department grant programs threatens the survival of study abroad and international exchange programs that are essential to U.S. economic and national security,” the Association of International Educators (NAFSA) stated in a press release.

Kunchacko Boban’s ‘Officer on Duty’ Set for OTT Release on Netflix

Following a remarkable theatrical run, the Kunchacko Boban-starrer Officer on Duty is now preparing for its digital premiere.

For those who missed the opportunity to watch this gripping thriller in cinemas, Officer on Duty will be available for streaming on Netflix starting March 20. The film will be accessible in multiple languages, including Malayalam, Hindi, Telugu, Tamil, and Kannada.

Netflix officially announced the release through a social media post, which read, “Puthiya officer etheetund, stand in line and salute. Watch Officer on Duty on Netflix, out 20 March in Malayalam, Hindi, Telugu, Tamil, Kannada #OfficerOnDutyOnNetflix.”

Directed by Jithu Ashraf, with a screenplay penned by Shahi Kabir, the movie features an ensemble cast, including Vishak Nair, Priyamani, Jagadish, and Aadukalam Naren in significant roles.

Kunchacko Boban recently took to social media to express his gratitude toward his wife and the entire team behind the film. Sharing a heartfelt note alongside a picture with his wife, the actor wrote, “Officer On Duty. With His Beauty. I know how much you yearned for this acceptance, my love!! You have been my constant support, critic, friend, tension-breaker, and the biggest fan!!! And this success is more deserving for you!! Love and salute from your officer …or rather, HUSBAND ON DUTY. And a big big thaaank you to each and everyone who made OFFICER ON DUTY the biggie in my life.”

According to recent reports, Officer on Duty has emerged as the highest-grossing Malayalam film of 2025, surpassing Asif Ali’s Rekhachithram.

The film has received a mixed critical reception. ETimes awarded Officer on Duty a rating of 3 out of 5 stars. The review noted, “While Officer on Duty is a gripping, well-crafted thriller that keeps viewers on edge, it also serves as a stark reminder of how crime films continue to exploit the suffering of women for shock value. The film may entertain, but it also demands reflection—how much longer will we keep witnessing the same cycle of violence on screen?”

Looking ahead, Kunchacko Boban will next be seen in Mahesh Narayanan’s upcoming multi-starrer film, which will also feature Mammootty, Mohanlal, Nayanthara, and Fahadh Faasil in prominent roles.

GOPIO International President Prakash Shah Felicitated at a Glittering Ceremony Attended by Who’s Who of Mumbai Elites

Global Organization of People of Indian Origin (GOPIO) has announced formation of Mumbai and Gujarat Chapters for GOPIO and GCCI (GOPIO Chamber of Commerce and Industry). Mr. Prakash Shah, International President of GOPIO, a Diaspora networking organization of 38 million strong Indian Diaspora, was felicitated at a glittering ceremony at the Garware Club House in Mumbai on March 15, 2025, attended by Who’s Who of Mumbai Elites. In his citation Issued by Raj Purohit, a GOPIO Advisor and former Maharashtra Cabinet Minister and currently Vice President of Maharashtra BJP, he lauded Prakash Shah for his dedication, devotion and global vision.

GOPIO International President Prakash Shah Felicitated in Mumbai
GOPIO International President Prakash Shah is being Felicitated in Mumbai

Shah, a founding member of GOPIO was President Clinton’s Presidential Appointee to the Board of Southern Africa Fund for 12 Countries of Southern Africa where he served for 10 years as the Chairman of the Board’s Investment Committee. He was also the Chairman of New Jersey Development Authority under Governors Florio and Whitman, the citation read.

Shah remembered the founding days of GOPIO in 1989 when a weeklong Convention was held in New York City with high profile Political Leaders in USA in attendance. Shah further told about the support and role of then Legendary President late Cheddi Jagan of Guyana who came to the convention and gave his personal support for creation of GOPIO.

Dr. Thomas Abraham, Chairman of GOPIO in a statement issued from Connecticut in USA, mentioned that the early days of GOPIO were devoted to countering Human Rights Violations. In the first ten years of GOPIO, these issues were tackled, and the Indian diaspora has achieved mainstreaming in most countries with significant Diaspora population.

“Our Diaspora Community is made up of high achievers in leadership in politics and business and in every country, Indians have settled in, they have held high political or financial positions of power,” added Dr. Abraham.

Shah said, ”India will soon become an Economic and a Military Superpower and the Diaspora Indians would like to play a major role in helping India achieve its rightful place in the world.”

Shah mentioned two areas in particular that he would like to explore: One would be to create a Global Network to provide incubation assistance by experienced Indian Diaspora leaders to the young upcoming global entrepreneurs in India;  Second by creating an international fund for Investment in ‘Unicorn’ Companies that have been recently formed but have already achieved a US One Billion Dollars equivalent valuation on the Bombay Stock Exchange.

GOPIO President Prakash Shah speaking at the event
GOPIO President Prakash Shah speaking at the event. Sitting on his right is the organizer of the event, Maharashtra BJP Vice President Raj Purohit.

Shah also told the audience about the upcoming GOPIO Convention on March 28 to 30 in Brisbane, Australia with a theme of ‘The Diaspora Role in Shaping Future Technologies.” A second track of conference sessions will cover issues and topics of interest to the Indian Diaspora.

Founded in 1989, GOPIO is a non-partisan, not-for-profit, secular organization with Individual Life Members and chapter delegates from over 100 chapters in 35 countries. GOPIO’s volunteers are committed to enhancing cooperation and communication between NRIs/PIOs and the local communities, building networks, bonds, friendships, alliances, and the camaraderie of citizens and colleagues alike. GOPIO volunteers believe that when they help network the global Indian community, they facilitate making tomorrow a better world for the Indian Diaspora, the countries they live in and India.

Roshni Nadar Malhotra Becomes India’s Third Wealthiest Individual

A new figure has ascended in the ranks of India’s wealthiest individuals. Roshni Nadar Malhotra has solidified her standing as one of the richest women in the country, now ranking as the third wealthiest person after Mukesh Ambani and Gautam Adani. Her rise to this position follows a major succession move that has granted her a significant stake in HCL Corporation, establishing her as a dominant force in the Indian corporate sector.

On March 6, Roshni’s father, Shiv Nadar, the founder of HCL Technologies, made a significant decision by transferring 47% of his stake in both Vama Sundari Investments (Delhi) Private Limited and HCL Corporation Private Limited to his daughter. This transition was formalized through two gift deeds, effectively granting her control over HCL Tech and HCL Infosystems, the principal entities of the HCL Group. With this transfer, Roshni has emerged as the largest shareholder in HCL Corp, ensuring her majority control over one of India’s leading technology conglomerates.

Roshni Nadar Malhotra’s journey to becoming one of the wealthiest women in India is deeply connected to her academic and professional background. Born in 1982 in New Delhi, she is the only child of Shiv and Kiran Nadar. She attended Vasant Valley School before pursuing a degree in Communications at Northwestern University. She later went on to earn an MBA from the Kellogg School of Management.

Her leadership capabilities extend beyond her family’s business empire. She is an esteemed member of the Dean’s Advisory Council at the MIT School of Engineering and also serves on the Executive Board for Asia at the Kellogg School of Management.

Apart from her academic connections, Roshni occupies several influential positions globally. She is a board member of the US-India Strategic Partnership Forum (USISPF) and serves on the global board of directors of The Nature Conservancy (TNC). Additionally, she holds a role as an independent director on the board of HDFC Asset Management Company.

Beyond her corporate commitments, Roshni is also deeply engaged in philanthropy through the Shiv Nadar Foundation, which is dedicated to promoting education and fostering social change. As a trustee of the foundation, she has played a key role in establishing initiatives like VidyaGyan, a leadership academy designed to support underprivileged students.

In her personal life, Roshni is married to Shikhar Malhotra, the vice chairman of HCL Healthcare. Together, they form a powerful and influential partnership in the business world.

Trump Administration Asks Supreme Court to Allow End of Birthright Citizenship

The administration of President Donald Trump filed a series of emergency appeals with the Supreme Court on Thursday, seeking approval to proceed with plans to end birthright citizenship. This move elevates a controversial legal theory that multiple lower courts have strongly rejected.

In its emergency appeals, the Trump administration argued that lower courts had overstepped their authority by issuing nationwide injunctions that blocked the policy. It urged the Supreme Court to limit the scope of these orders.

A federal judge in January ruled that Trump’s executive order was “blatantly unconstitutional” and halted its implementation. Shortly afterward, a Maryland judge stated that the order “runs counter to our nation’s 250-year history of citizenship by birth.” Despite appeals, courts have consistently declined to pause the lower court rulings, which imposed nationwide injunctions on Trump’s order issued on the first day of his second term.

For over 150 years, courts have interpreted the 14th Amendment to ensure citizenship to anyone “born or naturalized in the United States,” regardless of their parents’ immigration status. A landmark 1898 Supreme Court decision affirmed this interpretation, and the current Court has not indicated any intention to reconsider that precedent.

However, some conservative legal scholars argue that this long-standing interpretation is incorrect. They point to a phrase in the 14th Amendment that states citizenship applies only to those “subject to the jurisdiction” of the United States. According to this perspective, immigrants who are in the country illegally remain under the jurisdiction of their home nations and should not be granted U.S. citizenship at birth.

Federal courts in Maryland, Massachusetts, and Washington have all issued injunctions preventing the policy’s implementation. These rulings came in response to lawsuits filed by over 20 states, two immigrant rights organizations, and seven individual plaintiffs.

Cody Wofsy, deputy director of the ACLU Immigrants’ Rights Project and lead attorney in one of the lawsuits challenging the administration, criticized the executive order, saying, “The president’s executive order is outrageously illegal and cruel, and it should not be applied to a single baby in this country.” He added, “We are going to continue fighting to ensure that no child is denied their citizenship by this executive order.”

The Trump administration’s Supreme Court appeals do not directly address whether the executive order is constitutional. Instead, they make what the administration calls a “modest” request to narrow the scope of the injunctions. If granted, this request would allow the government to enforce the policy against individuals not currently covered by ongoing litigation.

The Justice Department, in its emergency appeals, expressed frustration with the increasing use of nationwide injunctions, arguing, “Universal injunctions have reached epidemic proportions since the start of the current administration.” It continued, “Those universal injunctions prohibit a Day 1 Executive Order from being enforced anywhere in the country, as to ‘hundreds of thousands’ of unspecified individuals who are ‘not before the court nor identified by the court.’”

As an alternative measure, the administration requested permission to issue guidance on how it would implement the policy, even if the Court did not fully lift the injunctions.

While the focus of the administration’s legal challenge is on lower court rulings that blocked the executive order, the Justice Department used its Supreme Court appeal to outline broader arguments against birthright citizenship.

“During the 20th century,” the administration argued, “the executive branch adopted the incorrect position that the citizenship clause extended birthright citizenship to almost everyone born in the United States – even children of illegal aliens or temporarily present aliens.” It further claimed, “That policy of near-universal birthright citizenship has created strong incentives for illegal immigration.”

With the Supreme Court now reviewing the case, it is expected to establish a briefing schedule that will require the parties challenging the executive order to submit their responses quickly, possibly within just a few days.

US Imposes 25% Tariff on Steel and Aluminum Imports, Prompting Global Retaliation

The United States has implemented a 25% tariff on steel and aluminum imports from across the globe.

In response, Canada and the European Union (EU) have introduced tariffs on American goods worth billions of dollars, heightening concerns about a potential global trade war.

President Donald Trump has threatened to impose a 200% tariff on alcohol imports from EU countries unless the bloc removes its “nasty 50% tariff on whisky.”

Additionally, Trump has already imposed 25% tariffs on various imports from Mexico and Canada, with some exceptions, as well as a 20% levy on goods from China.

Understanding Tariffs and Their Impact

Tariffs are taxes applied to goods imported from foreign countries.

Importing companies pay these taxes to the government.

Tariffs are usually calculated as a percentage of a product’s value. For example, a 20% tariff on Chinese goods means that an item valued at $10 (£7.76) incurs an additional $2 charge.

Businesses may choose to pass on some or all of the tariff costs to consumers.

Historically, the U.S. has maintained lower tariffs on imported goods than many other nations.

However, economists fear that Trump’s new tariffs, along with additional levies he has suggested could take effect on April 2, may drive up consumer prices both in the U.S. and globally.

Trump’s Justification for Tariffs

Tariffs play a key role in Trump’s economic strategy.

He argues that they will strengthen U.S. manufacturing, safeguard jobs, generate tax revenue, and stimulate domestic economic growth.

He also aims to correct America’s trade imbalance by reducing the gap between imports and exports with specific countries.

Despite this, Trump has not ruled out the possibility of a recession resulting from his trade policies, which led to a sharp decline in U.S. stock markets just before the metal tariffs took effect.

U.S. Commerce Secretary Howard Lutnick later defended the tariffs, stating that they were “worth it” even if they contributed to an economic downturn.

Trump initially targeted Chinese, Mexican, and Canadian imports with tariffs.

These three countries accounted for over 40% of all U.S. imports in 2024.

However, Trump has accused them of failing to do enough to curb the influx of migrants and illegal drugs, such as fentanyl, into the U.S.

All three nations have rejected these allegations.

How the Steel and Aluminum Tariffs Work

The U.S. implemented a 25% tariff on all steel and aluminum imports on March 12.

The U.S. is the world’s largest steel importer, with Canada, Brazil, and Mexico being its top suppliers.

Canada also supplies nearly 60% of all aluminum imported by the U.S.

Initially, Trump announced that there would be no exemptions to the steel and aluminum tariffs.

On March 11, he threatened to double tariffs on Canadian metals due to Canada’s decision to impose higher electricity charges on customers in three northern U.S. states in response to earlier U.S. tariffs.

However, Trump withdrew this plan just before it was set to take effect, as Canada agreed to suspend the extra energy charges.

During his first term in office, Trump had previously imposed 25% tariffs on steel and 10% on aluminum in 2018.

However, he later negotiated exemptions for several countries, including Australia, Canada, and Mexico.

Despite these exemptions, the U.S. International Trade Commission reported that tariffs raised the average price of steel and aluminum in the country by 2.4% and 1.6%, respectively.

Global Reactions to the Steel Tariffs

Within hours of the U.S. tariffs taking effect, Canada and the EU announced countermeasures.

Canada introduced a 25% tariff on an additional C$29.8 billion ($20 billion; £16 billion) worth of U.S. goods starting on March 13.

These tariffs include steel products valued at C$12.6 billion, along with sports equipment, computers, and cast iron items.

The EU’s retaliatory tariffs, set to take effect on April 1 and be fully implemented by April 13, target U.S. goods worth €26 billion (£22 billion).

The list of affected items includes “boats, bourbon, motorbikes,” as well as steel and aluminum products such as pipes, window frames, and tin foil.

European Commission President Ursula von der Leyen expressed regret over the measure, stating, “Tariffs are bad for business and worse for consumers.”

Trump, responding on his social media platform Truth Social, warned that if the EU did not remove its 50% tariff on American whiskey “immediately,” the U.S. would impose a 200% tariff on “all wines, Champagnes, and alcoholic products coming out of EU-represented countries.”

“This will be great for the Wine and Champagne businesses in the U.S.,” he added.

The UK, which exports significant amounts of steel to the U.S. each year, has taken a cautious stance.

Prime Minister Sir Keir Starmer told lawmakers that the UK would adopt a “pragmatic approach” but stated that it would “keep all options on the table.”

China’s foreign ministry vowed to take “all necessary measures” to protect its interests, asserting that the U.S. tariffs violated World Trade Organization rules.

Tariffs on Canadian and Mexican Goods

Trump has already implemented 25% tariffs on other goods from Canada and Mexico.

Originally set to take effect on February 4, these tariffs were delayed for a month to allow negotiations. They were officially implemented on March 4, alongside a 10% tariff on Canadian energy exports.

On March 5, Trump announced a one-month exemption for North American-made cars that comply with the United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement (USMCA).

This trade pact, negotiated by Trump during his first term, establishes rules on how much of a vehicle must be produced within North America to qualify for tariff-free treatment.

The auto industry had warned that tariffs on Canadian and Mexican goods could have significant consequences, as vehicle components frequently cross borders multiple times before assembly.

After Trump’s exemption announcement, shares in major U.S. automakers surged.

On March 6, Trump expanded the exemption to cover other goods covered by USMCA, including televisions, air conditioners, avocados, and beef.

Additionally, Trump reduced tariffs on potash, a key fertilizer ingredient, from 25% to 10%.

Canada’s Response to the Additional Tariffs

Outgoing Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau accused Trump of attempting “a total collapse of the Canadian economy [to] make it easier to annex us.”

He announced immediate retaliatory tariffs on C$30 billion ($21 billion; £16 billion) worth of U.S. imports, with plans for further measures totaling C$125 billion within three weeks.

However, after Trump granted additional exemptions, Canada delayed the second phase of tariffs.

Trudeau’s successor, Mark Carney, also criticized the tariffs as “unjustified” and stated, “In trade, as in hockey, Canada will win.”

Ontario Premier Doug Ford initially planned to impose a 25% surcharge on electricity exports to three U.S. states—Michigan, New York, and Minnesota—in retaliation.

However, these plans were shelved after Trump threatened to double tariffs on Canadian steel and aluminum.

Mexico’s Response

Mexico postponed its retaliatory tariffs during the initial negotiation period.

President Claudia Sheinbaum urged calm, stating that “cooler heads will prevail” despite Trump’s actions.

She also agreed to deploy 10,000 troops along the U.S.-Mexico border to curb smuggling.

Following the implementation of tariffs on March 4, Sheinbaum declared them “unjustified” and promised a response involving “tariff and non-tariff measures.”

Before these countermeasures could be announced, Trump unveiled exemptions for carmakers and other goods, which Sheinbaum welcomed.

While Trump has been critical of Trudeau, he has praised Sheinbaum, describing their relationship as “very good.”

China’s Retaliatory Measures

A 10% tariff on all Chinese imports to the U.S. began on February 4.

Trump later announced an exemption for shipments valued under $800.

On February 10, China responded with tariffs of 10-15% on select U.S. agricultural products and imposed export controls on American aviation, defense, and tech firms.

The U.S. tariff doubled to 20% on March 4.

China urged the U.S. to resume negotiations, warning that if America continued a trade war, China would “fight them to the bitter end,” according to foreign ministry spokesperson Lin Jian.

Trump Signs Executive Order to Eliminate Seven Federal Agencies

President Trump signed an executive order on Friday aimed at dissolving seven federal agencies, including those overseeing media, libraries, museums, and homelessness initiatives.

The directive instructs these government entities to be “eliminated to the maximum extent consistent with applicable law,” asserting that they should “reduce the performance of their statutory functions and associated personnel.” Agency heads are required to submit a compliance report to the Office of Management and Budget within seven days.

Among the agencies targeted is the U.S. Agency for Global Media, which oversees Voice of America (VOA). The order also seeks to dismantle the Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars, a think tank within the Smithsonian Institution, and the Institute of Museum and Library Services, which provides support to libraries, archives, and museums nationwide.

Additionally, the executive action eliminates the United States Interagency Council on Homelessness, which works to prevent and address homelessness across the country. Other agencies affected include the Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service, which helps resolve labor disputes and work stoppages, the Community Development Financial Institutions Fund, which promotes economic opportunities in underserved communities, and the Minority Business Development Agency, which supports the growth of minority-owned businesses.

Trump’s decision has raised concerns about the future of VOA, particularly following his selection of former Arizona gubernatorial and Senate candidate Kari Lake to lead the outlet. Speaking at the Conservative Political Action Conference last month, Lake assured that under her leadership, the international broadcaster would not become “Trump TV.”

While the president does not directly appoint VOA’s leader, Trump has nominated conservative activist L. Brent Bozell III to head the U.S. Agency for Global Media. If confirmed by the Senate, Bozell would have the authority to appoint Lake to the position.

The U.S. Agency for Global Media also supervises Radio Free Asia, which broadcasts and publishes content for audiences in Asia, serving as a countermeasure against Chinese state propaganda.

The Trump administration has been pursuing a broad restructuring of the federal government, with tech billionaire Elon Musk leading efforts to cut spending and reduce the workforce. However, these efforts have faced legal challenges. On Thursday, federal judges in Maryland and Northern California issued rulings blocking mass dismissals of government employees.

In response, the White House announced on Friday that it would appeal the court decisions, which have required the administration to reinstate probationary federal workers.

Indian-Origin Women Anita Anand and Kamal Khera Appointed to Key Ministerial Positions in Mark Carney’s Cabinet

Anita Anand and Kamal Khera, both of Indian origin, have been assigned significant ministerial roles in the newly formed cabinet led by Prime Minister Mark Carney. The former central banker and leader of the Liberal Party took the oath of office on Friday, heading a 24-member cabinet that succeeds Justin Trudeau’s larger 37-member team.

Anand, 58, has been appointed as Minister of Innovation, Science and Industry, while Khera, 36, will now serve as Minister of Health. Both ministers were retained from Trudeau’s cabinet but have been reassigned to new portfolios.

Anand conveyed her enthusiasm for her new responsibilities, remarking, “We know that negativity won’t pay the rent or the mortgage. Negativity won’t bring down the price of groceries. Negativity won’t win a trade war. We are united and strong and we will immediately get to work.”

Kamal Khera: A Young Leader in Canadian Politics

Khera, originally from Delhi, immigrated to Canada with her family while she was still in school. She later pursued a Bachelor of Science degree at York University in Toronto.

Elected to the Canadian Parliament in 2015 as the Member of Parliament for Brampton West, Khera became one of the youngest women to achieve this milestone. Over the years, she has served as Minister of Seniors and held several parliamentary secretary positions.

With a background in healthcare, Khera is also a registered nurse. During the first wave of the COVID-19 pandemic, she volunteered at a long-term care facility, reinforcing her commitment to public service. Expressing her gratitude for her latest ministerial role, she shared on X, “As a nurse, my top priority is to always be there to support my patients, and that’s the same mentality I’ll bring every day to the role of Minister of Health. Extremely grateful for the confidence of PM @MarkJCarney.”

Anita Anand’s Political Journey

Anand was considered a strong contender to succeed Justin Trudeau as the leader of the Liberal Party. However, she initially announced her departure from politics, only to reverse her decision on March 1, citing Canada’s “crucial moment in history.”

Raised in Nova Scotia before moving to Ontario in 1985, Anand made her political debut in 2019 when she was elected as the Member of Parliament for Oakville. Over the years, she has taken on several high-profile roles, including President of the Treasury Board, Minister of National Defence, and Minister of Public Services and Procurement.

The official website of the Prime Minister of Canada outlines her distinguished legal and academic career, stating, “Anand has worked as a scholar, lawyer, and researcher. She has been a Professor of Law at the University of Toronto, where she held the J R Kimber Chair in Investor Protection and Corporate Governance.”

A Smaller Cabinet

Carney’s newly formed cabinet consists of 13 men and 11 women, making it a more compact team compared to the 37-member cabinet under Trudeau. The Prime Minister underscored the significance of a streamlined approach to governance, declaring, “Canada, meet your new cabinet. We’ve built a smaller, focused, and experienced team that is made to meet this moment.”

As Carney’s government begins its tenure, the presence of Indo-Canadian leaders in pivotal roles continues to underscore Canada’s commitment to diversity and inclusive representation in politics.

Zelensky Accuses Russia of Stalling Ceasefire Talks to Prolong War

Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky has accused Russia of deliberately delaying negotiations on a Ukraine ceasefire, claiming that Moscow aims to ensure diplomacy collapses so that the conflict continues.

Meanwhile, Ukraine’s military has refuted claims that its forces are encircled in Russia’s Kursk region. This denial comes after former U.S. President Donald Trump appealed to Russian President Vladimir Putin to spare the lives of what he described as thousands of “surrounded” Ukrainian troops.

In response to Trump’s plea, Putin stated that Russia would allow Ukrainian soldiers in Kursk to live, provided they surrender and lay down their weapons.

During a press briefing following the G7 summit in Canada, U.S. Secretary of State Marco Rubio expressed cautious optimism regarding a potential Ukraine ceasefire but emphasized that further efforts are required to finalize an agreement.

Trump had earlier noted that discussions between the United States and Putin, held in Moscow on Thursday, had been “good and productive.”

The war in Ukraine began with Russia’s full-scale invasion three years ago. Since then, the conflict has evolved significantly, with ongoing military engagements and diplomatic efforts attempting to bring an end to the hostilities.

Pope Francis Extends Catholic Church Reform Process Amid Health Challenges

Pope Francis has given his approval for a new three-year reform process within the Catholic Church, demonstrating his commitment to continuing in his role despite spending a month in the hospital due to pneumonia.

The Vatican revealed on Saturday that the 88-year-old pontiff had signed off on the reform plans earlier in the week while still admitted to Rome’s Gemelli hospital. His hospitalization, which began on February 14, marks the longest period he has spent in medical care since being elected pope 12 years ago.

Central to these reforms is the discussion on expanding the roles of women within the Church, including the possibility of ordaining them as deacons. Another significant aspect of the initiative is increasing the participation of laypeople in governance and decision-making processes.

These reforms are being evaluated through the Synod of Bishops, a structure that has served as Pope Francis’ primary tool for advancing his pastoral vision. Throughout his papacy, he has aimed to involve Catholics from around the world in efforts to renew and reshape the Church.

In October 2023 and 2024, two Vatican assemblies convened for nearly a month each to deliberate on these issues. Notably, these meetings included female voting members for the first time in history. The discussions resulted in a final document approved by the pope, which left the question of ordaining female deacons unresolved. Deacons perform many of the duties of priests, except for celebrating Mass and hearing confessions. The document, however, reaffirmed that women should be granted every leadership opportunity available to them under Church law.

With his latest decision, Pope Francis is extending the reform process by another three years, culminating in an “ecclesial assembly” in October 2028 at the Vatican. Unlike a traditional Synod of Bishops, this gathering will bring together bishops, clergy, monks, friars, nuns, and laypeople.

By the time the assembly takes place, Pope Francis will be 91 years old. This timeline suggests that a conclave to elect a new pope could occur while the reform process is still underway. If that happens, the newly chosen pontiff would inherit the responsibility of carrying forward the reforms initiated by Francis.

Additionally, the pope’s decision serves as a response to bishops and senior Church leaders who have quietly opposed his reform agenda.

Cardinal Mario Grech, who heads the Holy See’s synod office, highlighted the significance of the new plans, particularly for local churches. “These plans offer dioceses that have invested less in the synodal path an opportunity to recover the steps not yet taken and to form their own synodal teams,” he stated.

Despite his hospitalization, Pope Francis has continued to exercise his authority over the Catholic Church. He has signed official documents from his hospital room, held meetings with two of his top aides, and appointed bishops.

On Saturday, the Vatican provided an update on the pope’s health, stating that he remains in stable condition and has shown “gradual improvements.” Although he still requires treatment, the need for non-invasive mechanical ventilation—used to aid his breathing at night—has decreased. Vatican officials have expressed confidence in his recovery.

Nevertheless, Francis’ prolonged hospitalization has been a source of concern within the Vatican. His 30-day stay marks the longest period he has spent in medical care, though it remains shorter than the 55 days Pope John Paul II was hospitalized at Gemelli.

Judge Orders Reinstatement of Thousands of Federal Workers Fired by Trump Administration

A federal judge ruled Thursday night that thousands of federal employees dismissed under the Trump administration must be temporarily reinstated.

U.S. District Judge James Bredar in Maryland issued a temporary restraining order against multiple federal agencies, departments, and their leadership, which had terminated workers as part of a workforce reduction initiative.

“In this case, the government conducted massive layoffs, but it gave no advance notice. It claims it wasn’t required to because, it says, it dismissed each one of these thousands of probationary employees for ‘performance’ or other individualized reasons,” Bredar stated in his ruling.

“On the record before the Court, this isn’t true. There were no individualized assessments of employees. They were all just fired. Collectively,” he added.

Earlier that day, a separate federal judge in California directed several federal departments, including Veterans Affairs, Defense, Energy, Interior, Agriculture, and Treasury, to reinstate thousands of probationary employees who had been terminated the previous month. The Justice Department responded by filing a notice of appeal in that case.

Bredar’s order specifically applies to 12 federal departments that dismissed probationary workers. These include the Departments of Agriculture, Commerce, Education, Energy, Health and Human Services, Homeland Security, Housing and Urban Development, Interior, Labor, Transportation, Treasury, and Veterans Affairs.

Additionally, the ruling covers recently terminated probationary workers at several federal agencies, including the U.S. Agency for International Development, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, the Environmental Protection Agency, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the General Services Administration, and the Small Business Administration.

Bredar set a deadline of March 17 at 1 p.m. ET for these agencies to reinstate the affected employees.

The judge acknowledged the scale of his ruling, considering the government had dismissed approximately 200,000 probationary employees—workers who were either newly hired or had recently changed positions—since Donald Trump assumed office in January.

“The Court is not blind to the practical reality that the relief being ordered today will have far-reaching impacts on the federal workforce and will require the Government to expend considerable resources in an effort to undo the [reductions in force] that have been put into place,” Bredar noted.

“When, as is likely the case here, the Government has engaged in an illegal scheme spanning broad swaths of the federal workforce, it is inevitable that the remediation of that scheme will itself be a significant task,” he continued.

A coalition of Democratic attorneys general had initiated the lawsuit, seeking a temporary restraining order that would reinstate the terminated employees. They argued that the Trump administration had disregarded established protocols in executing mass terminations of federal workers.

However, Bredar ruled that certain federal entities, including the Defense Department, the Office of Personnel Management, and the National Archives, would not be subject to his order. He cited “insufficient evidence” that a workforce reduction had taken place at these agencies.

California Attorney General Rob Bonta expressed support for the ruling in a post on X, formerly known as Twitter.

“We’re pleased with the court’s decision to restrain the Trump Admin’s reckless directive and we’ll continue to monitor and ensure compliance,” he wrote.

The White House has yet to provide a response to the ruling.

Senate Passes GOP-Drafted Funding Bill, Averting Government Shutdown

The Senate voted primarily along party lines on Friday to pass the House Republican-drafted bill funding the government through September, narrowly avoiding a shutdown just hours before the deadline.

President Trump is expected to sign the measure into law.

The final vote stood at 54-46, with two Democratic caucus members—Sen. Jeanne Shaheen (D-N.H.), who is set to retire at the end of her term, and Sen. Angus King (I-Maine), who caucuses with Democrats—siding with Republicans. Meanwhile, Sen. Rand Paul (R-Ky.) voted against the bill.

With the passage of this legislation, Congress will not have to address government funding again until the fall. This clears the path for Republicans to focus on advancing Trump’s policy agenda, including securing funds for border security and extending the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act.

The House narrowly approved the spending bill on Tuesday with a 217-213 vote, with only one Democrat supporting it.

The bill’s passage in the Senate followed intense internal debate among Senate Democrats, as the package had been crafted in the House without any Democratic input.

The legislation increases defense spending by $6 billion while boosting funds for border enforcement. However, it also includes a $13 billion cut to nondefense spending.

A key concern for many Democrats was the absence of language directing the Trump administration on how to allocate these funds. Some Democratic lawmakers feared this would enable Trump and his advisors to redirect money according to their own priorities, rather than congressional intent.

Senate Democrats, led by Sen. Patty Murray (D-Wash.), the top Democrat on the Senate Appropriations Committee, and Sen. Jeff Merkley (D-Ore.), the ranking member of the Senate Budget Committee, urged their colleagues to reject the House’s proposal in favor of a clean 30-day stopgap funding measure.

Merkley strongly opposed the House bill, telling CNN he was “hell no” on supporting it.

He argued that passing the Republican-crafted legislation would only serve to embolden Trump and Elon Musk, the head of the Department of Government Efficiency.

“You don’t stop a bully by handing over your lunch money, and you don’t stop a tyrant by giving him more power,” Merkley said.

Leading progressives, including Sens. Elizabeth Warren (D-Mass.) and Bernie Sanders (I-Vt.), joined the push to defeat the bill, rallying progressive activists against it.

Only centrist Sen. John Fetterman (D-Pa.) openly supported advancing the House bill early on, cautioning that a government shutdown could cause chaos and potentially push the country into a recession.

Throughout the week, Senate Democrats held lengthy lunch meetings to deliberate their approach to the funding impasse. The discussions became so heated that senators’ raised voices could be heard through the thick oak doors of the Lyndon Baines Johnson Room, located just off the Senate floor.

With Senate Republicans holding 53 seats, they needed at least eight Democratic votes to break a filibuster and proceed to a final vote—especially after Paul announced his opposition to the House bill.

Filibuster rules typically require 60 votes to advance controversial legislation.

House Republicans, after passing their funding bill on Tuesday, adjourned and made it clear they would not return to Washington before the Friday deadline.

This left Senate Democrats in a difficult position—if they blocked the House bill, a government shutdown was almost inevitable.

The bill’s fate remained uncertain until Thursday, when Senate Minority Leader Chuck Schumer (D-N.Y.) announced on the Senate floor that he would support advancing the measure.

Schumer acknowledged the bill was “very bad” but argued that a government shutdown would be “much, much worse.”

He warned that a shutdown would grant Trump and Musk “carte blanche to destroy vital government services at a significantly faster rate than they can right now.”

Schumer later told reporters that efforts to pass a clean 30-day stopgap funding bill failed to secure any Republican support.

Schumer’s decision prompted strong backlash from liberal Democrats, particularly Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez (D-N.Y.), who accused him of a “betrayal.”

“There is a deep sense of outrage and betrayal,” Ocasio-Cortez told reporters after learning of Schumer’s stance.

“And this is not just about progressive Democrats. This is across the board, the entire party,” she added.

Ocasio-Cortez expressed frustration that House Democrats in competitive districts, where Trump won in 2024, had taken politically risky votes against the bill earlier in the week—only for Senate Democrats to give in.

She argued those vulnerable House Democrats “took a tough vote to defend the American people, in order to defend Social Security, Medicaid and Medicare, just to see some Senate Democrats” give in to Musk’s demands.

“I think it is a huge slap in the face,” she said.

Fetterman, in response to Ocasio-Cortez’s criticism, dismissed her concerns and questioned whether she had a viable strategy to end a government shutdown.

“I hope you can relay how little I care about her views on this,” Fetterman said when asked about her comments.

“I’m going to stand on what I happen to believe is the right thing to do, but ask her, ‘What’s the exit plan once we shut the government down?’ What about all the millions of Americans who are going to have their lives damaged?”

He also noted that federal employees would be affected by a shutdown, pointing out that Ocasio-Cortez would still receive her paycheck.

With Schumer’s support providing political cover, eight other Democrats ultimately voted to advance the bill.

Along with Schumer, those voting in favor included Sens. Catherine Cortez Masto (D-Nev.), Dick Durbin (D-Ill.), Kirsten Gillibrand (D-N.Y.), Maggie Hassan (D-N.H.), Gary Peters (D-Mich.), Brian Schatz (D-Hawaii), Shaheen, and Fetterman. King, an Independent who caucuses with Democrats, also voted to bring the measure to a final vote.

Before final passage, the Senate debated and rejected several proposed amendments.

Sen. Tammy Duckworth (D-Ill.) sponsored an amendment seeking to reinstate veterans who had been dismissed from federal jobs under Trump.

Sen. Chris Van Hollen (D-Md.) introduced an amendment to dismantle the Department of Government Efficiency.

Merkley put forward an amendment that would have reversed the $20 billion reduction in IRS tax enforcement funding, a provision inserted by House Republicans.

Paul also proposed an amendment that would have codified the Department of Government Efficiency’s recommended cuts to foreign aid.

Ultimately, Senate Republicans successfully blocked all Democratic amendments, while a bipartisan majority defeated Paul’s proposal. Any modifications to the bill would have required it to return to the House for final approval, delaying its enactment beyond the funding deadline.

Trump Orders Airstrikes on Houthi-Held Areas in Yemen, Vows ‘Overwhelming Lethal Force’

President Donald Trump announced that he had ordered airstrikes targeting Houthi-controlled areas in Yemen on Saturday, vowing to continue using “overwhelming lethal force” until the Iran-backed rebels cease their attacks on ships navigating a crucial maritime route. According to the Houthis, the strikes resulted in the deaths of at least 18 civilians.

“Our brave Warfighters are right now carrying out aerial attacks on the terrorists’ bases, leaders, and missile defenses to protect American shipping, air, and naval assets, and to restore Navigational Freedom,” Trump stated in a social media post. “No terrorist force will stop American commercial and naval vessels from freely sailing the Waterways of the World.”

Trump also issued a stern warning to Iran, demanding that it stop providing support to the Houthi rebels. He promised to hold Iran “fully accountable” for its role in backing the group. His decision to take military action follows a recent attempt to engage Iran diplomatically. Two weeks earlier, he had sent a letter to Iranian leaders proposing renewed negotiations over Iran’s nuclear program, which he has repeatedly insisted he will not allow to become operational.

The airstrikes took place on Saturday evening, targeting multiple Houthi strongholds, including the capital Sanaa and Saada province in the north, which borders Saudi Arabia. Additional strikes were reported early Sunday in those regions, along with attacks in the provinces of Hodeida, Bayda, and Marib. Images circulating online depicted plumes of black smoke rising over the Sanaa airport complex, an area that includes a large military installation.

The Houthi-run health ministry reported that at least 18 people were killed in the attacks—13 in Sanaa and five in Saada. Additionally, 24 others sustained injuries, with nine wounded in Sanaa and 15 in Saada.

A U.S. official, speaking on condition of anonymity, indicated that these airstrikes were just the beginning of an ongoing military operation targeting Houthi positions. The official did not specify how long the campaign would last.

Despite the strikes, Houthi officials maintained that they would not back down. Nasruddin Amer, the deputy head of the group’s media office, stated that the airstrikes would not deter them and vowed retaliation against the United States. “Sanaa will remain Gaza’s shield and support and will not abandon it no matter the challenges,” Amer wrote in a social media post.

Mohamed Abdulsalam, another Houthi spokesman, dismissed Trump’s claims that the rebels posed a threat to international shipping routes, calling them “false and misleading” in a post on X.

The latest escalation follows a statement from the Houthis days earlier in which they declared their intent to resume targeting Israeli vessels sailing near Yemen. They cited Israel’s ongoing blockade of Gaza as their reason for renewing hostilities. Their warning covered a wide geographical area, including the Red Sea, the Gulf of Aden, the Bab el-Mandeb Strait, and the Arabian Sea.

However, no additional Houthi attacks have been reported since that announcement.

Earlier in the month, Israel had suspended the flow of aid into Gaza and warned of “additional consequences” for Hamas if the fragile ceasefire between the two sides was not extended. Talks are ongoing about entering a second phase of the ceasefire agreement.

Between late 2023—when the war between Israel and Hamas erupted—and January of this year, when the ceasefire was put in place, the Houthis had carried out attacks on over 100 merchant vessels. These assaults, which included the use of missiles and drones, led to the sinking of two ships and the deaths of four sailors. The Houthis targeted both military and civilian ships during this period.

The attacks have helped the group raise its international profile even as Yemen remains locked in a prolonged and devastating war. The country, the poorest in the Arab world, has faced years of conflict and humanitarian crises.

Following Saturday’s U.S. strikes, the Houthi media office claimed that a residential area in Sanaa’s northern Shouab district was among the targets. Residents described scenes of devastation, with at least four powerful explosions hitting the Eastern Geraf neighborhood. Women and children were reportedly terrified by the blasts.

“The explosions were very strong,” said Abdallah al-Alffi, a local resident. “It was like an earthquake.”

Eastern Geraf is known to house key Houthi military facilities as well as the group’s political headquarters. These sites are located within a densely populated part of the city.

Later on Saturday, the Houthis reported additional airstrikes in Yemen’s southwestern Dhamar province. According to their statements, the strikes hit areas on the outskirts of the provincial capital, also named Dhamar, as well as the district of Abs.

The U.S., along with Israel and the United Kingdom, has previously launched military strikes on Houthi-controlled areas in Yemen. However, Israel’s military declined to comment on Saturday’s operation.

A U.S. official confirmed that this latest strike campaign was conducted solely by the U.S. military. It marks the first time Trump has ordered an attack against the Yemen-based Houthis since the start of his second term.

Broad missile strikes like these were also carried out under the Biden administration. They were launched in response to repeated Houthi attacks on both commercial and military vessels operating in the region.

Saturday’s air operation was supported by the USS Harry S. Truman carrier strike group. The group, stationed in the Red Sea, consists of the aircraft carrier USS Harry S. Truman, three Navy destroyers, and one cruiser. The USS Georgia, a guided-missile submarine, has also been deployed in the region.

Trump revealed the military action while spending the day at his Trump International Golf Club in West Palm Beach, Florida.

“These relentless assaults have cost the U.S. and World Economy many BILLIONS of Dollars while, at the same time, putting innocent lives at risk,” he wrote in a social media post.

The situation remains fluid, with expectations that U.S. airstrikes will continue in an effort to suppress further Houthi attacks on international shipping. However, with the Houthis promising retaliation, the risk of further escalation in the region remains high.

Connecticut’s First BATMAN Procedure Marks Major Milestone in Cardiac Care

In a groundbreaking medical achievement, Dr. Amit Vora and Dr. Prashanth Vallabhajosyula at Yale New Haven Hospital have successfully conducted Connecticut’s first BATMAN procedure (Balloon-Assisted Translocation of the Mitral Anterior Leaflet). This marks a significant advancement in the treatment of complex mitral valve disease.

Dr. Vora, MD, MPH, who serves as Assistant Professor of Medicine (Cardiovascular Medicine), and Dr. Vallabhajosyula, MD, MS, an Associate Professor of Surgery and Surgical Director of the Aortic Institute, led the procedure alongside Samuel Reinhardt, MD, and John Forrest, MD, the director of the Structural Heart Program.

The BATMAN procedure represents an innovative transcatheter technique that modifies or repositions the anterior mitral leaflet with the aid of balloon assistance. This adjustment enhances leaflet coaptation, effectively reducing mitral regurgitation. Unlike existing treatments such as MitraClip or transcatheter mitral valve replacement (TMVR), BATMAN is specifically designed to overcome anatomical challenges that have traditionally restricted treatment options.

Dr. Eric Velazquez, MD, chief of cardiovascular medicine at Yale and physician-in-chief of the Heart and Vascular Center, emphasized the significance of this achievement, stating, “The Yale team’s successful execution of this advanced treatment underscores our commitment to pioneering cardiac care as an academic health system.”

The procedure is intended for patients experiencing severe mitral regurgitation (MR), particularly those who face anatomical complexities or comorbidities that make conventional surgical procedures or standard transcatheter treatments unsuitable.

Dr. Nita Ahuja, MD, MBA, FACS, who chairs the Department of Surgery at Yale School of Medicine and serves as chief of Surgery at Yale New Haven Hospital, commended the teamwork that made the achievement possible. “This milestone highlights the collaborative efforts of our multidisciplinary team and our focus on delivering innovative solutions to improve patient outcomes,” she remarked.

Rashmika Mandanna’s Unstoppable Box Office Run

Over the past three years, three of the highest-grossing Hindi films have had little in common in terms of genre and setting. One is a brutal revenge drama, another a pan-India action film, and the most recent, a historical epic. Despite these differences in narrative and industry, they share a common factor—Rashmika Mandanna as the female lead. The actress has been a part of Animal, Pushpa 2: The Rule, and Chhaava, all of which have dominated the box office.

Rashmika Mandanna’s Remarkable Box Office Achievement

Over the past 16 months, Rashmika has appeared in three theatrical releases, all of which have turned out to be massive blockbusters. Together, these films have amassed over ₹3300 crore at the box office, with Chhaava continuing to build on its ₹700-crore gross. What makes her success even more significant is that despite her roots in Kannada and Telugu cinema, she has managed to perform exceptionally well in the Hindi market. Each of these three films—Animal, Pushpa 2, and Chhaava—has set collection records in Hindi.

In terms of individual box office performance, Pushpa 2 earned ₹812 crore net in Hindi, Animal secured ₹503 crore, and Chhaava has already reached ₹532 crore. This combined total of ₹1850 crore positions Rashmika as the highest-grossing Bollywood star in recent times.

Outpacing Veterans and Peers

For years after Priyanka Chopra shifted her base to the U.S., Deepika Padukone remained Bollywood’s box office queen, facing some competition from Katrina Kaif and Kangana Ranaut. Among the newer generation, Alia Bhatt has managed to stay ahead of her peers. However, in the past two years, none have been able to match Rashmika’s success at the box office.

Deepika has come close, with her five films earning a cumulative ₹1800 crore in Hindi since 2023. Meanwhile, Alia’s films during the same period have grossed ₹300 crore domestically. This comparison highlights how Rashmika has outpaced not only her contemporaries but also established stars in the industry.

What Lies Ahead for Rashmika in 2025

Some may argue that these films’ success is largely due to the immense popularity of their male leads, but the same argument applies to Deepika and Kareena Kapoor’s films in the same period. The fact that Rashmika is now one of the top choices for major commercial films with superstar male leads reflects her growing influence in the industry.

Looking ahead, the actress is set to star alongside Salman Khan in Sikandar, a film that is expected to further elevate her box office standing. Additionally, she has Thama, a horror-comedy produced by Maddock Films, as well as Kubera, a pan-India action film, in the pipeline. At just 28 years old, Rashmika Mandanna’s career trajectory suggests that her dominance at the box office is only just beginning.

PM Modi Congratulates IIFA Awards on 25 Years, Highlights Cinema’s Global Impact

Prime Minister Narendra Modi extended his congratulations to the International Indian Film Academy (IIFA) Awards as it celebrated its 25th edition. The silver jubilee event was held in Udaipur, Rajasthan. In a special letter addressed to the IIFA Awards, PM Modi expressed his support for the Indian film industry and acknowledged its contributions to global cinema.

PM Modi emphasized the significance of the milestone, stating, “I am pleased to learn about the 25th edition of the International Indian Film Academy (IIFA) Awards. This two-and-a-half-decade journey reflects the commitment of all those who have contributed towards making IIFA a truly global phenomenon—producers, directors, artists, musicians, technicians, and other industry professionals, and most importantly, audiences worldwide.”

Discussing the role of Indian cinema on the global stage, he highlighted its ability to narrate powerful stories and represent India’s diverse culture. “Cinema is one of India’s most powerful storytelling mediums, offering the world a glimpse into our rich heritage, diverse culture, and evolving societal landscape. Through its grandeur, depth, and artistic brilliance, Indian cinema has captivated global audiences, becoming a vehicle of India’s rich storytelling traditions and serving as a bridge between cultures.”

The Prime Minister also praised IIFA’s role in expanding the reach of Indian cinema internationally. “Over the years, IIFA has not only celebrated the best of Indian cinema but has also played a crucial role in spreading its vibrancy to various iconic cities of the world. This has helped introduce the magic of Indian cinema to newer audiences, while reinforcing India’s standing as a powerhouse of artistic excellence.”

Addressing the growth of the Indian film industry in recent years, PM Modi acknowledged the government’s continued efforts to support it. “We have consistently worked to support and promote the film industry and will continue to do so. The recognition of cinema as a vital cultural export of our nation has led to policies that encourage and support the industry.”

He also pointed out the increasing global recognition of Indian films. “The last few years have witnessed remarkable growth in Indian cinema. Our film industry, across various languages, has expanded its reach, with Indian films receiving unprecedented recognition at international festivals and achieving record-breaking commercial success worldwide. With advancements in digital technology, Indian content has reached audiences across continents, further strengthening the appeal of our cinema and stories.”

PM Modi concluded by recognizing the role of IIFA in honoring cinematic achievements and fostering young talent. “Platforms like IIFA awards ensure that such cinematic brilliance is celebrated and encouraged. IIFA has also played a role in nurturing young and aspiring talent in the industry. By providing a platform where new artists, filmmakers, and technicians can showcase their craft alongside seasoned global professionals, IIFA has encouraged the next generation of artists to learn from the best as well as connect with them.”

The letter was shared on IIFA Awards’ official Instagram account, where it was described as a “moment of pride and recognition.”

Trump’s Approval Ratings Hold Steady Despite Chaotic Start and Tariff Wars

Donald Trump’s presidential approval ratings remained stable throughout his first month in office, despite a tumultuous beginning that involved mass government layoffs, surging egg prices, stock market volatility, and escalating global tariff conflicts.

On Wednesday, Trump implemented a sweeping 25% tariff on steel and aluminum, asserting that these measures were necessary to address trade imbalances and rejuvenate domestic industries. In response, Canada and Europe swiftly retaliated with billions in countertariffs.

In a recent address to Congress, Trump acknowledged that his presidency had begun at a rapid and intense pace. He defended many of his administration’s contentious policies, including substantial government spending cuts, widespread layoffs, the elimination of diversity and inclusion initiatives in workplaces and schools, the 25% tariffs levied on Canada and Mexico, and his stringent stance on immigration and border security. Trump described his approach as a “swift and unrelenting” start.

The latest Gallup poll showed that Trump’s job approval rating averaged 46% since the beginning of his second term. By comparison, his first-term average stood at 41%. Throughout both terms, his approval ratings have fluctuated between a low of 34% and a high of 49%.

A Reuters/Ipsos poll found that 44% of respondents approved of Trump’s first month in office. Reports also indicated that his current approval ratings surpass those from his first term and exceed those of his predecessor, former President Joe Biden.

Breaking down specific policies, the Reuters poll revealed that 47% of respondents approved of Trump’s immigration approach, while 42% disapproved.

According to the ABC News project538 poll, Trump’s approval rating as of Friday morning stood at 47.7%. The same poll indicated that 54.4% of Americans disapproved of Congress. Additionally, Vice President JD Vance had a slightly higher disapproval rating, with 42.8% viewing him unfavorably compared to 40.8% who held a favorable opinion.

The recently imposed tariffs and ongoing stock market instability were expected to influence Trump’s approval ratings. Here’s a look at how Americans currently perceive his performance based on recent polling data.

How Are Americans Reacting to Trump’s Presidency Amid Trade Conflicts?

A SSRS/CNN poll released Wednesday found that 45% of Americans approved of Trump’s overall job performance, while 54% disapproved. However, approval ratings varied depending on the issue. For instance, 51% of respondents approved of his immigration policies, 48% supported his management of the federal budget, and 45% approved of his economic policies.

Trump faced challenges in public perception regarding tariffs, as only 39% approved of his handling of trade policies, whereas 61% disapproved.

An Emerson College Polling survey conducted after Trump’s 50th day in office found that 47% of voters approved of his performance, while 45% disapproved. This represented a decline from the 49% approval and 41% disapproval ratings recorded at the start of his second term.

Visa Waiver Program Simplifies Travel to the US for Eligible Countries

Traveling to the United States often involves a complex visa process, but for citizens of specific nations, the Visa Waiver Program (VWP) offers a simplified and more efficient way to visit. This program allows eligible individuals to enter the US for tourism or business purposes without obtaining a visa, granting stays of up to 90 days.

The Visa Waiver Program facilitates international travel by easing entry requirements, strengthening diplomatic relations, and promoting economic and cultural exchanges between the US and participating nations.

US Electronic System for Travel Authorization (ESTA)

Travelers under the Visa Waiver Program must secure authorization through the Electronic System for Travel Authorization (ESTA) before boarding their flights. ESTA pre-screens visitors to confirm they meet security and eligibility criteria for entering the US.

How to Apply for ESTA

To apply for ESTA, travelers must visit esta.cbp.dhs.gov/esta and complete an online application form, which includes biographic details and eligibility-related questions. A $21 application fee is required, payable via MasterCard, VISA, American Express, Discover (JCB or Diners Club only), or PayPal.

When to Apply

Applicants should apply as soon as they begin planning their trip and must submit their application at least 72 hours before departure to avoid last-minute complications.

ESTA Application Status

Most applications receive real-time status updates. If denied, travelers must apply for a non-immigrant visa to enter the US.

Important ESTA Considerations

It is important to avoid applying for ESTA with a lost or stolen passport. Furthermore, obtaining ESTA authorization does not guarantee entry into the US. The final admission decision is made by US Customs and Border Protection officers upon arrival.

Countries Eligible for the US Visa Waiver Program

The following is the updated list of countries eligible for the US Visa Waiver Program in 2025:

  1. Andorra
  2. Andorran citizens can visit the US for up to 90 days under the Visa Waiver Program, making travel more convenient for tourism, business, or transit.
  3. Australia

Australia has long been a part of the program, allowing its citizens to enter the US without a visa. This arrangement strengthens economic, cultural, and diplomatic ties between the two nations.

  1. Austria

Austrian citizens benefit from the program by enjoying visa-free travel to the US. This enhances business and tourism connections between the two countries.

  1. Belgium

Belgium, home to the European Union headquarters, is part of the VWP. Its citizens can visit the US for business or leisure without a visa, simplifying transatlantic travel.

  1. Brunei

Brunei remains the only Southeast Asian country in the VWP, allowing its citizens visa-free entry to the US for short-term visits. This facilitates trade, tourism, and educational exchanges.

  1. Chile

Chile, the only South American country in the VWP since 2014, benefits from strengthened trade, tourism, and diplomatic ties with the US.

  1. Czech Republic

Czech citizens can enter the US visa-free for short-term visits, fostering business and tourism relationships.

  1. Croatia

Croatia joined the Visa Waiver Program in 2021, simplifying US travel and strengthening economic, tourism, and cultural ties.

  1. Denmark

Danish citizens enjoy visa-free travel to the US, reinforcing strong diplomatic relations.

  1. Estonia

Estonia, known for its digital advancements, is part of the program, enabling its citizens to travel visa-free to the US for up to 90 days.

  1. Finland

Finland has participated in the Visa Waiver Program for years, making travel easy for Finnish citizens while fostering international business and tourism.

  1. France

France is a key member of the VWP, allowing its citizens to visit the US without a visa, strengthening economic, educational, and cultural exchanges.

  1. Germany

Germany, a major economic power, benefits from its VWP status by facilitating seamless travel for its citizens, thereby boosting trade, tourism, and international cooperation.

  1. Greece

Greek citizens enjoy visa-free entry to the US, reinforcing historical and diplomatic ties.

  1. Hungary

Hungary’s participation in the program enables its citizens to visit the US without a visa, fostering tourism and economic collaboration.

  1. Iceland

Icelanders can travel to the US visa-free for up to 90 days, supporting business and tourism exchanges.

  1. Ireland

Ireland’s VWP membership strengthens cultural and economic ties by allowing its citizens easy access to the US.

  1. Italy

Italian citizens benefit from visa-free US travel for up to 90 days, facilitating tourism, business, and diplomacy.

  1. Israel

Israel joined the Visa Waiver Program in 2023, marking a milestone in US-Israel travel relations.

  1. Japan

Japan has been a long-time participant, allowing visa-free US travel and enhancing economic, technological, and cultural ties.

  1. Latvia

Latvia’s inclusion in the VWP fosters trade and diplomatic engagement with the US.

  1. Liechtenstein

Liechtenstein, despite its small size, enjoys VWP membership, facilitating business and leisure travel.

  1. Lithuania

Lithuania has participated in the VWP since 2008, strengthening economic and cultural exchanges.

  1. Luxembourg

Luxembourg’s VWP inclusion simplifies US travel for its citizens, promoting international business relations.

  1. Malta

Malta benefits from the program, allowing visa-free travel to the US for up to 90 days and encouraging tourism and trade.

  1. Monaco

Monaco’s citizens can travel to the US visa-free, supporting tourism and investment opportunities.

  1. Netherlands

Dutch citizens benefit from streamlined US entry, reinforcing economic and business ties.

  1. New Zealand

New Zealand’s participation enhances business, tourism, and academic exchanges between the two nations.

  1. Norway

Norwegian citizens enjoy easy travel to the US, reinforcing historical and economic ties.

  1. Poland

Poland joined the VWP in 2019, simplifying US travel for its citizens.

  1. Portugal

Portugal’s inclusion fosters tourism and business opportunities with the US.

  1. Qatar

Qatar became the first Gulf nation in the VWP in 2024, enhancing diplomatic and economic relations with the US.

  1. Romania

Romania is expected to join the program on March 31, 2025, enabling its citizens visa-free access to the US.

  1. San Marino

San Marino, one of the world’s smallest nations, enjoys visa-free travel to the US.

  1. Singapore

Singapore’s VWP membership strengthens business and tourism ties with the US.

  1. Slovakia

Slovakian citizens enjoy easy access to the US for business and tourism.

  1. Slovenia

Slovenia benefits from the program, making US travel more accessible for its citizens.

  1. South Korea

South Korea’s long-standing VWP membership strengthens business and tourism links with the US.

  1. Spain

Spain’s participation ensures smooth US travel for its citizens.

  1. Sweden

Swedish citizens enjoy visa-free travel, enhancing international cooperation.

  1. Switzerland

Switzerland’s VWP membership simplifies travel and boosts business ties.

  1. Taiwan

Taiwanese citizens benefit from visa-free travel, fostering trade and tourism.

  1. United Kingdom

The UK has long been part of the program, facilitating tourism, business, and diplomatic cooperation.

Conclusion

The Visa Waiver Program streamlines travel for citizens of participating nations, improving global mobility and fostering stronger diplomatic and economic relationships. Travelers must check ESTA requirements and comply with US entry regulations before their trip.

Federal Judges Facing Threats Amid Attacks on Judiciary Independence

Federal judges who have ruled against the Trump administration this year are experiencing a surge in threats, raising concerns about their personal safety and the broader independence of the judiciary.

Earlier this month, Supreme Court Justice Amy Coney Barrett’s sister received a bomb threat. Additionally, lower court judges who have temporarily halted aspects of President Trump’s efforts to dismantle federal agencies and programs have been targeted on social media.

Some Republican lawmakers aligned with Trump have even suggested impeachment proceedings against several of these judges, despite their lifetime appointments.

Elon Musk, who oversees the Department of Government Efficiency and has been instrumental in making cuts to federal agencies, has frequently posted on social media advocating for the impeachment of judges who obstruct or delay Trump’s initiatives.

These attempts to undermine the judiciary coincide with the administration’s moves to dismiss attorneys from the Justice Department and the Pentagon, penalize private law firms that have represented clients Trump opposes, and withdraw from engagement with the American Bar Association.

Judge Richard Sullivan of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit emphasized that in his lifetime, four federal judges have been murdered in retaliation for their judicial rulings.

“This is not hypothetical,” Sullivan stated during a news conference this week. As chair of a Judicial Conference panel on security matters, he underscored the gravity of the issue. “It’s real. It’s happened before. We have to be certain that it doesn’t happen again,” he added.

The Federal Judges Association, a voluntary organization representing over 1,000 judges nationwide, stressed the crucial role of the judiciary in upholding democracy and maintaining a lawful society.

“Judges must be able to do their jobs without fear of violence or undue influence,” the association asserted in a written statement to NPR.

Escalating Threats at an Early Stage

Legal experts have noted a disturbing trend: attacks on judges are occurring at a notably early stage in legal proceedings—sometimes even before the Supreme Court has had an opportunity to weigh in as the final arbiter.

“We have a system of justice that allows for appeals,” remarked Judge Jeffrey Sutton, chief judge of the Sixth Circuit Court of Appeals. “That’s typically the way it works. Impeachment is not and shouldn’t be a short-circuiting of that process. And so it is concerning if impeachment is used in a way that is designed to do just that.”

Historically, only 15 federal judges have been impeached over the past two centuries, mostly for serious offenses such as bribery, corruption, or perjury.

Georgetown University law professor Stephen Vladeck pointed out that the likelihood of a judge being successfully impeached is minimal since removing a judge requires a two-thirds majority vote in the Senate.

“The more that people like Elon Musk are putting on the wall the idea that it’s appropriate to attack these judges for nothing more than ruling against the federal government, the more that we’re normalizing what really are in the main very serious threats to judicial independence,” Vladeck said.

The Rule of Law at Risk

Paul Grimm, who served as a federal judge for 26 years, argued that even the mere suggestion of impeachment can serve as an intimidation tactic.

“And if you try to intimidate judges, if that’s your goal, so that they do not do their constitutional duty, then you jeopardize the rule of law,” said Grimm, now the director of the Bolch Judicial Institute at Duke Law School. “And without the rule of law, every liberty and every right that we cherish as Americans is vulnerable.”

Grimm expressed particular concern about online posts revealing the personal addresses of judges and their family members, describing this as a severe transgression.

Nearly five years ago, a disgruntled litigant murdered the son of U.S. District Judge Esther Salas at her home in New Jersey.

In 2022, a man armed with a gun and zip ties traveled to the residence of Justice Brett Kavanaugh. Upon noticing a security detail, he turned away. He later pleaded not guilty to attempted assassination charges and is awaiting trial this year.

Additionally, in 2023, a state court judge in Maryland was shot and killed in his driveway.

Threats Linked to Judicial Decisions

The U.S. Marshals Service has reported a sharp increase in threats against federal judges, with numbers having doubled in recent years, according to the latest data. These threats have targeted judges appointed by both Democratic and Republican administrations.

Justice Barrett faced intense criticism this month from right-wing political commentators after she joined Chief Justice John Roberts and the court’s liberal justices in ruling against Trump’s attempt to freeze foreign aid.

Meanwhile, lower court judges have been subjected to online attacks for their rulings on Musk’s Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE) team, efforts to restore government web pages, and the freeze on foreign aid.

Although the U.S. Marshals are responsible for protecting federal judges, their oversight falls under the U.S. attorney general rather than the judiciary itself, a situation that has raised alarms in Congress.

“A judge’s security is dependent in many ways on the Marshals Service who the president appoints to protect the judges, and if a president doesn’t like a decision that’s coming from a judge, theoretically they could pull their security,” warned Rep. Eric Swalwell, a Democrat from California, during a congressional hearing this month.

This year, the Trump administration has already revoked security protections for former military and national security officials who had previously opposed Trump during his first term.

Swalwell suggested that Congress should explore the possibility of establishing an independent security force for judges, separate from the executive branch’s control.

Asia’s Oldest Laity Organisation Extends Prayers for Pope Francis Amid Growing Concerns in India

The All India Catholic Union (AICU), Asia’s oldest laity organisation, which has been in existence for 106 years, has offered its prayers and best wishes for the health of Pope Francis, the Supreme Pontiff of the Catholic Church.

During a working committee meeting held in Jharsuguda, Odisha, AICU highlighted the need for Pope Francis’s spiritual leadership, especially in the current global climate, where each continent is grappling with pressing challenges affecting its people. Issues such as climate change, violence, hate crimes, the ethical implications of artificial intelligence, and the ever-widening gap between the wealthy and the poor are matters of significant concern for the Holy Father.

Despite facing health challenges, Pope Francis continues to serve as a beacon of hope and healing for people worldwide.

AICU has urged both national and state governments in India to take inspiration from the Pope and actively work towards fostering peace and harmony. The organisation called for an end to hate speech, targeted violence, and the coercion of religious minorities and marginalised communities, including Dalits and indigenous populations, in regions across North, Central, and North-eastern India.

According to AICU, the responsibility falls upon the Union and state governments to ensure the safety of minorities and marginalised groups. Authorities must take proactive measures to prevent any form of violence and reassure these communities that their security is a priority.

The organisation also expressed deep concern over developments in Arunachal Pradesh, where efforts are underway to revive the Arunachal Pradesh Freedom of Religion Act, 1978. This law had remained dormant for 47 years, but its potential reinstatement has sparked protests among Christians in the state. Many fear that if the Act is enforced, it will disrupt the existing harmony among indigenous tribes and communities.

In Madhya Pradesh, Chief Minister Mohan Yadav recently announced plans to amend the state’s anti-conversion law, proposing that the conversion of girls be made a punishable offense carrying the death penalty.

Meanwhile, in Manipur, which has been placed under President’s Rule, AICU pointed out that concrete action is still lacking when it comes to rehabilitating over 60,000 internally displaced individuals who continue to live in makeshift camps without government support.

The organisation also noted reports from hate crime documentation groups, which recorded 834 incidents of violence against the Christian community in different states by December 2024. Among these states, Uttar Pradesh and Chhattisgarh have emerged as hotspots for widespread hate campaigns, brutal mob violence, and social ostracisation. AICU stressed that elements within the law enforcement and judicial systems are complicit in these attacks, with many incidents going unreported due to fear of retaliation in an environment of impunity and political backing.

Nevertheless, the AICU leadership remains firm in its belief that ordinary citizens of India are not the ones behind these hate campaigns and violent acts. Instead, the organisation stated that it is the responsibility of those in power to identify the individuals, groups, or organisations involved and ensure that they are held accountable.

Privatization of U.S. Postal Service Could Lead to Higher Rates and Reduced Service, Experts Say

If the U.S. Postal Service (USPS) were fully privatized, it would likely result in more frequent rate increases, reduced service days, and a restructured network resembling that of FedEx and UPS, according to industry experts.

Former President Donald Trump has proposed the idea of privatizing the nearly 250-year-old institution as part of efforts to address its financial losses. Elon Musk, CEO of Tesla and an influential figure in the Trump administration, also supported the idea during a recent Morgan Stanley conference, according to reports.

However, the prospect of privatization has drawn opposition from postal employees and lawmakers, who argue that it could jeopardize service in rural areas, raise costs, and threaten jobs within the agency. In a video message to USPS employees on February 25, Postmaster General Louis DeJoy acknowledged that any structural changes would ultimately be determined by Congress and the president.

“To the degree possible postal leadership will be involved, so that we ensure the nation’s leaders are aware of how future proposed changes may impact our organization’s ability to serve the American people,” DeJoy stated.

The State of USPS

USPS is already working toward financial stability through DeJoy’s 10-year “Delivering for America” plan, which involves various network adjustments aimed at reducing costs while increasing revenue from package deliveries. Despite these efforts, the agency continues to struggle.

In fiscal year 2024, USPS reported a loss of $9.5 billion, with 80% of the deficit attributed to factors beyond management’s control, such as unfunded pension liabilities. To address these challenges, DeJoy has advocated for administrative and legislative reforms, including changes to pension funding.

The Trump administration and lawmakers are now evaluating whether privatization—turning USPS into a profit-driven enterprise without regulatory constraints—would be beneficial for the country.

Despite its financial struggles, USPS remains a key component of the nation’s infrastructure. A 2018 report by a task force established during Trump’s first term emphasized that its delivery network “is a critical part of the nation’s infrastructure that cannot be replicated by private actors.”

Aaron Alpeter, founder of supply chain consultancy Izba, pointed out that defining USPS’s role is essential before making any structural changes.

“We have to really understand, what is the Post Office?” Alpeter said. “Is it meant to compete with commercial interests that are out there, or is meant to provide a safety net for things that commercial interests are not interested in?”

Currently, USPS faces operational constraints in its cost-cutting efforts. DeJoy noted last June that over half of its carrier routes operate at a loss. However, due to its universal service obligation, the agency cannot simply eliminate these routes, as it is legally required to deliver mail promptly and reliably across the country.

This obligation includes servicing costly-to-reach areas such as Hawaii, Alaska, and Puerto Rico. Anthony Pizza, Vice President of Growth and Innovation at SpeedX, a parcel carrier that also operates in Hawaii, highlighted the inherent cost challenges in reaching such locations.

“There’s a certain floor for the cost to move things there,” Pizza explained.

Unlike private courier companies, USPS does not receive tax funding to cover the added expenses associated with delivering to remote areas. Any changes to its universal service obligation would require oversight by Congress and the Postal Regulatory Commission.

Even if privatized, USPS could still be required to maintain certain service standards. For instance, the privatized Royal Mail in the United Kingdom is mandated to deliver and collect letters six days a week at affordable rates.

“If we’re going to keep the service standards as they are today, you have to be very realistic to think about what privatization can actually accomplish,” said Derek Lossing, founder of Cirrus Global Advisors and a former Amazon Logistics leader. “Again, if you look at the Royal Mail, I don’t think it’s accomplished nearly what they thought it could.”

Potential Changes Under Privatization

Experts predict that a privatized USPS would likely scale back its six-day-a-week delivery service in less profitable rural areas to cut costs. This would align with the agency’s existing cost-reduction efforts in remote regions.

Another major shift could involve significantly reducing USPS’s physical footprint of over 33,000 post offices. Lossing suggested that, like UPS, the agency could shift to using local businesses as pickup and drop-off locations instead of maintaining standalone post offices.

“Your footprint would look more like a UPS or FedEx,” Lossing noted.

Expected Rate Hikes

Privatization would also likely lead to more aggressive rate increases. Analysts at Wells Fargo estimated that USPS would need to raise parcel delivery prices by at least 30% to achieve financial independence. Their February 27 research report indicated that USPS’s pricing was 25% to 60% lower than FedEx and UPS in the fourth quarter of 2024, depending on the service.

“I don’t know how they would be able to sustain delivery with the current price structure,” said Helaine Rich, Vice President of Strategic Sales and Administration at ePost Global.

While raising prices and cutting service days might help USPS improve its financial outlook, experts warned that such measures carry significant risks, especially in package delivery. If USPS reduces delivery days in certain areas, businesses and consumers may increasingly turn to alternative carriers.

On the other hand, USPS’s ability to reliably deliver to rural communities remains a competitive advantage, particularly for e-commerce companies seeking nationwide coverage, according to Lossing.

The Wells Fargo report also pointed out that substantial rate hikes by a privatized USPS could benefit competitors like FedEx and UPS by “increasing the floor for” delivery rates. Additionally, higher postage costs could accelerate declines in mail volume as businesses and individuals seek digital alternatives.

The Road Ahead

Instead of fully privatizing USPS, the U.S. government could opt for a partial approach by keeping the mail business under federal control while privatizing the package delivery segment, which competes with private companies. Several experts believe such a model could limit disruptions to mail service while allowing for competitive efficiencies in package shipping.

“I don’t see it happening, obviously, on the letter mail side of things,” Rich said regarding privatization.

No matter the approach, transitioning to a privatized model would be a lengthy process. Mark Waverek, Managing Partner at PlaidMark Management and Consulting Services, compared it to the multi-year restructuring efforts seen in countries like Germany.

“You just can’t snap your fingers and turn it on tomorrow,” Waverek said. “This is going to take a well-thought-out process of what those cuts are going to be, what it’s going to mean to the people on the service side [and] what alternatives are going to be in place. It’s going to take time.”

Electronics You Shouldn’t Pack in Your Carry-On: TSA Restrictions Explained

According to the Transportation Security Administration (TSA), most electronic devices can be packed in checked luggage. However, certain exceptions exist where electronic items are either entirely prohibited or fall into a gray area. Travelers should be aware of these restrictions to avoid potential consequences, which could range from confiscation to fines or even arrest. There’s even a website where TSA-confiscated items are sold, which might be useful if you want to retrieve something that was taken.

While many electronic items are permitted in carry-on luggage—and some are required to be placed there instead of in checked bags—a few exceptions apply. These include power tools, mobility devices, and even a specific model of smartphone. If you’re uncertain whether an item will be allowed through security, it’s always a good idea to check with the TSA beforehand. The agency’s policies frequently change, and this article reflects the rules in place at the time of writing. Additionally, while many of the electronics that are banned in carry-ons can still be checked, the regulations differ for electronics in checked baggage. Below is a list of eight electronic devices that the TSA does not allow in carry-on luggage.

Electric Lighters Require Special Handling in Carry-Ons

While traditional lighters, such as disposable Bic lighters and Zippo-style lighters, are permitted in carry-on bags, electric lighters face stricter rules. Although they may seem safer than lighters that rely on combustible fuel, electric lighters contain batteries, which the TSA closely regulates due to potential fire hazards. Cheap electronics, including many electric lighters, are particularly prone to a reaction known as thermal runaway, which can cause batteries to combust. A report from UL Standards & Engagement found that thermal runaway incidents on aircraft increased by 28% between 2019 and 2023, with 90% of these incidents occurring near passengers’ seats.

To bring an electric lighter, arc lighter, or e-lighter in your carry-on, you must take precautions to “prevent unintentional activation of the heating element while on board the aircraft,” according to the TSA. The agency suggests removing the battery or placing the lighter in a protective case. Charging an electric lighter on the plane is never allowed, even if it is stored properly. As with other security measures, whether your lighter is permitted ultimately depends on the TSA agent inspecting your bag.

Lighter Guns Are Completely Banned on Airplanes

Unlike standard electric lighters, lighters that resemble firearms are entirely prohibited on aircraft. Even if these lighters are not electric, they are banned from both carry-on and checked luggage.

This prohibition is likely due to multiple factors. First, gun-shaped lighters could cause confusion, potentially alarming airline staff or passengers. Additionally, a person with malicious intent could use a firearm-shaped lighter to intimidate others or commit a crime. In high-stakes situations, TSA agents or law enforcement officers may treat any object resembling a gun as a real threat. The ban on gun-shaped lighters is intended to protect both passengers and airline personnel.

Power Tools and Drills Must Be Checked

Although you may be comfortable handling power tools, they are not allowed in carry-on luggage. Power tools, including drills and drill bits, must be packed in checked baggage. A determined individual could easily turn a drill into a dangerous weapon, which is why the TSA enforces this restriction. Even though it may be inconvenient to check valuable tools, doing so is necessary to comply with security regulations.

However, power tool batteries are subject to different rules. The TSA states, “External battery chargers that don’t require electricity and spare, uninstalled lithium batteries must be packed in a carry-on bag.” This aligns with general TSA battery regulations, as most batteries must be transported in carry-on luggage rather than checked bags. If you need to travel with power tools, be sure to pack the tools themselves in a checked bag while placing the batteries in a protective case in your carry-on.

Samsung Galaxy Note 7 Is Still Prohibited in Carry-Ons

Samsung’s now-discontinued Galaxy Note series was once highly regarded for its productivity features, sleek design, and included S-Pen. However, one specific model, the Galaxy Note 7, remains banned from carry-on luggage due to safety concerns.

Released in 2016, the Galaxy Note 7 initially received positive reviews. However, the device quickly became infamous due to a major battery defect. A lack of shielding in some batteries and missing cells in others led to overheating and short-circuiting, causing fires and explosions. As reports of injuries and property damage mounted, the Department of Transportation issued a travel ban on the device in October 2016.

The ban remains in effect, and some believe Samsung never fully recovered from the public relations disaster. The incident is often cited as a reason why Samsung has been more conservative with battery sizes in its flagship phones since then.

Nail Guns Must Be Checked

For safety reasons, nail guns are only allowed in checked luggage. A nail gun could easily be repurposed as a dangerous weapon, making it unsuitable for carry-on luggage. Even if the tool is not loaded with nails, it remains prohibited.

This policy aligns with TSA restrictions on firearms, as even unloaded guns cannot be brought into an aircraft cabin. If you need to travel with a nail gun, place it in checked luggage. If the tool has a removable battery, pack the battery in your carry-on inside a protective case. TSA guidelines do not specifically mention nails, but since they are sharp objects, it’s best to pack them in checked baggage as well.

Tasers and Stun Guns Are Not Allowed in Carry-Ons

Tasers, stun guns, and other electroshock weapons are not permitted in carry-on luggage under any circumstances. However, they can be transported in checked luggage if precautions are taken to prevent accidental activation.

Even without batteries or a power source, these weapons remain banned from carry-on bags. The TSA prohibits them because they can incapacitate individuals, making them a security risk in an aircraft cabin. Allowing passengers to carry such weapons onboard would pose a safety threat, regardless of intent.

If a taser or stun gun is packed in a checked bag, the TSA requires that it be “transported in a manner that renders the device inoperable from accidental discharge.” A discharge in the cargo hold could cause a fire or lead to an emergency.

Metal Detectors Are Generally Discouraged in Carry-Ons

Unlike other electronics on this list, metal detectors exist in a gray area. While they are not explicitly banned, TSA guidelines discourage passengers from carrying them in their carry-on bags.

The likely reason is their size. Many metal detectors, especially those designed for hobbyists, have long poles and sensor arrays that make them difficult to store in overhead bins or under seats. To avoid potential issues, travelers are advised to check these items instead.

TSA also recommends contacting airlines before traveling with a metal detector, as policies may vary. It may also be wise to check with the TSA in advance, as regulations can change.

Battery-Powered Wheelchairs and Mobility Devices Must Be Checked

For individuals who rely on wheelchairs and mobility devices, special precautions are required when flying. Although these devices can be brought through security and used to reach the gate, they are not permitted in the aircraft cabin. Instead, airline staff provide accommodations to ensure passengers can board safely and retrieve their mobility devices upon arrival.

If a wheelchair or mobility device has a spillable battery, the TSA states that it may remain installed as long as it is “securely attached to the mobility device and the battery housing provides protection from damage, the terminals are protected from short circuit, and the battery remains in an upright position when stowed on the aircraft.” The TSA also advises travelers to consult relevant FAA regulations.

For lithium-ion batteries, additional precautions may be necessary. If the device lacks protective battery housing, the lithium-ion battery must be removed and placed in carry-on luggage.

By staying informed about TSA policies, travelers can ensure a smoother security screening process and avoid any issues with their electronic devices while flying.

Mastering the Art of Happiness: Eight Mindful Ways to Lead a Fulfilling Life

There is a significant contrast between temporary joy and long-lasting happiness.

The key difference lies in mindfulness. While fleeting joy is often tied to external circumstances or possessions, sustained happiness stems from adopting a particular lifestyle.

Living a happy life is, in many ways, an art—one that requires dedication and patience to master. Having spent time practicing this art, I’ve discovered several mindful approaches that can lead to a happier existence.

Below are eight mindful strategies that I have learned to cultivate happiness. And believe me, it’s easier than it seems.

  1. Develop an Attitude of Gratitude

Many people overlook the impact of gratitude in their pursuit of happiness.

It is all too common to become caught up in daily routines and forget to value the things we already have. This is where practicing gratitude becomes essential.

Gratitude is about recognizing the positive aspects of life—whether it’s something as simple as a beautiful sunset or as significant as good health and meaningful relationships.

Studies indicate that consistently expressing gratitude can elevate happiness levels. The practice involves shifting focus from what is lacking to what is already abundant in life.

If happiness is the goal, then acknowledging your blessings is the starting point. Keeping a gratitude journal, expressing appreciation frequently, or setting aside time each day to reflect on what you are grateful for can be transformative.

It is important to remember that happiness is not always about gaining something new; sometimes, it emerges from valuing what is already present.

  1. Live in the Present

Being fully present is a fundamental aspect of happiness, something I have personally experienced.

I used to spend too much time dwelling on past memories or planning for the future. However, I soon realized that by doing so, I was missing out on the present.

One day, during a walk, my mind was preoccupied with an upcoming presentation. I was so lost in thought that I barely noticed the blooming trees around me. It was then that I realized how much I was missing by not living in the moment.

From that point on, I made a conscious effort to be present. It was challenging at first, but with practice, it became a habit. Whether eating a meal, talking to a friend, or admiring a sunset, I now make an effort to immerse myself in the experience fully.

This shift has brought me greater joy and fulfillment. My advice? Stop worrying about what’s next and start appreciating what’s happening now. You might be surprised by how much happier you feel.

  1. Build Strong Relationships

Human beings are inherently social. Our connections with others have a profound impact on our happiness.

A Harvard University study found that individuals with strong relationships tend to be happier, healthier, and live longer. The research revealed that wealth or fame were not the primary factors behind a fulfilling life; rather, the quality of relationships played a crucial role.

Prioritizing relationships with loved ones can enhance happiness. Engaging in meaningful conversations, offering support, and sharing both joys and struggles contribute to deeper connections.

Happiness flourishes when shared, making strong relationships an essential component of a fulfilling life.

  1. Take Care of Yourself

Self-care is not just about indulgent spa treatments or relaxation rituals—it encompasses physical, mental, and emotional well-being.

In today’s fast-paced world, people often neglect their own needs while attending to others. However, as the saying goes, you cannot pour from an empty cup.

Ensuring a healthy diet, adequate rest, and necessary breaks is essential. It is also important to engage in activities that provide relaxation and renewal.

A well-balanced body and mind enable individuals to navigate challenges more effectively and appreciate life’s pleasures. Self-care, therefore, is a fundamental ingredient in the pursuit of happiness.

  1. Show Kindness

Kindness is a simple yet powerful tool that can create happiness for both the giver and the receiver.

Small gestures—such as offering a warm smile, giving a compliment, or extending a helping hand—can brighten someone’s day while fostering a sense of personal fulfillment.

Being kind benefits not just others but also oneself. It fosters a cycle of positivity, spreading joy and encouraging others to reciprocate the same behavior.

“In a world where you can be anything, be kind.” The happiness that stems from kindness has a ripple effect, making it one of the most effective ways to cultivate joy.

  1. Accept Imperfections

At one point, I constantly chased perfection—the ideal career, the flawless home, the perfect physique. The pursuit seemed endless, and it led to frequent disappointment.

Life is unpredictable and imperfect, and that is completely okay. What truly matters is how one responds to these imperfections.

Rather than fixating on perceived flaws or failures, I began viewing them as opportunities for growth. This shift in mindset alleviated unnecessary pressure and significantly increased my happiness.

Letting go of perfectionism allows for personal development. Accepting imperfections and learning from mistakes is essential in the journey toward happiness.

  1. Cultivate a Positive Mindset

Thoughts have a strong influence on emotions and actions. Developing a positive mindset can greatly enhance happiness.

Having a positive outlook does not mean ignoring difficulties; instead, it involves facing challenges with optimism and confidence in one’s ability to overcome them.

Focusing on the good aspects of life, celebrating even small achievements, practicing positive affirmations, and surrounding oneself with positivity can help maintain a healthy mindset.

Happiness originates from within, and fostering a positive perspective is a key step in experiencing genuine joy.

  1. Discover Your Purpose

Having a purpose provides direction and motivation, helping individuals navigate life’s ups and downs.

A sense of purpose is not solely defined by one’s profession—it encompasses personal values, impact on others, and the legacy left behind.

Living with purpose brings passion, and passion often leads to happiness. Identifying what truly inspires and drives you can make a significant difference.

Pursuing one’s purpose fosters a deeper sense of fulfillment, making it a crucial component of a happy life.

Final Thoughts: Happiness is a Journey

The search for happiness is a lifelong and personal journey. Rather than being a fixed destination, it is a continuous process of growth and appreciation.

Happiness is not a static state; it fluctuates, much like the tides. True contentment lies in embracing small joys, valuing what is already present, and striving for self-improvement.

As Aristotle wisely stated, “Happiness depends upon ourselves.”

Whether through practicing gratitude, being present, nurturing relationships, or discovering one’s purpose, each mindful step contributes to a happier and more fulfilling life.

Mark Carney Sworn in as Canada’s New Prime Minister, Vows to Keep Country Independent from U.S.

Economist and political newcomer Mark Carney has officially taken office as Canada’s new prime minister, delivering a strong message that Canada will “never” become part of the United States.

Carney assumed office on Friday, mere days after winning the leadership of the governing Liberal Party, amid escalating trade tensions with U.S. President Donald Trump.

“We know that by building together, we can give ourselves far more than anyone else can take away,” Carney stated after his swearing-in ceremony.

He replaces outgoing Prime Minister Justin Trudeau, who led Canada for nine years. Carney’s victory in last week’s Liberal leadership contest was decisive, marking a significant shift in the party’s direction.

During his first press conference as prime minister in Ottawa, Carney directly addressed Trump’s previous remarks suggesting Canada could become the 51st U.S. state. “We will never, in any shape or form, be part of the U.S.,” he asserted.

Emphasizing the distinctiveness of Canadian identity, he added, “We are very fundamentally a different country,” later dismissing Trump’s idea as “crazy.”

Carney did not confirm whether he would push for an early federal election, currently scheduled for October, but indicated he would act swiftly to secure “as strong a mandate that is needed for the time.”

One of Carney’s first acts as prime minister was ending a policy that had long been a target of opposition criticism. He repealed the consumer carbon pricing program, a significant environmental policy from Trudeau’s tenure that had become unpopular amid rising inflation.

The carbon tax had been widely criticized by Conservatives, who argued it increased the cost of goods and energy for Canadian households. However, at an afternoon cabinet meeting, Carney clarified that his government remains committed to addressing climate change, noting that the industrial carbon tax on large emitters would remain in place.

Canadians who have been paying into the carbon pricing system will receive their final rebate checks in April.

In recent months, Canadian politics have been largely shaped by Trump’s trade war, which began after he took office in January. With an election on the horizon, Carney is expected to position himself as the most capable leader to handle Trump’s economic policies.

Carney is no stranger to financial crises. He previously served as governor of both the Bank of Canada and the Bank of England, where he played key roles in stabilizing both economies during turbulent times.

Next week, Carney is scheduled to embark on his first international trip as prime minister, visiting the United Kingdom and France.

Despite tensions, Carney expressed a willingness to engage with Trump. “We respect the United States. We respect President Trump,” he stated.

Acknowledging Trump’s policy priorities, Carney added, “President Trump has put some very important issues at the top of his agenda.”

Carney has pledged to maintain Canada’s retaliatory tariffs on specific U.S. goods for as long as Trump upholds the 25% universal tariffs on Canadian products not covered under the Canada-United States-Mexico Agreement (CUSMA).

Given Canada’s economic dependence on trade with the U.S., economists warn that if Trump’s tariffs are fully implemented, Canada could face a recession.

Carney’s new cabinet includes several ministers from Trudeau’s administration, particularly those who have been actively involved in negotiations with the Trump administration.

Key figures retained in the new government include Mélanie Joly, who continues as foreign affairs minister; David McGuinty, who remains in charge of public safety; Jonathan Wilkinson, who stays on as energy minister; and Dominic LeBlanc, who moves from finance to trade. François-Philippe Champagne, formerly industry minister, has been appointed to the finance portfolio.

As Canada prepares for its next federal election, Carney’s primary political rival will be Conservative leader Pierre Poilievre.

Before Trump’s tariff threats, the Conservatives held a commanding 20-point lead in some election polls. However, recent polling suggests a much tighter race.

Speaking after Carney’s swearing-in, Poilievre criticized the Liberals’ tenure, arguing that after nine years in power, they had failed to address key economic challenges. “It will be the same Liberal results,” he remarked.

Poilievre also vowed to take a tougher stance against Trump’s trade policies if elected. “If I were to be elected prime minister, I would face off against President Trump directly, respond with counter tariffs, and take back control,” he declared.

In the upcoming election, the Liberals will not only face the Conservatives, who hold 120 seats in the House of Commons, but also the Bloc Québécois, with 33 seats, and the New Democratic Party (NDP), which currently has 24 seats.

NDP leader Jagmeet Singh reacted to Carney’s swearing-in by criticizing his cabinet selections, arguing that they signal a lack of space for progressive Liberals in the new government.

Singh noted that Carney did not create separate cabinet roles for ministers of women, youth, or people with disabilities. He accused the new prime minister of favoring the wealthy, stating that Carney has made billionaires “very rich at the cost of workers.”

Trump Administration Takes Birthright Citizenship Fight to Supreme Court

The Trump administration is escalating its legal battle to overturn birthright citizenship by bringing the matter before the U.S. Supreme Court. So far, every court that has reviewed Trump’s executive order—issued on his first day in office—has struck it down. Despite these setbacks, Trump remains determined to press forward.

The former president’s claim that birthright citizenship is unconstitutional is widely regarded as an extreme position, given that the Supreme Court ruled against such an argument 127 years ago, and that precedent has remained unchallenged ever since.

The 14th Amendment to the U.S. Constitution clearly states: “All persons born or naturalized in the United States, and subject to the jurisdiction thereof, are citizens of the United States.” However, Trump has repeatedly asserted that not all children born on U.S. soil automatically receive citizenship.

So far, three federal judges across different states have blocked Trump’s executive order attempting to nullify birthright citizenship. Furthermore, three separate appeals courts have refused to lift those rulings. Judge John Coughenour, who was appointed by President Reagan and serves in Washington state, was the first to strike down Trump’s executive order, describing it as “blatantly unconstitutional.”

Nevertheless, on Thursday, the Trump administration submitted three nearly identical petitions to the Supreme Court, seeking to limit the reach of lower court rulings. These nationwide injunctions currently prevent the administration from implementing its new policy on birthright citizenship. By narrowing these injunctions, the administration aims to begin planning for the policy’s potential enforcement.

Stephen Yale-Loehr, a retired Cornell University immigration law professor and co-author of a widely used legal treatise on immigration, believes the Court might be open to granting this temporary limitation. However, he warned, “I think that would cause chaos and confusion as to who was included in the court rulings and who is potentially subject to the birthright citizenship ban if the case goes in favor of the Trump administration on the merits.”

Interestingly, the Trump administration’s petition to the Supreme Court devotes more attention to challenging the ability of lower court judges to issue nationwide injunctions than to the question of birthright citizenship itself. This approach may stem from the fact that certain Supreme Court justices have previously voiced frustration over the broad use of such nationwide rulings. Given the legal difficulties of overturning birthright citizenship, the administration may believe it has a better chance of success by attacking the legitimacy of nationwide injunctions instead.

Ilya Somin, a professor at Antonin Scalia Law School, commented on this legal strategy, stating, “At the very least, they have an indication that they have a better chance on the injunction question than on the [constitutional question] of birthright citizenship.”

However, Republican-led states have frequently relied on nationwide injunctions when challenging policies introduced by the Biden and Obama administrations, yet the Supreme Court did not intervene in those cases. This raises questions about whether the Court would be willing to do so now in response to the Trump administration’s request.

Professor Yale-Loehr suggested that a middle-ground outcome might be likely, allowing the Trump administration to make progress on its efforts to dismantle birthright citizenship without fully achieving its objectives.

“The Supreme Court may well limit the injunctions partially, maybe not to the extent that the Trump Administration wants, but [to the extent] that will allow the Trump administration to claim a political victory,” he explained.

Before making any decision, the Supreme Court justices will first request a response from the opposing side.

White House Criticizes High Tariffs Imposed by India and Other Nations

The White House on Tuesday addressed concerns regarding tariffs imposed by various nations on American goods, specifically mentioning India’s high import duties. White House Press Secretary Karoline Leavitt pointed out that India has levied a 150 percent tariff on American alcohol and a 100 percent tariff on agricultural products. She reiterated that US President Donald Trump is committed to the principle of reciprocity and is advocating for fair and balanced trade practices. Additionally, she criticized Canada, asserting that the country has been unfairly exploiting the United States and American workers for years.

During the press briefing, Leavitt emphasized, “The president is again responding to the fact that Canada has been ripping off the United States of America and hardworking Americans for decades. If you look at the rates of tariffs across the board that Canadians have been imposing on the American people and our workers here, it is egregious.” Her remarks came in response to questions regarding Trump’s planned conversation with Canada’s Prime Minister-designate Mark Carney.

Leavitt went on to highlight the significant tariffs that India and Japan have placed on various American products. She stressed that President Trump’s primary focus remains on safeguarding American businesses and workers’ interests. Offering concrete examples, she stated, “In fact, I have a handy dandy chart here that shows not just Canada but the rate of tariffs across the board. If you look at Canada since you brought it up, American cheese and butter nearly 300 percent tariff. You look at India, 150 percent tariff on American alcohol. Do you think that’s helping Kentucky bourbon be exported into India? I don’t think so. 100 percent tariff on agricultural products from India.”

On Sunday, Trump hinted at the possibility of increasing tariffs against Mexico and Canada. According to Fox News, he expressed concerns that the international community has historically taken undue advantage of the United States.

In response to concerns from business leaders regarding tariff predictability, Trump indicated that future tariff hikes could be on the table. He emphasized the necessity of reversing what he perceives as years of unfair international trade practices. Trump has previously implemented tariffs on Mexico, Canada, and China, citing concerns about border security and fentanyl trafficking into the United States.

On March 7, Trump announced a temporary delay on certain product tariffs for Mexico and Canada, pushing their implementation to April 2. This decision followed discussions with Mexico’s President Claudia Sheinbaum, although he remained critical of Canada’s trade policies.

Recently, Trump also addressed the issue of India’s tariffs, asserting that trading with India is particularly challenging due to its high import duties. He acknowledged that India has agreed to lower some of its tariffs, attributing this development to heightened scrutiny of its trade policies.

Congress Avoids Government Shutdown, Exposing Democratic Divisions

Congress narrowly avoided a government shutdown Friday, mere hours before the deadline, as the Senate approved a spending bill that had already cleared the House. However, the passage of this stopgap measure revealed deep fractures within the Democratic Party.

The legislation, designed to keep the government funded into the fall, now awaits the signature of President Donald Trump, who is expected to approve it.

Senate Democrats faced mounting pressure to reject the Trump-backed bill, and Minority Leader Chuck Schumer, along with other Democrats who facilitated its passage, is now facing backlash from within his party.

The internal discord became increasingly apparent as lawmakers raced against the clock to prevent a shutdown that could have had significant consequences across federal agencies. The episode underscored the Democrats’ ongoing struggle to counter Trump and the Republican dominance in Washington.

Roughly 90 minutes before Senate Republicans averted the shutdown in a near party-line vote, Schumer and nine other Democrats crossed the aisle to advance the bill in a critical procedural vote. Despite mounting pressure from within their caucus to block it entirely, the bill required only a simple majority to pass, and nearly all Democrats who had initially supported the procedural step ultimately voted against it in the final tally.

Schumer defended his decision, arguing that the Democrats faced an impossible dilemma: either shut down the government for an indefinite period to challenge Trump or accept a Republican bill that they believed would slash spending on programs such as veterans’ health care and public services in Washington, DC.

“I believe it is the best way to minimize the harm that the Trump administration will do to the American people,” Schumer stated, explaining his reasoning for enabling the bill’s passage.

“Clearly, this is a Hobson’s choice. The CR is a bad bill, but as bad as the CR is, I believe allowing Donald Trump to take even much more power via a government shutdown is a far worse option,” he continued.

Trump, in turn, praised Schumer for his stance, telling reporters after the vote, “I appreciate Senator Schumer, and I think he did the right thing, really. I’m very impressed by that.”

Despite Schumer’s efforts, discontent within the Democratic Party was palpable. Many Senate and House Democrats viewed the move as a concession, squandering a crucial opportunity to exert leverage against Trump in his second term.

Democrats across the country closely followed the procedural vote, seeing it as a key test of their party’s resolve in standing up to the president.

In the end, the Senate passed the stopgap bill in a 54-46 vote, securing government funding through September 30. Among Democrats, Sen. Jeanne Shaheen of New Hampshire and independent Sen. Angus King of Maine, who caucuses with the party, supported the measure. The only Republican to vote against it was Sen. Rand Paul of Kentucky.

“Once I had voted for cloture, it was an opportunity to pass the bill, and I thought it was more honest to vote for it,” Shaheen told CNN. She added, “I thought, much as I didn’t like the CR, I thought a government shutdown would be worse and would give Trump and Elon Musk and the DOGE operation more of an opportunity to fire people, to shut down agencies and to close the work of the government.”

Following the passage of the stopgap measure, the Senate also approved a separate bill to allow Washington, DC, to maintain control over its funds. This move came after Democrats warned that the Republican funding plan would cut $1.1 billion from the city’s budget. The House must now approve this measure, but its fate remains uncertain.

Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez and other prominent Democrats had urged voters to pressure senators into blocking the bill and taking a stand against Trump’s attempts to dismantle federal agencies. Many within the party now believe Schumer failed this test.

The fallout from Schumer’s decision has reverberated throughout the Democratic Party, with critics emerging from various factions. However, no senators have publicly declared their intention to challenge his leadership.

Earlier in the week, House Minority Leader Hakeem Jeffries led an aggressive effort to whip votes against the bill. In the end, House Democrats lost only one member to the opposing side, but their efforts were insufficient to prevent the bill from passing in the House on Tuesday.

Jeffries declined to comment on whether he had lost confidence in Schumer due to their differing stances on the funding issue. When asked about it on Friday, he simply responded, “Next question.”

Democrats Reflect on Next Steps

In the aftermath of the vote, Senate Democrats are now grappling with how to move forward as a unified caucus, given the internal divisions exposed by the spending bill.

Schumer told CNN’s Jake Tapper on Friday evening that he had anticipated disagreements within his party but maintained that a government shutdown would have been the worse outcome.

“My job as leader is to lead the party and if there’s going to be danger in the near future, to protect the party. And I’m proud I did it, I knew I did the right thing, and I knew there would be some disagreements. That’s how it always is,” he said.

Schumer also defended his leadership position, asserting, “My caucus and I are in sync.”

Sen. Martin Heinrich, the top Democrat on the Senate Energy and Natural Resources Committee, refrained from commenting on whether the party needed new leadership, telling reporters, “That’s a conversation for inside the caucus. I’m not going to debate that out here.”

“I think that Leader Schumer has been very effective in a lot of battles, but we also need to — these are new times, and we need to all come together. And so, you know, second guessing Leader Schumer out here isn’t going to accomplish the kind of community that we’re going to need to be able to stand up to the president. So, we’ll have that conversation inside caucus,” Heinrich added.

Meanwhile, Sen. Mark Warner, the top Democrat on the Senate Intelligence Committee, expressed confidence in Schumer but acknowledged that the caucus had endured a turbulent week.

“I voted no on the CR. I heard that overwhelmingly from folks, and again, recognizing I got tons of federal workers. But I have total respect for the folks who reached another conclusion, and the idea that they would have had a shutdown that would have put us into the abyss with, unfortunately, parts of this administration, doesn’t follow the law,” Warner said.

He further emphasized the need for a broader vision for the party, stating, “I think the Democrats need to have a pro-growth agenda that recognizes fairness, and that is, frankly, not the debate though, that we just took place. That we just took place, it was two awful choices.”

As the Democratic Party regroups following this divisive episode, the long-term implications for party unity and strategy remain uncertain. With tensions still simmering, the coming months will test whether the party can reconcile internal disagreements while continuing to challenge the Republican-led government.

United States Added to CIVICUS Monitor Watchlist Amid Concerns Over Civil Liberties

The United States was added to the CIVICUS Monitor Watchlist on Sunday, a global research tool that tracks the status of freedoms and threats to civil liberties worldwide.

CIVICUS, a global alliance of civil society organizations that includes Amnesty International, cited President Donald Trump’s “assault on democratic norms and global cooperation” as a key reason for the U.S. being placed on the watchlist. In a press release, the organization highlighted the Administration’s decision to cut over 90% of its foreign aid contracts, as well as its executive actions against diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) initiatives, which Trump described as “illegal and immoral discrimination programs.”

“The Trump Administration seems hellbent on dismantling the system of checks and balances which are the pillars of a democratic society,” said Mandeep Tiwana, Interim Co-Secretary General of CIVICUS. He added, “Restrictive Executive Orders, unjustifiable institutional cutbacks, and intimidation tactics through threatening pronouncements by senior officials in the Administration are creating an atmosphere to chill democratic dissent, a cherished American ideal.”

Other nations currently on the watchlist include the Democratic Republic of Congo, Italy, Pakistan, and Serbia.

CIVICUS’ Civic Space Rankings

CIVICUS assesses civil liberties in countries through five categories: open, narrowed, obstructed, repressed, and closed. “Open” is the highest classification, indicating that people can freely exercise their civil liberties, while “closed” is the lowest ranking, where severe restrictions on freedoms exist.

The organization defines a decline in “open civic space” as instances where “repressive legislation curtails free speech and dialogue, obstacles to civil society activities and operations arise, and crackdowns on civil disobedience and peaceful demonstrations occur.”

According to CIVICUS, the U.S. falls under the “narrowed” category, meaning that while most citizens can exercise their rights to free speech, assembly, and expression, there are instances where the government attempts to curb these freedoms.

Crackdowns on Protests and Government Response

CIVICUS pointed to the Biden Administration’s response to pro-Palestinian protests as an example of how civil liberties in the U.S. are being challenged. Advocates took to the streets and staged encampments on college campuses to protest American military assistance and funding to Israel. Students involved in these demonstrations demanded that their universities divest from companies with ties to Israel.

“We urge the United States to uphold the rule of law and respect constitutional and international human rights norms,” Tiwana stated. “Americans across the political spectrum are appalled by the undemocratic actions of the current Administration.”

The White House has rejected CIVICUS’ characterization of the U.S. as a “narrowed” civic space. Deputy Press Secretary Anna Kelly dismissed the report, stating in an email on Tuesday, “This is nonsense: President Trump is leading the most transparent administration in history.”

Concerns About Press Freedom

CIVICUS’ “narrowed” label also reflects concerns about press freedom in the U.S. While a free press exists, the organization noted that regulatory policies and political pressure on media ownership could pose restrictions.

The issue of media independence has been widely debated following recent editorial decisions by major media organizations and regulatory actions. In February, the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) launched an investigation into NPR and PBS over concerns that the organizations had violated federal law by airing commercials—an allegation both newsroom CEOs denied. The FCC chair also expressed opposition to public funding for these media outlets.

That same month, Jeff Bezos, the CEO of Amazon and owner of The Washington Post, directed the newspaper to shift the focus of its opinion pages. Bezos told his editorial team that they would be writing “in support and defense of two pillars: personal liberties and free markets.” He added, “We’ll cover other topics too of course, but viewpoints opposing those pillars will be left to be published by others.”

White House Press Access and Media Lawsuit

The White House’s handling of the press has also drawn criticism. In February, the administration announced that it would be selecting the reporters who participate in the press pool. White House Press Secretary Karoline Leavitt defended the decision, stating that it was about “restoring power back to the American people, who President Trump was elected to serve.” However, the move was met with backlash from journalism advocates.

“This move tears at the independence of a free press in the United States,” the White House Correspondents’ Association said in a statement on February 25. “It suggests the government will choose the journalists who cover the president. In a free country, leaders must not be able to choose their own press corps.”

Adding to the concerns over media freedom, the Associated Press has filed a lawsuit against three Trump Administration officials, including Leavitt. The lawsuit claims the news organization was barred from White House press briefings after it refused to comply with an Executive Order signed by Trump in January. The order required media outlets to refer to the Gulf of Mexico as the “Gulf of America,” a rebranding the AP declined to adopt.

Broader Implications

The addition of the United States to the CIVICUS Monitor Watchlist raises broader concerns about the state of democracy and civil liberties in the country. The organization’s assessment suggests that while the U.S. remains a functioning democracy, increasing governmental actions are raising alarms about the erosion of fundamental rights.

As political and legal battles over civil liberties continue to unfold, the U.S. remains under scrutiny from international organizations monitoring the state of democracy and press freedom worldwide.

Gandhian Society to Honor Gandhi and Vinoba Bhave at Kumbh Mela in Prayagraj

The Gandhian Society is organizing a special event at the Kumbh Mela in Prayagraj to commemorate the legacy and teachings of Mahatma Gandhi and Acharya Vinoba Bhave.

Set to take place at the Sarvodaya Samaj on Kali Road, Parade Ground, Daraganj, the event will run from January 13 to February 26. It aims to highlight the lasting impact of these two leaders, whose principles of truth, non-violence, and humanity continue to inspire people worldwide.

A striking statue of Mahatma Gandhi will be a central attraction at the venue, providing visitors a chance to reflect on his contributions. Additionally, a large outdoor screen will display a screening of the significant teachings of both Gandhi and Vinoba Bhave, ensuring that attendees can immerse themselves in their philosophies.

These teachings, which advocate self-discipline, compassion, and non-violence, remain as crucial today as they were during their lifetimes.

Beyond the commemoration, the Gandhian Society is inviting like-minded individuals to volunteer at the event. Volunteers will play a crucial role in spreading the profound messages of Gandhi and Vinoba Bhave, contributing to a spirit of peace and unity among those attending the Kumbh Mela.

Anyone interested in volunteering or seeking more details about the event can reach out to the Gandhian Society via email at gandhiansociety2021@gmail.com.

Dedicated to promoting the Gandhian Way of Life in the United States, the Gandhian Society has been instrumental in spreading the values of truth, love, and non-violence across communities.

Besides organizing such events, the Society collaborates with like-minded Gandhian organizations worldwide, with the goal of advancing justice, equality, and human rights on a global scale.

Schumer Warns Against Government Shutdown, Citing Trump and Musk’s Influence

Senate Majority Leader Chuck Schumer has cautioned that shutting down the government would grant President Donald Trump and his senior adviser, Elon Musk, excessive authority to continue their workforce reductions unchecked.

“A shutdown would give Donald Trump and Elon Musk carte blanche to destroy vital government services at a significantly faster rate than they can right now,” Schumer warned. “Under a shutdown, the Trump administration would have full authority to deem whole agencies, programs, and personnel nonessential, furloughing staff with no promise they would ever be rehired.” He further emphasized, “In short: a shutdown would give Donald Trump, Elon Musk, and DOGE the keys to the city, state, and country.”

On Thursday, Schumer informed his Democratic colleagues during a closed-door lunch that he would support efforts to advance a House-GOP funding bill, according to sources who spoke with ABC News. This decision would enable Republicans to pass the bill with a simple majority.

Senate Democrats, however, remained reserved in their discussions, holding private meetings as the government funding deadline loomed.

“What happens in caucus, stays in caucus,” remarked Democratic Senator Tammy Baldwin as she exited the weekly lunch.

When pressed for a response, Democratic Senator Cory Booker curtly replied, “Ask somebody else.”

Senator Elizabeth Warren also declined to comment, stating, “I don’t have any comment.”

Some Democrats, speaking anonymously, acknowledged that they likely lacked the votes necessary to block the Republican proposal aimed at keeping the government funded through September. Multiple sources confirmed this to ABC News.

Tensions were high during the closed-door discussions. Senator Kirsten Gillibrand was reportedly so vocal about the repercussions of a government shutdown that her voice could be heard through the walls.

One Democratic senator, choosing to remain unnamed, told ABC News, “We lost this two weeks ago … we should’ve been beating this drum for a month.”

At that time, only Democratic Senator John Fetterman had publicly committed to voting in favor of keeping the government operational.

Fetterman made it clear that he would not be swayed by political maneuvering, maintaining his consistent stance against government shutdowns. He previously urged Republicans to keep the government running when Democrats held control of the Senate.

“Never, ever, ever, ever, ever shut the government down,” Fetterman stated firmly to reporters at the Capitol on Thursday afternoon. “Democrat, Republican, independents, anyone. Never shut the government down. That’s one of our core responsibilities.”

Acknowledging the mounting pressure within his party, Fetterman described the political climate as “spicy” but reiterated his commitment to his principles.

While recognizing that Republicans were challenging Democrats over the shutdown, Fetterman expressed concern about the consequences for furloughed workers and citizens relying on government services. He emphasized that those individuals would be the ones who suffer the most.

With Republicans successfully advancing their funding bill in the House, Fetterman indicated that he viewed the fight as essentially concluded.

Fetterman pointed out that Democrats only hold leverage when Republicans require their votes in the House.

“The GOP delivered, and that effectively iced this out,” he explained. “And that forces us to say, ‘Are you going to shut the government down, or are you going to vote for a flawed CR?’ And now for me, I refuse to shut the government down.”

Meanwhile, Schumer had announced on Wednesday that Senate Democrats would not provide the necessary votes for Republicans to push forward the House-approved measure funding the government through September. Instead, he proposed a temporary one-month funding extension to allow additional time for appropriators to negotiate and finalize long-term spending bills.

As the shutdown deadline approached, both Republicans and the White House shifted blame toward the Democrats.

“If it closes, it’s purely on the Democrats,” President Donald Trump asserted while addressing reporters during a meeting with NATO Secretary General Mark Rutte in the Oval Office on Thursday.

When asked whether he would personally intervene in negotiations with Democrats, Trump responded that he would step in if Republicans requested his involvement. “If they need me, I’m there 100%,” he assured.

Trump Expected to Invoke Wartime Law for Mass Deportations

As early as Friday, former President Donald Trump is anticipated to invoke the Alien Enemies Act—a wartime statute that grants the president the authority to detain or deport natives and citizens of an enemy nation—according to two U.S. officials familiar with the matter. This move would be part of broader efforts to implement mass deportations.

The Department of Defense is not expected to be involved in the execution of this authority, which may allow for the deportation of certain migrants without a hearing.

Discussions regarding the invocation of this act have taken place within the administration, according to multiple sources. Trump had previously indicated during his campaign that he intended to use this law.

The Alien Enemies Act has not been enforced since World War II when it was used to justify the detention of Japanese immigrants who had not obtained U.S. citizenship. However, the larger internment of Japanese Americans was conducted under executive orders issued by President Franklin D. Roosevelt rather than the Alien Enemies Act, as the law does not apply to U.S. citizens.

SpaceX Launches Crew-10, Paving the Way for Astronauts’ Return from Politically Charged Mission

SpaceX has successfully launched a team of astronauts to replace NASA’s Suni Williams and Butch Wilmore on the International Space Station (ISS), enabling the duo to finally return home. Their planned short mission turned into an extended nine-month stay, drawing political attention.

The Crew-10 mission, a routine rotation managed by NASA and SpaceX, lifted off at 7:03 p.m. ET on Friday from Florida’s Kennedy Space Center. A SpaceX Dragon capsule, mounted atop a Falcon 9 rocket, transported the four Crew-10 astronauts—NASA’s Anne McClain and Nichole Ayers, Japan Aerospace Exploration Agency’s Takuya Onishi, and Roscosmos cosmonaut Kirill Peskov—into orbit.

The new crew is scheduled to dock with the ISS around 11:30 p.m. ET on Saturday. Once aboard, they will spend a few days transitioning responsibilities with Williams, Wilmore, and their Crew-9 colleagues, NASA’s Nick Hague and Roscosmos’ Aleksandr Gorbunov.

Since September, the Crew-9 Dragon capsule has remained docked at the ISS. If all goes as planned, Williams, Wilmore, Hague, and Gorbunov will board the spacecraft and begin their journey back to Earth on March 19.

NASA initially planned for Crew-9 to return as soon as Sunday. However, their departure depends on Crew-10’s safe arrival. A scheduled Wednesday launch attempt was postponed due to SpaceX’s ground system issues, further delaying Crew-9’s return.

NASA had previously estimated a late March departure for Crew-9, but in an effort to expedite Williams and Wilmore’s return, SpaceX switched the Dragon capsule originally designated for Crew-10. While technical delays are common in spaceflight, this postponement has rekindled discussions about Williams and Wilmore being “stuck” or “stranded” in space—claims they strongly refute.

“That’s been the narrative from day one: stranded, abandoned, stuck—and I get it, we both get it,” Wilmore told CNN’s Anderson Cooper in February. “Help us change the narrative, let’s change it to: prepared and committed despite what you’ve been hearing. That’s what we prefer.”

Once Crew-10 takes over duties on the ISS, Crew-9 can undock and return to Earth, marking the final stage of Williams and Wilmore’s unexpectedly prolonged mission.

The situation has drawn political scrutiny, with SpaceX CEO Elon Musk and former President Donald Trump suggesting that the Biden administration abandoned the astronauts. However, Williams and Wilmore were aware since last summer that they would return with Crew-9 as part of standard staffing rotations.

During Friday’s launch webcast, NASA’s acting administrator, Janet Petro, mentioned speaking with Williams, Wilmore, and their crew last week.

She noted they likely have “mixed emotions.”

“Every time you get to go to space—which is what all astronauts want to do—you never know it might be your last time, because you might not be selected for another mission,” Petro explained. “So I bet they have mixed emotions leaving their colleagues up there at the space station. I’m sure they’re anxious to get home and put their feet on Earth and spend time with their family—but I think that they have enjoyed their time in space.”

Starliner’s Issues Led to Extended Stay

Williams and Wilmore’s extended mission stems from technical problems with Boeing’s Starliner capsule, which they piloted to the ISS in June during its inaugural crewed test flight. En route, they encountered propulsion malfunctions and helium leaks. These issues prompted NASA to extend their stay while teams assessed the spacecraft’s viability.

By last summer, NASA determined that returning Williams and Wilmore aboard Starliner was too risky. In August, the agency incorporated them into the ISS’s official crew rotation, ensuring their return with Crew-9.

Rather than launching a separate retrieval mission outside regular schedules—an operation that could have cost millions—NASA opted to integrate the astronauts into the standard rotation.

Steve Stich, NASA’s Commercial Crew Program manager, addressed this decision in August, stating, “It just didn’t make sense to go ahead and accelerate a (SpaceX) flight to return Butch and Suni earlier.” He also clarified, “NASA never considered that option”—referring to a dedicated SpaceX mission to bring them home separately.

Despite this, Musk claimed on X that SpaceX had offered to return the astronauts months earlier, but political reasons prevented it.

A former senior NASA official told CNN that no such offer was communicated to NASA leadership. Even if it had been, the agency was unlikely to approve it due to the high costs.

“If Musk had made the offer to someone outside NASA leadership,” the official noted, “I’m sure they would have responded and said, ‘Well, that would cost us several $100 million extra that we don’t have for a new Dragon capsule and Falcon 9.’”

Musk later said he bypassed NASA and presented the offer directly to the Biden White House, which allegedly “refused to allow it.”

It remains unclear why the White House would be involved in such a decision, as crew assignments and ISS operations are typically managed by NASA, not the executive branch. A former White House staffer declined to comment on the matter.

When asked about Musk’s claims, Sarah Walker, SpaceX’s director of Dragon mission management, stated she was not involved in those discussions.

“I’m grateful for the leaders in our nation in the spheres of politics and policy. My sphere is engineering,” Walker said. “What I do know from almost 15 years of working with this exact team, with commercial crew and ISS, is that NASA is always looking at multiple options—every option available for any operation that they may go do—and then many contingency options for when the unexpected inevitably happens.”

Astronauts Respond to Political Debate

Williams and Wilmore have consistently expressed that they are enjoying their time in space.

“This is my happy place,” Williams said in September. “I love being up here in space. It’s just fun. You know, every day you do something that’s work, quote, unquote, you can do it upside down. You can do it sideways, so it adds a little different perspective.”

They have also dismissed claims that they were abandoned.

While acknowledging the mission’s challenges, they have emphasized that they were well-prepared for an extended stay.

“We have plenty of clothes. We are well-fed,” Wilmore assured in January.

Williams added, “It’s just a great team and—no, it doesn’t feel like we’re castaways. Eventually, we want to go home because we left our families a little while ago, but we have a lot to do while we’re up here.”

Wilmore, however, fueled speculation about Musk’s claims in a March 4 news conference from the ISS.

“I can only say that Mr. Musk, what he says is absolutely factual,” Wilmore stated.

However, he clarified, “We have no information on (a deal SpaceX may have offered), though, whatsoever. What was offered, what was not offered, who was offered to, how that process went—that’s information that we simply don’t have.”

Crew-9’s Role in Bringing Williams and Wilmore Home

The SpaceX Dragon capsule designated for Williams and Wilmore’s return launched in September, carrying Hague and Gorbunov along with two empty seats for them.

Since then, the Crew-9 team has carried out routine ISS activities, including spacewalks, experiments, and maintenance. Williams even assumed command of the station.

Their return has always been dependent on Crew-10’s successful launch, as NASA insists on a transition period between crews to maintain station operations.

Returning Crew-9 before Crew-10’s arrival would have left only one U.S. astronaut, Don Pettit, aboard the ISS. Pettit traveled to the station in September on a Russian Soyuz spacecraft. Given that NASA operates the ISS in collaboration with Roscosmos, the European Space Agency, Japan Aerospace Exploration Agency, and the Canadian Space Agency, maintaining a steady U.S. presence is a priority.

Despite a looming government shutdown, NASA spokesperson Steve Siceloff confirmed that the Crew-10 mission remains unaffected, as it is classified as “mission critical.”

“You may see some changes to the broadcast channel if a shutdown does happen,” Siceloff explained regarding NASA TV. “It wouldn’t be a situation where there’s no signal, but you would just probably see less of it.”

Trump Escalates Attacks on Media, Accusing Outlets of Corruption and Illegal Behavior

President Donald Trump intensified his criticism of the media on Friday, delivering some of his most forceful accusations yet. Speaking at the Department of Justice, he baselessly claimed that major news organizations, including CNN, were engaging in corrupt and illegal activities.

During his speech, Trump praised Florida district court Judge Aileen Cannon, whom he had appointed in 2020. Cannon ruled in his favor in January, preventing the Department of Justice from sharing a report regarding Trump’s alleged mishandling of classified documents with Congress.

Trump alleged that the media had unfairly targeted Cannon for this ruling, though he provided no evidence to support his claim. “They do it all the time with judges,” he stated, adding that media outlets “will write whatever these people say.”

“The Washington Post, The Wall Street Journal and MSDNC, and the fake news, CNN and ABC, CBS and NBC, they’ll write whatever they say,” Trump asserted. “And what do you do to get rid of it? You convict Trump.”

Trump further declared that such reporting was illegal, addressing Justice Department employees directly. “It’s totally illegal what they do,” he said. “I just hope you can all watch for it, but it’s totally illegal.”

Although Trump did not initially clarify who he was referring to, he later accused CNN and MSNBC of being “political arms of the Democrat Party.” He added, “In my opinion, they’re really corrupt.”

Both CNN and MSNBC declined to comment on his remarks.

Trump opened his speech by lauding the Justice Department’s past efforts in fighting organized crime. He claimed that under his leadership, the agency would return to its core mission of pursuing “killers, kingpins and spies,” as well as tracking down “terrorists and traitors” and dismantling “corrupt political machines all across America.”

Trump’s insistence on using the Justice Department in this manner aligns with his belief that the Biden administration has unfairly weaponized the agency against him. He claimed, “They weaponized the vast powers of our intelligence and law enforcement agencies to try and thwart the will of the American people.”

However, reports indicate that Trump’s claims lack merit. His two federal indictments were brought by special counsel Jack Smith, who was appointed in November 2022 by then-Attorney General Merrick Garland. While Garland was appointed by President Joe Biden, there is no evidence to suggest Biden personally influenced or ordered the indictments against Trump.

In his speech, Trump cited alleged instances of the Justice Department’s supposed weaponization, but he only mentioned cases that directly impacted him or referenced conspiracy theories popular among far-right circles—many of which have been debunked or are misleading.

Trump’s rhetoric built on his long-standing efforts to frame the press as an adversary to both the people and the government. His message appeared to be that media organizations whose coverage he dislikes could face consequences under a Justice Department reshaped by his administration.

Trump’s willingness to target unfavorable media coverage is not new. He is currently engaged in a civil lawsuit against the Pulitzer Board over its decision to uphold the 2018 National Reporting Prize awarded to The Washington Post and The New York Times for their coverage of Russian interference in the 2016 election and its alleged links to his campaign.

In December, ABC News reached a $15 million settlement in a defamation case brought by Trump. Meanwhile, Paramount Global, which owns CBS News, is still dealing with a Trump lawsuit related to its “60 Minutes” interview with former Vice President Kamala Harris.

Additionally, Trump has imposed a ban on the Associated Press, barring it from the Oval Office and Air Force One over its continued use of the term “Gulf of Mexico.”

Certain government agencies under the Trump administration have also signaled their intent to sever ties with media outlets he disfavors. In February, White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt announced that the administration would cancel $8 million in Politico Pro subscriptions, citing a far-right conspiracy theory as justification.

On Friday, NPR reported that the U.S. Agency for Global Media had terminated its contracts with the Associated Press (AP) and Agence France-Presse (AFP). The agency also indicated it would allow its Reuters contract to expire on March 31.

Trump’s speech made clear that these actions are not isolated decisions but part of a broader campaign against the press—one that he appears intent on continuing and even escalating.

Australian Man Lives 100 Days With Artificial Titanium Heart Before Transplant

An Australian man survived for 100 days with an artificial titanium heart while waiting for a donor transplant, marking the longest period anyone has lived with this technology.

The patient, a man in his 40s who chose to remain anonymous, underwent surgery at St. Vincent’s Hospital Sydney last November to receive the implant. In February, he became the first person in the world to be discharged from the hospital with the device, which kept him alive until a suitable donor heart became available earlier this month.

According to a statement released on Wednesday by St Vincent’s Hospital, Monash University, and BiVACOR, the US-Australian company that developed the device, the man was “recovering well” after the transplant.

The fact that the artificial heart sustained him for such a long period is being hailed as a breakthrough, demonstrating the device’s potential as a long-term solution for heart failure patients. However, the technology remains in the trial phase and has not yet been approved for widespread clinical use.

Australian bioengineer Daniel Timms, the founder of BiVACOR, invented the device following his father’s death from heart disease. He described the development as “exhilarating to see decades of work come to fruition.”

“The entire BiVACOR team is deeply grateful to the patient and his family for placing their trust in our Total Artificial Heart,” Timms said in the statement. “Their bravery will pave the way for countless more patients to receive this lifesaving technology.”

How the Artificial Heart Works

The BiVACOR Total Artificial Heart (TAH) operates using a single moving component—a levitated rotor that is suspended by magnets. Made of titanium, the device lacks valves or mechanical bearings, which are often prone to wear and tear.

This artificial heart functions by pumping blood to both the body and the lungs, effectively replacing both ventricles of a failing heart.

Heart disease remains the leading cause of death worldwide, claiming approximately 18 million lives annually, according to the World Health Organization. The long-term goal for the BiVACOR heart is to provide a lifeline for patients stuck on waiting lists for donor hearts.

In 2024 alone, around 3,500 people in the U.S. received heart transplants, while approximately 4,400 new patients joined the transplant waiting list, according to the U.S. Health Department.

Professor Chris Hayward of the Victor Chang Cardiac Research Institute stated that the BiVACOR artificial heart represents a major advancement in heart transplantation.

“Within the next decade we will see the artificial heart becoming the alternative for patients who are unable to wait for a donor heart or when a donor heart is simply not available,” said Hayward, who is overseeing the Australian patient’s recovery and played a role in preparing the device for clinical trials.

Early Clinical Trials and Future Prospects

The BiVACOR heart has already been tested in the U.S. under the Food and Drug Administration’s Early Feasibility Study. In this trial, five patients successfully received the implant while awaiting donor transplants.

The first recipient of the device was a 58-year-old man with end-stage heart failure, who underwent surgery at Texas Medical Center last July. The artificial heart sustained him for eight days before he received a donor transplant.

Four more patients were subsequently implanted with the device as part of the study, which aimed to assess its safety and effectiveness in keeping patients alive while waiting for donor hearts. The trial is expected to expand to include 15 patients.

The recent Australian case is part of a broader effort led by Monash University’s Artificial Heart Frontiers Program. This initiative, which has been allocated 50 million Australian dollars ($31 million), is focused on developing and commercializing three innovative heart failure treatment devices.

Madhya Pradesh Considers Death Penalty for Forced Religious Conversions, Raising Concerns Among Christians

Leaders in Madhya Pradesh, a central Indian state with a population of 72 million, are considering imposing the death penalty on individuals accused of coercing others into religious conversion. Christian leaders fear this move could further endanger the state’s small Christian community, which already faces persecution through false accusations under existing laws.

Mohan Yadav, the chief minister of Madhya Pradesh, announced on March 8 that he intends to amend the state’s anti-conversion law to include capital punishment for those found guilty of fraudulent conversions. He emphasized that “religious conversion will not be tolerated,” according to UCA News, a Catholic news agency. Currently, Christians account for just 0.27% of the population in the state, UCA News reported.

Since 2021, Madhya Pradesh’s anti-conversion law has already carried a penalty of up to 10 years in prison for those convicted of violating it.

Although the Indian Constitution guarantees religious freedom, anti-conversion laws have increasingly restricted the rights of Christians across the country. Over the past few years, at least a dozen of India’s 28 states have passed laws criminalizing “forced” conversions. Many of these laws were enacted in states governed by the Hindu nationalist party, with most of them introduced since the early 2000s.

In practice, these laws have been used to target the Christian community in India, where roughly 80% of the population is Hindu, 14% is Muslim, and only 2% is Christian. These legal provisions have led to the arrests of Christian clergy and have fueled violent attacks against believers.

A particularly troubling example can be seen in Uttar Pradesh, India’s most populous state, where numerous pastors and even senior Catholic priests have been imprisoned under anti-conversion charges. With a population of 231 million, Uttar Pradesh has witnessed a surge in cases where Christian leaders face legal action for alleged conversion activities.

Despite the challenges Christians face, a Supreme Court hearing in June last year raised questions about the legality of Uttar Pradesh’s anti-conversion laws. The Indian Constitution, under Article 25, explicitly grants citizens the “right freely to profess, practice, and propagate religion,” a provision that contradicts the strict enforcement of these laws in several states.

Madhya Pradesh, now considering the death penalty for those accused of forced conversions, has previously witnessed harsh actions against Christians under anti-conversion laws. In 2019, a Protestant pastor was acquitted after facing serious charges. The pastor, his wife, and their 6-year-old son were arrested by police, stripped of their clothes, beaten, and held without bail for three days. They were later convicted of forcibly converting people to Christianity, but the charges were ultimately overturned.

The Hallmarks of a Secure Relationship: Three Key Signs to Look For

True love should never feel like an endless balancing act—constantly navigating loyalty tests, second-guessing your partner’s emotions, or struggling to maintain the right level of closeness. Instead, love should provide a sense of safety and emotional stability.

This emotional security—or lack thereof—is often shaped by an individual’s attachment style. Those with a secure attachment bring trust, maturity, and stability to their relationships, making them a refreshing presence for partners who may have previously encountered insecurity in past relationships.

If you’ve ever wondered whether your partner exhibits secure attachment traits, here are three key indicators to consider.

They Are Comfortable With Missing You

Psychologically, secure attachment is rooted in trust. According to classic research published in the Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, securely attached individuals tend to exhibit significantly higher levels of trust in their relationships. They recognize that physical proximity is not required to maintain a strong connection. Instead of seeing their partner’s social life as a threat, they understand it as an independent aspect of a healthy relationship.

Imagine you have been looking forward to a night out with friends. You and your partner have spent quality time together recently, but tonight, you just want to unwind and enjoy yourself.

An anxiously attached partner might flood your phone with texts, asking when you’ll be back or worrying that you are enjoying yourself too much without them. They may express concern with statements like, “I just don’t get why you want to go without me,” or “Are you sure you won’t forget about me while you’re out?”

Conversely, an avoidantly attached partner might pretend they are unaffected but later withdraw emotionally. Rather than admitting they missed you, they could become distant, almost as if they are punishing you for having fun.

A securely attached partner, however, would simply say, “Have a great time! Send me a picture if you guys do something fun. I can’t wait to hear all about it when you get home.”

There would be no guilt trips, no subtle attempts to make you reconsider, and no silent treatment afterward. Secure partners have confidence in the relationship and trust that no matter how much fun you have without them, you will always return.

This sense of security extends beyond just social outings. It means they trust you when you travel for work, take on new personal projects, or build friendships outside the relationship. They see your independence as a sign of balance rather than a threat. Most importantly, when you return home, you are met with warmth—not suspicion.

They Communicate With Clarity and Care

Imagine coming home after a particularly rough day at work. You are quieter than usual, weighed down by stress.

An anxiously attached partner might repeatedly ask what’s wrong, even after you have said you’re not ready to talk. If you remain withdrawn, they may assume they have done something wrong, spiraling into self-doubt with questions like, “Is it me? Did I say something? Are you mad at me?” Instead of managing your own emotions, you end up having to reassure them.

An avoidantly attached partner, in contrast, may sense your distress but choose to ignore it. They might avoid eye contact, leave the room, or pretend not to notice. Their thinking is, “If they want to talk, they’ll say something,” disregarding the importance of emotional presence. If they acknowledge the situation at all, it might be with a detached “You okay?” that they immediately drop if you respond with “I’m fine” or “I don’t want to talk about it.”

A securely attached partner approaches the situation differently. They recognize that your mood is not necessarily about them and respond with patience and tact. They might say, “Hey, I can tell that you’re out of sorts today. I want to be there for you, but I can’t if I don’t know what’s wrong. When you’re ready, let’s talk about it together?”

Their tone is warm, open, and pressure-free. If you decide to talk, they listen attentively. If you choose to remain silent, they respect your space while making it clear they are available when you need them.

This kind of emotional availability is one of the greatest benefits of secure attachment. According to Frontiers in Psychology research from 2015, emotionally available individuals are open to maintaining deep emotional connections. Secure partners do not shy away from tough conversations, nor do they rely on mind games or passive-aggressive tactics. Instead, they prioritize clear, direct, and compassionate communication.

With a secure partner, there are fewer misunderstandings, fewer moments of tension, and fewer instances where you feel unheard. Instead, you feel truly seen—even when you aren’t saying anything. Secure partners know when to read between the lines and when to listen intently to what is being said.

They Handle Conflict With Maturity

Psychologists have long observed that secure individuals approach conflict in ways that strengthen relationships rather than weaken them. Research from The American Journal of Family Therapy highlights that securely attached partners excel in verbal engagement, self-disclosure, and constructive discussions.

To them, disagreements provide an opportunity to gain deeper insight into their partner’s thoughts and feelings, rather than posing a threat to the relationship.

For instance, suppose you need to address something that has been bothering you. Perhaps your partner made a comment—a joke or a passing remark—that unintentionally hurt your feelings. You sit down with them and say, “Hey, I just wanted to talk about something. When you said that earlier, it really hurt my feelings.”

An anxiously attached partner might respond by over-apologizing, shifting the focus to their own insecurities. “Oh my God, I’m the worst! I always mess up! Do you even love me anymore?” Before you know it, you are comforting them, and your feelings remain unaddressed.

On the other hand, an avoidantly attached partner might react defensively, saying, “You’re overreacting. It was just a joke. Why are you making such a big deal out of this?” This dismissive response shuts down the conversation, leaving you feeling invalidated.

A securely attached partner, however, would not roll their eyes, become defensive, or make the conversation about themselves. Instead, they would listen carefully before responding with something like, “Wow, I didn’t realize that came off that way—but after hearing your perspective, I totally understand why you’d be upset. I’m really sorry, and thank you for telling me.”

Once the serious discussion is over, they might even use humor or affection to restore warmth. There is no lingering bitterness—only a sincere desire to reconnect and move forward.

Secure partners do not resort to silent treatments or escalate minor issues into dramatic fights. Likewise, you do not feel as though you must constantly tread carefully to avoid triggering an overreaction. Instead, problems are acknowledged, solutions are found, and both partners walk away feeling heard, validated, and stronger together.

Ultimately, a relationship with a securely attached partner is one in which love feels safe—not like an endless test of endurance.

Putin Expresses Willingness for Ceasefire but Sets Tough Conditions

Russian President Vladimir Putin has expressed agreement with the concept of a ceasefire in Ukraine but highlighted the need for further discussions on its terms. He also outlined a series of strict conditions that must be met before peace can be achieved.

Putin was responding to a proposed 30-day ceasefire, which Ukraine accepted earlier this week after negotiations with the United States. However, Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky criticized Putin’s reaction, calling it “manipulative” and urging for additional sanctions against Russia.

Meanwhile, the U.S. imposed new sanctions on Russia’s oil, gas, and banking sectors, further increasing pressure on Moscow.

Russian authorities announced that Putin was scheduled to discuss the ceasefire on Thursday evening with Steve Witkoff, a special envoy of U.S. President Donald Trump, who had arrived in Moscow earlier that day. However, it remains unclear whether the meeting actually took place. On Friday, Russian state media cited air traffic monitoring service Flightradar, which reported that the aircraft believed to have transported Witkoff had already departed from Moscow. Neither Washington nor Moscow have provided any official statements on the matter.

On Thursday night and into Friday morning, both Russian and Ukrainian forces reported enemy drone attacks. Ukraine reported that seven people, including children, were wounded in the northeastern city of Kharkiv. In Russia, authorities confirmed a massive fire at an oil facility in the southern city of Tuapse.

At a news conference in Moscow on Thursday, Putin discussed the ceasefire plan, stating, “The idea is right—and we support it—but there are questions that we need to discuss.” He emphasized that any ceasefire must lead to “an enduring peace and remove the root causes of this crisis.”

“We need to negotiate with our American colleagues and partners,” Putin added. “Maybe I’ll have a call with Donald Trump.”

The Russian president acknowledged that a temporary truce could be beneficial for Ukraine, saying, “It will be good for the Ukrainian side to achieve a 30-day ceasefire. We are in favor of it, but there are nuances.”

One of the major points of contention for Russia is the situation in its western Kursk region. Putin pointed out that Ukrainian forces had launched an incursion there in August, capturing some areas. He claimed that Russia had regained full control of Kursk and that Ukrainian troops in the region were now “isolated.”

“They are trying to leave, but we are in control. Their equipment has been abandoned,” he stated. “There are two options for Ukrainians in Kursk—surrender or die.”

A day earlier, Ukraine’s top commander, Oleksandr Syrskyi, said Ukrainian troops would maintain defensive positions in Kursk as long as necessary, despite mounting pressure from Russian forces.

During his press conference, Putin also raised concerns about how the ceasefire would be implemented. “How will those 30 days be used? For Ukraine to mobilize? Rearm? Train people? Or none of that? Then a question—how will that be controlled?” he asked.

“Who will give the order to end the fighting? At what cost? Who decides who has broken any possible ceasefire, over 2,000km? All those questions need meticulous work from both sides. Who polices it?”

Zelensky, in his nightly video address, accused Putin of preparing to reject the ceasefire in practice, despite not explicitly saying so. “Putin, of course, is afraid to tell President Trump directly that he wants to continue this war, wants to kill Ukrainians,” he said.

He further argued that the Russian president had placed so many conditions on the ceasefire that it was unlikely to succeed. “The Russian leader has set so many preconditions that nothing will work out at all,” Zelensky said.

Putin’s comments and Zelensky’s response have highlighted the deep divisions between the two sides on how to proceed.

Ukraine advocates for a two-step approach: first, an immediate ceasefire, followed by discussions on a long-term peace agreement. However, Russia insists that both issues should be resolved together in a single, comprehensive deal. Neither side appears willing to compromise at this stage.

Ukraine hopes to pressure Russia into agreeing to a ceasefire by portraying it as an unwilling participant in peace talks. Meanwhile, Russia views the situation as an opportunity to raise its broader concerns, including NATO expansion and Ukraine’s sovereignty.

This situation presents a challenge for Donald Trump, who has stated that he wants a swift resolution to the war. He has repeatedly indicated that he aims to bring the conflict to an end in a matter of days.

However, Putin does not appear inclined to cooperate with Trump’s timeline.

Speaking at the White House after Putin’s remarks, Trump said he would “love” to meet the Russian president and expressed hope that Russia would “do the right thing” by agreeing to the proposed 30-day ceasefire.

“We’d like to see a ceasefire from Russia,” Trump stated.

Earlier in the day, during a meeting in the Oval Office with NATO Secretary General Mark Rutte, Trump told reporters that he had already discussed specific details with Ukraine regarding a potential peace agreement.

“We’ve been discussing with Ukraine land and pieces of land that would be kept and lost, and all of the other elements of a final agreement,” Trump explained. “A lot of the details of a final agreement have actually been discussed.”

Regarding Ukraine’s possible NATO membership, Trump remarked, “Everybody knows what the answer to that is.”

In response to Russia’s continued aggression, the U.S. expanded sanctions on Russian oil and gas, making it harder for other countries to purchase Russian energy by restricting access to U.S. payment systems.

Earlier on Thursday, Kremlin aide Yuri Ushakov had already dismissed the U.S.-backed ceasefire proposal.

Meanwhile, on Wednesday, the Kremlin released a video purportedly showing Putin visiting Russia’s Kursk region, wearing military fatigues. Later, Russian officials announced they had recaptured the key town of Sudzha.

The war, which began with Russia’s full-scale invasion of Ukraine in February 2022, has resulted in Russia occupying approximately 20% of Ukrainian territory.

According to data analyzed by the BBC, more than 95,000 Russian soldiers have been killed in the conflict. However, experts believe the actual number is significantly higher.

The Russian military has not officially disclosed its casualty figures since September 2022, when it reported 5,937 deaths.

Ukraine last provided an official death toll in December 2024, when Zelensky stated that 43,000 Ukrainian soldiers and officers had been killed. However, Western analysts consider this figure to be an underestimation.

Israel Accused of Genocidal Acts and Gender-Based Violence by UN Experts

UN experts have accused Israel of escalating sexual and gender-based violence against Palestinians while systematically destroying maternal and reproductive healthcare facilities, which they claim amounts to “genocidal acts.”

A report commissioned by the UN Human Rights Council outlines alleged violations, including instances of rape, in both Gaza and the occupied West Bank following Hamas’s October 7, 2023, attack on Israel, which triggered the ongoing conflict. The report further suggests that the destruction of maternity wards and embryos at a fertility clinic may indicate a deliberate effort to prevent births within a specific group, which meets one of the legal definitions of genocide.

Israel has firmly denied these allegations, with its government dismissing the report’s findings as baseless. “Israel categorically rejects the unfounded allegations,” the government stated.

Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu responded with strong criticism, labeling the Human Rights Council as “an antisemitic, rotten, terrorist-supporting and irrelevant body.” He argued that instead of focusing on war crimes committed by Hamas, the council was unjustly targeting Israel with “false accusations.”

The Independent International Commission of Inquiry on the Occupied Palestinian Territory, established by the UN Human Rights Council in 2021, was tasked with investigating alleged violations of international humanitarian and human rights laws.

This three-member commission stated that its findings were derived from testimonies of victims and witnesses of sexual and reproductive violence, visual evidence such as verified photos and videos, and information from civil society and women’s rights organizations. Some testimonies were presented during two days of public hearings in Geneva earlier this week.

Navi Pillay, a former UN human rights chief from South Africa who chairs the commission, stated, “The evidence collected reveals a deplorable increase in sexual and gender-based violence,” which she claims Israel is using to “terrorize” Palestinians and maintain an oppressive system that undermines their right to self-determination.

According to the report, specific forms of sexual and gender-based violence—including forced public stripping, sexual harassment such as threats of rape, and sexual assault—are “part of the Israeli Security Forces’ standard operating procedures toward Palestinians.”

The report further claims that rape and violence targeting genital areas were either committed “under explicit orders or with implicit encouragement by Israel’s top civilian and military leadership.” However, it does not present direct evidence of such orders from military commanders or senior officials. Instead, it cites remarks from Israeli ministers who defended soldiers accused of severe mistreatment of a Palestinian detainee at the Sde Teiman military base last year.

Chris Sidoti, an Australian human rights lawyer and member of the commission, told the BBC, “Sexual violence is now so widespread that it can only be considered systematic. It’s got beyond the level of random acts by rogue individuals.”

Israel has rejected claims of systemic mistreatment and torture of Gaza detainees, insisting that it adheres fully to international legal standards.

The report also highlights the commission’s findings that Israeli forces have systematically destroyed sexual and reproductive healthcare facilities throughout Gaza during the war, which has now lasted 17 months.

It states that numerous women and girls have died due to pregnancy-related complications caused by conditions imposed by Israeli authorities, which have restricted access to reproductive healthcare. According to the commission, these actions amount to “the crime against humanity of extermination.”

Additionally, the report alleges that Israeli authorities have “destroyed in part the reproductive capacity of Palestinians in Gaza as a group” through the “systematic destruction” of sexual and reproductive healthcare facilities, including maternity hospitals and wards, as well as Gaza’s main in-vitro fertilization (IVF) clinic, the Al-Basma IVF Centre in Gaza City.

The destruction of these medical facilities, the report concludes, falls under “two categories of genocidal acts in the Rome Statute and the Genocide Convention, including deliberately inflicting conditions of life calculated to bring about the physical destruction of Palestinians and imposing measures intended to prevent births.”

The commission asserts that the embryology laboratory at Al-Basma was struck in early December 2023, reportedly destroying approximately 4,000 embryos along with 1,000 sperm samples and unfertilized eggs.

A visual analysis of images led the commission to determine that the destruction was caused by a large-caliber projectile, likely an Israeli tank shell. The report claims the attack was deliberate. However, at the time, the Israeli military told ABC News that it had no knowledge of a strike on the clinic. The BBC has since contacted the Israel Defense Forces (IDF) for comment.

Chris Sidoti commented, “The deliberate destruction of a health facility is one serious issue for international humanitarian law and human rights law. But it does appear from our analysis of the attack on this clinic, that it was knowingly and intentionally directed towards the destruction of reproductive services. The consequence of this is the prevention of births.”

Israel’s mission to the UN in Geneva strongly criticized the report, calling it “a shameless attempt to incriminate the IDF and manufacture the illusion of ‘systemic’ use of sexual and gender-based violence.”

Israeli officials argued that the commission relied on “information from second-hand single uncorroborated sources,” a methodology that, they claimed, does not align with established UN standards.

The statement emphasized that the IDF has “concrete directives, procedures, orders, and policies, which unequivocally prohibit such misconduct” and maintains investigative mechanisms to handle any allegations of sexual violence.

Prime Minister Netanyahu also dismissed the report’s conclusions, calling the Human Rights Council an “anti-Israel circus.”

“Instead of focusing on the crimes against humanity and the war crimes that were perpetrated by the Hamas terrorist organization in the worst massacre carried out against the Jewish people since the Holocaust, the UN has again chosen to attack the State of Israel with false accusations, including baseless accusations of sexual violence,” Netanyahu said.

According to UN experts, their determination that “reasonable grounds to conclude” these crimes were committed was based on an analysis of digital evidence, as well as statements from victims and witnesses. Fernando Travesi of the International Center for Transitional Justice told the BBC that their methodology provided sufficient proof to justify the conclusions.

However, he noted that while the commission applies a different standard of evidence than a court of law, criminal liability for genocide would have to be proven “beyond any reasonable doubt” in a judicial setting.

The International Court of Justice is currently hearing a case brought by South Africa, which accuses Israel of committing genocide against Palestinians in Gaza. Israel has adamantly denied these accusations.

The conflict in Gaza began after Hamas launched an unprecedented cross-border attack on Israel on October 7, 2023. The attack killed approximately 1,200 people, and 251 were taken hostage.

Since then, Gaza’s Hamas-run health ministry reports that over 48,520 people have been killed. The war has displaced most of Gaza’s 2.1 million residents multiple times, leaving nearly 70% of the territory’s buildings damaged or destroyed. The region’s healthcare, water, sanitation, and hygiene infrastructure has collapsed, and there are severe shortages of food, fuel, medicine, and shelter.

Trump Threatens 200% Tariff on EU Alcohol Over Whisky Dispute

President Donald Trump has issued a warning that he will impose a 200% tariff on alcohol imports from European Union countries unless the EU removes what he described as a “nasty 50% tariff on whisky.”

Some European alcohol producers have raised concerns, stating that such a tariff would have “devastating” effects on the industry. Meanwhile, a U.S. trade group representing distilleries has expressed its disapproval, stating, “we want toasts, not tariffs.”

This marks another escalation in the ongoing global trade war, which intensified when the U.S. implemented a 25% tariff on all steel and aluminum imports.

In response to these steel and aluminum tariffs, the EU announced plans to increase its own tariffs on up to €26 billion ($28 billion; £22 billion) worth of U.S. goods. This includes higher levies on products such as boats, bourbon, and motorbikes, with the changes set to take effect on April 1.

Amid these tensions, Canada’s Finance Minister, Dominic LeBlanc, and Ontario Premier, Doug Ford, met with U.S. Commerce Secretary Howard Lutnick to discuss ongoing trade disputes between the two neighboring countries.

Following the meeting, Ford expressed optimism, stating that he felt “very positive” about the discussions.

Tariffs remain a key component of Trump’s broader economic strategy. He believes they will strengthen U.S. manufacturing and safeguard American jobs. However, critics argue that, in the short term, these tariffs will lead to higher prices for American consumers.

Tariffs function as taxes imposed on goods imported from foreign countries. The companies responsible for bringing these goods into the country are required to pay the tax to the government.

Trump Expresses Confidence in U.S. Annexing Greenland, Suggests NATO Role

On Thursday, former President Donald Trump voiced confidence that the United States would eventually annex Greenland, even hinting that NATO’s leadership could play a role in making the acquisition possible.

“I think it will happen,” Trump told reporters in the Oval Office during a discussion with NATO Secretary-General Mark Rutte.

Trump further elaborated on the idea, stating that he had not given it much consideration before but saw Rutte as someone who could be instrumental in the process. “And I’m just thinking, I didn’t give it much thought before but I’m sitting with a man that could be very instrumental. You know, Mark, we need that for international security,” Trump said, gesturing toward Rutte.

Rutte acknowledged the strategic importance of Greenland and the Arctic region, particularly given the increasing presence of China and Russia. However, he made it clear that the issue of Trump’s efforts to acquire Greenland was beyond his scope.

“I don’t want to drag NATO in that,” Rutte stated.

Trump’s remarks came shortly after Greenland’s recent parliamentary elections, in which the center-right Demokraatit party emerged victorious. The party advocates for a gradual path toward independence from Denmark.

For months, Trump has been vocal about his interest in the United States acquiring Greenland, which remains a territory of Denmark, a NATO ally. The U.S. already maintains a military base on the island.

Even before assuming office, Trump had refused to rule out military action as a potential means to annex the Arctic territory. Earlier this year, his son, Donald Trump Jr., along with a group of allies, visited Greenland in what was seen as part of the broader push toward acquisition.

US Vice President JD Vance and Second Lady Usha Vance to Visit India This Month

US Vice President JD Vance and Second Lady Usha Vance are set to visit India later this month, marking the Vice President’s second overseas trip since assuming office on January 20, 2025.

This trip will be particularly significant for Usha Vance, as it will be her first visit to India as the Second Lady. India holds special meaning for her since her parents emigrated from the country to the United States, and she was raised in San Diego, California. In addition, JD Vance will be making history as the first US Vice President to visit India within the first 100 days of taking office.

According to a Politico report, three individuals familiar with the planning have confirmed that the Vice President’s visit to India is scheduled.

The upcoming trip takes place against the backdrop of heightened tensions between the United States and India concerning trade tariffs. Vance’s first international visit occurred in February when he traveled to France and Germany. During the Munich Security Conference, his statements drew criticism from several US allies in Europe.

During his stay in France, Vance met with Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi on the sidelines of the AI Summit in Paris. Their interaction was described as cordial, with Modi presenting an eco-friendly wooden alphabet set to Vance’s daughter, Mirabel Rose Vance, as a gift. Additionally, the Prime Minister participated in the celebration of the birthday of the Vice President’s son, Vivek.

Following their meeting, Prime Minister Modi shared on X, “Had a wonderful meeting with US Vice President JD Vance and his family. We had a great conversation on various subjects. Delighted to join them in celebrating the joyous birthday of their son, Vivek!”

Expressing his appreciation for the gesture, Vance replied, “Prime Minister Modi was gracious and kind, and our kids really enjoyed the gifts. I’m grateful to him for the wonderful conversation.”

US Judges Order Reinstatement of Fired Federal Workers, Call Dismissals a “Sham”

Two U.S. judges have ordered multiple federal agencies to restore the jobs of probationary employees who were dismissed en masse by the Trump administration last month.

In California, District Judge William Alsup described the mass firings as part of a “sham” strategy designed to bypass proper protocols for reducing the federal workforce.

His ruling—followed by a similar one from a judge in Maryland—affects thousands of probationary workers dismissed from various departments, including defense, energy, treasury, and veterans affairs.

The Department of Justice (DOJ) has maintained that the terminations were based on guidance rather than a direct order from the Office of Personnel Management (OPM). The BBC has reached out to OPM for comment.

OPM, traditionally a low-profile agency overseeing the federal government’s civil service, has come under scrutiny as President Donald Trump has moved to shrink the size of the federal workforce.

During a hearing in San Francisco, California, on Thursday, Judge Alsup countered the DOJ lawyer’s arguments, citing termination letters that explicitly stated the firings were carried out under OPM’s instructions.

“That should not have been done in our country,” Judge Alsup stated. “It was a sham in order to avoid statutory requirements.”

Danielle Leonard, an attorney representing a coalition of government employee unions, argued that probationary employees had been specifically targeted because they lacked the right to appeal their dismissals.

Judge Alsup also expressed concern over the firing of a government worker in Albuquerque, New Mexico, who had received top performance ratings yet was dismissed under the pretense of poor performance.

“I just want to say it is a sad day when our government would fire a good employee and say it’s for performance when they know good and well that’s a lie,” Judge Alsup said.

Following Alsup’s ruling, District Judge James Bredar in Baltimore, Maryland, issued a similar order, concluding that the Trump administration had violated regulations and casting doubt on claims that employees had been individually terminated for unsatisfactory performance.

Reacting to the initial ruling, White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt accused Judge Alsup of “attempting to unconstitutionally seize the power of hiring and firing from the executive branch.”

She emphasized that the authority to make such decisions rested with the president, arguing that “singular district court judges cannot abuse the power of the entire judiciary to thwart the president’s agenda.”

“The Trump administration will immediately fight back against this absurd and unconstitutional order,” Leavitt added.

Elon Musk’s name was not explicitly mentioned in the California hearing, but he has been entrusted by President Trump with leading efforts to reduce the federal workforce through the newly formed Department of Government Efficiency, informally referred to as Doge.

“He was on everybody’s mind,” said Luz Fuller, president of a Sacramento branch of the American Federation of Government Employees, which represents over 4,500 workers in Northern California.

The White House has denied that Musk is officially heading the agency, though Trump referred to him as such during his Congressional address last week.

Google Challenges Utah’s App Store Age Verification Bill

Google is pushing back against efforts by other major technology companies to place the responsibility of age verification on app stores, contending that both app stores and developers should share the burden of enhancing child safety.

In a blog post published on Wednesday, Google criticized what it described as “concerning legislation” in Utah. The state recently became the first in the U.S. to pass a law requiring app stores to verify users’ ages and obtain parental consent before allowing minors to download applications.

“The bill requires app stores to share if a user is a kid or teenager with all app developers (effectively millions of individual companies) without parental consent or rules on how the information is used,” said Kareem Ghanem, Google’s director of public policy.

According to Ghanem, such a requirement poses serious privacy and security risks. “That raises real privacy and safety risks, like the potential for bad actors to sell the data or use it for other nefarious purposes,” he warned.

Google maintains that the level of data sharing mandated by the legislation is excessive. The company argues that the bill would ultimately relieve social media platforms of their responsibility to ensure that minors only see age-appropriate content.

Additionally, Google expressed concerns that requiring parental consent could interfere with how parents choose to supervise their children and could even restrict teenagers’ access to essential services such as navigation apps.

The bill now awaits a decision from Utah Gov. Spencer Cox (R). If signed into law, most of its provisions would take effect on May 7.

Meta, the parent company of Facebook and Instagram, has backed the legislation, along with social media platforms X and Snap. These companies argue that app stores should be responsible for verifying children’s ages rather than the individual platforms themselves.

However, Google has been advocating for an alternative approach—one that ensures “appropriate user consent” while also reducing the amount of sensitive data exposed.

The company has proposed a system where an “age signal” would be shared only with user or parental consent and only with developers of apps that could pose risks to minors.

“By just sharing with developers who need the information to deliver age-appropriate experiences, and only sharing the minimum amount of data needed to provide an age signal, it reduces the risk of sensitive information being shared broadly,” Ghanem explained.

Google argues that app developers are best suited to determine when age verification is necessary, as they have the most knowledge about their applications.

“Because developers know their apps best, they are best positioned to determine when and where an age-gate might be beneficial to their users, and that may evolve over time, which is another reason why a one-size-fits-all approach won’t adequately protect kids,” the company stated.

Under Google’s proposed framework, app stores would only provide “industry standard age assurances” to developers who require age-based restrictions. The company also suggested creating a centralized dashboard that would allow parents to manage their children’s digital experiences.

Google reaffirmed its commitment to child safety by reiterating its support for banning personalized advertisements targeted at users under the age of 18.

When asked about Google’s position, Meta’s senior public affairs manager Jamie Radice defended the Utah legislation and emphasized the need for app stores to take on a more significant role in online child safety.

“Parents across the country are calling for app stores to do more to keep children safe online, and 14 US states and federal lawmakers have introduced legislation that responds to their concerns,” Radice stated.

She acknowledged Google’s willingness to share age-related data with developers but questioned how the company would determine which applications should receive such information.

“We welcome Google’s concession that they can share age information with app developers, and we agree this should be done in a privacy-preserving manner. But with millions of apps on Google’s app store, and more added every day, it’s unclear how they’ll determine which apps are eligible to receive this data,” Radice said.

Apple, which operates one of the largest app stores alongside Google, has also opposed Utah’s legislation.

Earlier this month, Apple introduced a new “age assurance” technology that allows parents to select their child’s age range instead of providing an exact birth date when setting up child accounts.

Three U.S. Soldiers Arrested for Alleged Bribery and Selling Defense Secrets to China

The FBI arrested two active-duty U.S. Army soldiers and a veteran on Thursday, accusing them of bribery and theft of government property in an alleged scheme to sell classified national defense information to China.

“While bribery and corruption have thrived under China’s Communist Party, this behavior cannot be tolerated with our service members who are entrusted with sensitive military information, including national defense information,” stated FBI Director Kash Patel.

He further emphasized the FBI’s commitment to countering espionage attempts, saying, “The FBI and our partners will continue to work to uncover attempts by those in China to steal sensitive U.S. military information and hold all accountable who play a role in betraying our national defense.”

One of the accused, Jian Zhao, was stationed at Joint Base Lewis-McChord in Washington state. He is charged with allegedly conspiring to transmit classified national defense data to China. The other two individuals, Li Tian, also stationed at the same base, and Ruoyu Duan, a military veteran, face charges related to conspiracy to commit bribery and theft of government property.

The alleged scheme, which began in November 2021 and continued until at least December 2024, involved Tian and Duan working with unidentified accomplices to acquire sensitive military data. This included technical manuals related to U.S. Army vehicles, such as the Bradley and Stryker fighting vehicles.

According to authorities, Tian allegedly sold this information to Duan for an undisclosed sum. However, the U.S. Department of Justice has not specified what Duan did with the classified materials after receiving them.

Zhao is accused of attempting to sell stolen documents and hard drives containing sensitive information to an unidentified Chinese buyer. Prosecutors allege that he was paid $10,000 in exchange for 20 hard drives. His indictment also claims that he tried to sell data regarding the High Mobility Artillery Rocket System (HIMARS), intelligence on U.S. military preparations for potential conflicts with China, and a stolen computer capable of decrypting classified files.

Zhao allegedly received a total of $15,000 for his participation in the scheme.

The FBI conducted the investigation in collaboration with the U.S. Army Counterintelligence Command.

“These arrests underscore the persistent and increasing foreign intelligence threat facing our Army and nation,” said Brig. Gen. Rhett R. Cox, Commanding General at Army Counterintelligence Command.

“Laapataa Ladies” Dominates IIFA Awards With 10 Wins

India’s official submission for the Oscars, which did not secure a spot on the final list of nominees, triumphed at the International Indian Film Academy (IIFA) Awards, a prestigious event celebrating excellence in the country’s film industry.

Kiran Rao’s critically acclaimed film Laapataa Ladies, internationally titled Lost Ladies for its Oscar campaign, emerged as the top winner at the 2025 IIFA Awards. The film secured 10 awards, including best picture and best direction, marking a significant achievement for its team.

Released in 2023, the comedy revolves around two veiled brides who are mistakenly swapped during a train journey. The film delves into themes of patriarchy and gender roles, representing a departure from the traditionally male-centric narratives that have long dominated mainstream Indian cinema.

Expressing her gratitude, Rao said in her acceptance speech, “It’s a rare privilege to win an award for a film like Laapataa Ladies. It’s been a wonderful night. It’s a rare privilege to make a film like this.”

Unlike the typical Bollywood productions that prominently feature song-and-dance sequences, melodrama, and action-packed storylines, Rao’s film took a unique storytelling approach. It was recognized in multiple categories, winning awards for best story, best screenplay, and best actress in a leading role.

The IIFA Awards, an annual event, began on Saturday in Jaipur, a city in western India, and concluded on Sunday.

The star-studded night saw the participation of some of Indian cinema’s most renowned figures. Bollywood superstar Shah Rukh Khan and actor Shahid Kapoor were among those who performed on stage, adding to the glamour of the evening. Hosting duties were undertaken by veteran filmmaker Karan Johar and actor Kartik Aaryan, ensuring an entertaining show for audiences.

The event also served as a platform for celebrities to display their fashion choices. This year, the green carpet witnessed stunning appearances by well-known figures such as Madhuri Dixit, Katrina Kaif, and Kareena Kapoor Khan, who showcased their unique styles.

Trump’s Economic Policies Stir Recession Concerns Amid Market Turbulence

During his election campaign last year, Donald Trump assured Americans that he would bring in a new wave of economic prosperity. However, two months into his presidency, his messaging has shifted. He has now warned that lowering prices will be challenging and has advised the public to brace for a “little disturbance” before he can restore wealth to the U.S. economy.

Despite recent data indicating that inflation is cooling, analysts suggest that the likelihood of an economic downturn is rising, with many pointing to his policies as a contributing factor. This raises the question: Is Trump steering the world’s largest economy toward a recession?

Markets React as Recession Risks Escalate

In the U.S., a recession is defined as a prolonged and widespread decline in economic activity, often accompanied by rising unemployment and falling incomes. Recently, several economic analysts have sounded the alarm that the risks of such a scenario are mounting.

A report from JP Morgan has raised the probability of a recession to 40%, up from 30% at the beginning of the year, cautioning that U.S. policies are now “tilting away from growth.” Similarly, Mark Zandi, chief economist at Moody’s Analytics, has increased his estimate of recession odds from 15% to 35%, citing the impact of tariffs.

These warnings have coincided with a significant decline in the S&P 500, which tracks 500 of the largest U.S. companies. The index has now dropped to its lowest point since September, signaling growing fears about the economic future.

Market instability has been partially fueled by concerns over new import taxes, known as tariffs, that Trump has imposed since taking office. His administration has targeted imports from America’s three largest trading partners with these tariffs and has threatened to expand them further. Analysts believe these actions will drive up prices and slow economic growth.

Meanwhile, official data from the U.S. Labor Department shows that inflation eased slightly in February, with prices rising 2.8% over the past year compared to 3% in January. Despite this, Trump and his economic advisors continue to caution the public to expect economic challenges. This marks a stark departure from his first term, when he frequently touted the stock market as a measure of his success.

“There will always be changes and adjustments,” Trump said last week in response to business leaders calling for more economic stability.

His stance has intensified investor concerns regarding his economic strategy. Goldman Sachs recently raised its own recession risk estimate from 15% to 20%, identifying policy changes as the primary threat to economic stability. However, the investment firm also noted that the White House could still “pull back if the downside risks begin to look more serious.”

“If the White House remained committed to its policies even in the face of much worse data, recession risk would rise further,” analysts at Goldman Sachs warned.

Impact of Tariffs, Uncertainty, and Economic Slowdown

For many businesses, the greatest uncertainty stems from Trump’s tariffs, which have increased costs for American companies by imposing taxes on imports. As the administration continues to roll out its tariff plans, many firms are seeing their profit margins shrink. In response, some companies are holding back on new investments and hiring as they try to navigate an unpredictable future.

Investors are also worried about deep cuts to the government workforce and federal spending reductions.

Brian Gardner, chief of Washington policy strategy at the investment bank Stifel, explained that businesses and investors initially assumed Trump was using tariffs as a bargaining tool.

“But what the president and his cabinet are signaling is actually a bigger deal. It’s a restructuring of the American economy,” he said. “And that’s what’s been driving markets in the last couple of weeks.”

Even before these developments, the U.S. economy was experiencing a slowdown, partly due to actions taken by the Federal Reserve, which has kept interest rates elevated to cool economic activity and stabilize prices.

Recently, some economic data has pointed to a more pronounced weakening. Retail sales declined in February, and consumer and business confidence—which had surged following Trump’s election—has since fallen. Major corporations, including airlines, retailers like Walmart and Target, and manufacturers, have all issued warnings about reduced spending.

Some analysts fear that a continued decline in the stock market could lead to even tighter consumer spending, particularly among wealthier households. Since the U.S. economy is heavily dependent on consumer spending, and higher-income households play an increasingly significant role, such a shift could have major repercussions—especially as lower-income families continue to struggle with inflation.

Federal Reserve Chair Jerome Powell attempted to reassure the public in a speech last week, arguing that economic sentiment has not always been a reliable indicator of actual behavior.

“Despite elevated levels of uncertainty, the U.S. economy continues to be in a good place,” Powell stated.

However, the U.S. economy is deeply interconnected with global markets, a reality that adds another layer of complexity to the situation. Kathleen Brooks, research director at XTB, pointed out that these tariffs could create significant disruptions at a time when signs of economic weakness are already emerging.

“The fact that tariffs could disrupt that at the same time that there were signs that the U.S. economy was weakening anyway … is really fueling recession fears,” she said.

Tech Stock Market Correction and AI Bubble Concerns

Not all of the turmoil in the stock market can be attributed to Trump’s policies. Investors were already on edge about the possibility of a market correction, particularly after the substantial gains recorded over the last two years. Much of this growth has been fueled by enthusiasm surrounding artificial intelligence (AI) and the tech sector.

For instance, chipmaker Nvidia saw its share price skyrocket from under $15 at the start of 2023 to nearly $150 by November of last year. Such dramatic increases have sparked debate over whether an “AI bubble” has formed. Many investors are now closely watching for signs that the bubble may burst, which could have significant consequences for the broader market—regardless of what’s happening in the wider economy.

As concerns about the U.S. economy intensify, sustaining the optimism surrounding AI has become even more challenging.

Tech analyst Gene Munster of Deepwater Asset Management expressed his growing doubts on social media this week, admitting that his confidence had “taken a step back” due to the rising likelihood of a recession.

“The bottom line is that if we enter a recession, it will be extremely difficult for the AI trade to continue,” he said.

With the combination of Trump’s economic policies, stock market volatility, and uncertainty in the tech sector, investors and analysts remain on high alert. Whether the administration chooses to adjust its approach in response to mounting risks could determine whether the U.S. economy avoids a full-blown recession or slides into one in the months ahead.

Robert De Niro’s Netflix Thriller ‘The Whisper Man’ in the Works After ‘Zero Day’ Success

Robert De Niro’s latest Netflix series, Zero Day, continues to maintain a strong presence in the streaming platform’s top 10 most-watched list, even weeks after its debut.

This successful collaboration appears to be just the beginning, as Netflix has now revealed initial details about an upcoming crime thriller film featuring the legendary actor in a significant role.

Titled The Whisper Man, the movie is an adaptation of Alex North’s bestselling novel of the same name. If the name rings a bell, it’s because the book gained widespread popularity upon its release.

Netflix’s Tudum website has shared an official description of the film, which suggests an intense and suspenseful narrative. According to the logline:

“When his 8-year-old son is abducted, a widowed crime writer looks to his estranged father, a retired former police detective, for help, only to discover a connection with the decades-old case of a convicted serial killer known as ‘The Whisper Man.’”

A Star-Studded Cast Joins the Project

While De Niro’s role has not been explicitly stated, it is widely speculated that he will portray the retired detective. Alongside him, Netflix has confirmed two other key actors: Adam Scott, known for his role in Severance, and Michelle Monaghan, who has been gaining attention for her performance in the third season of HBO’s acclaimed anthology series The White Lotus.

This trio makes for an exciting lineup. Scott’s involvement is particularly noteworthy, as he continues to expand his range with serious roles, while Monaghan brings prior experience in the crime thriller genre, having starred in the 2007 film Gone Baby Gone.

Behind the scenes, James Ashcroft has been brought on as the film’s director. His latest psychological thriller, The Rule of Jenny Pen, was just released in theaters last Friday, March 7. The screenplay adaptation of The Whisper Man will be penned by writers Ben Jacoby and Chase Palmer.

Netflix’s Sixth Collaboration With the Russo Brothers’ AGBO

This project also marks Netflix’s sixth partnership with AGBO, the production company run by the Russo brothers. Their fifth joint venture, The Electric State, a sci-fi blockbuster starring Millie Bobby Brown and Chris Pratt, is set to premiere on the streaming platform this Friday, March 14. However, early reviews have been overwhelmingly negative, with the film currently holding a disappointing 21% rating on Rotten Tomatoes.

While Netflix has confirmed that The Whisper Man will enter production this spring, the streaming giant has not provided a specific release timeline. Given that filming has yet to begin, the movie is likely to be released in 2026.

A Promising Thriller on the Horizon

Regardless of the wait, The Whisper Man is shaping up to be a must-watch thriller. The combination of a strong cast and well-received source material suggests a promising film. The key question remains: will the final product meet expectations?

For now, if you’re looking for gripping content to watch, Netflix has recently added a new psychological thriller full of unexpected twists. Additionally, there’s a complete rundown of everything new arriving on the platform in March 2025, offering plenty of options to keep viewers engaged.

Drop in H-1B Visa Applications from Hyderabad Amid Higher Fees and Stricter Rules

The number of H-1B visa applications from Hyderabad has witnessed a steep decline this year, according to local agents and consultancies. The decrease in interest is attributed to increased application fees and stricter filing regulations imposed by the U.S. government. Hyderabad, a key center for global technology firms, is home to several multinational companies such as Microsoft, Google, Amazon, Facebook, and Oracle. The city has played a crucial role in India’s IT exports and has historically been a major source of professionals applying for U.S. work visas, particularly the H-1B. However, this year, local consultancies have observed a sharp drop in applications, reflecting mounting concerns among professionals.

Arun Teja Bukkaparapu, who runs a consultancy in Hyderabad, shared his experience with TOI’s Nirupa Vatyam, stating, “I have not even received a single call about H-1B filing until now.” He explained that growing uncertainty regarding job prospects in the U.S., coupled with a significant fee hike from USD 10 to USD 215, has deterred many potential applicants. Additionally, he pointed out that new rules preventing multiple applications under different employers have further reduced interest. “The fact that the new rule prevents people from filing multiple applications and mandates only one application against one passport has also led to less demand,” he noted. Previously, individuals could submit multiple applications through various employers, thereby increasing their chances of selection.

Some IT professionals have expressed that the rising costs are another significant concern. K Sai, an IT professional with around ten years of experience, explained, “Last year, I spent over 5 lakh on the entire application process, but my visa was rejected in the end. This year too, I wanted to apply, but now I am worried about the enhanced fee. Further, consultancies also hiked their fee by about 50%.”

The H-1B visa program has an annual cap of 65,000 visas, with an additional 20,000 reserved for individuals holding a U.S. master’s degree or higher. While Indian nationals represent a large proportion of H-1B visa holders, there is no specific quota allocated for India. According to agents, around 1.5 million applications were submitted last year, of which 600,000 to 700,000 were unique filings, while the remaining were from individuals submitting multiple applications.

Mahesh Babu Boyela, who operates companies in Texas, Florida, and Arizona, highlighted that even U.S.-based companies are reluctant to file H-1B applications this year. “Earlier, they used to file applications even for people with two to three years of experience. Now, not many are coming forward. Last year, people got H-1B even for six months,” he said. Boyela also pointed out, “This has become an issue as companies have to immediately start a new application soon after an H-1B was sanctioned, as the process of getting an extension takes about four to six months.”

Consultancies have noted that while the overall number of applications has declined, some candidates are still applying—particularly those who have a client willing to provide the necessary documentation. These applicants often search for job opportunities once they arrive in the U.S.

Attukal Pongala: Celebrating the World’s Largest Gathering of Women

Attukal Pongala, recognized as the world’s largest congregation of women, is a grand 10-day festival held at the Attukal Bhagavathy Temple in Thiruvananthapuram, Kerala. Dedicated to Attukal Devi, also known as Bhadrakali, the Goddess of salvation and prosperity, the festival draws countless devotees who come to offer prayers and seek divine blessings.

Women from various parts of South India participate in this sacred event, preparing and carrying sweet dishes made with coconut, jaggery, and plantain in earthen pots as offerings to the Goddess. The highlight of the festival is the ninth day, known as Attukal Pongala Mahotsavam, considered the most auspicious day of the celebrations.

This year, the festival began on March 5 and will continue until March 15, with the primary gathering taking place on March 13.

Here are some heartfelt Attukal Pongala wishes to share with loved ones:

“May your prayers be answered and your life be filled with the blessings of Attukal Bhagavathy.”

“May this Attukal Pongala bring peace, prosperity, and happiness to your home and heart.”

“Wishing you a joyful Attukal Pongala filled with blessings, prosperity, and the warmth of community spirit.”

“Wishing you prosperity on this auspicious Attukal Pongala.”

“May your prayers be answered and your day be radiant. Attukal Pongala Greetings.”

“Wishing you a joyous Attukal Pongala filled with devotion, peace, and divine blessings. May Attukal Amma shower her grace upon you, bringing peace, prosperity, and good health. Let the sacred fire ignite positivity and faith in your heart.”

“Wishing everyone the divine blessings of Attukal Pongala! On this sacred day of devotion and togetherness, let’s extend our prayers beyond rituals and into actions.”

“Let the flames of Pongala illuminate your path with hope, faith, and positivity. Have a blessed Attukal Pongala!”

“Sending you heartfelt wishes for a Pongala filled with unity, harmony, and togetherness among family and friends. Happy Attukal Pongala!”

“Let this Attukal Pongala mark the beginning of new aspirations, hopes, and opportunities in your life. I wish you success and prosperity!”

Solar-Powered Water Purification Brings Clean Drinking Water to Rural Schools in India

In many developing nations, particularly in South Asia, a significant portion of the population resides in rural areas. The availability of clean drinking water in these regions, especially in rural schools, remains a major concern. Studies indicate that not only is there a scarcity of water, but the drinking water that is available in schools often contains harmful contaminants. High levels of coliform bacteria and dangerous chemicals such as arsenic and nitrates have been detected, which pose serious health risks. Consumption of such contaminated water can lead to thyroid disorders, cancer, skin ailments, kidney diseases, and numerous other health complications.

Drinking water with excessive coliform bacteria is particularly hazardous for children, as it can cause severe intestinal infections. These infections can result in illnesses such as diarrhea, typhoid, cholera, hepatitis A and E, and other waterborne diseases. The consequences extend beyond physical health, as prolonged intestinal infections can also impact mental well-being. Research suggests that such infections in children can contribute to long-term psychiatric disorders, further emphasizing the importance of providing safe drinking water in schools. This issue is particularly relevant in South Asia, where poverty and inadequate access to clean drinking water are widespread.

Solar Water Purification System Installed by NARI

To address this critical problem, the Nimbkar Agricultural Research Institute (NARI), a non-governmental organization based in Phaltan, Maharashtra, India, has developed an innovative clean drinking water technology (CDWT). This system has the capacity to provide 100-200 liters of purified water daily, sufficient to meet the drinking water needs of approximately 200 students in rural schools.

Two schools, one in Nandal village and another in Adarki village, both located in Phaltan Taluka, have been selected for the implementation of this technology. The CDWT systems, donated by NARI, have been operational in these schools for the past four to five months, functioning efficiently to provide students with access to clean drinking water.

Rainwater Harvesting and Solar Purification

The core of this water purification system lies in its ability to harvest rainwater and purify it using a specialized solar-powered purification process developed by NARI. Typically, rainwater runoff is utilized as grey water for non-drinking purposes, but this technology is pioneering its use for drinking. Rainwater, in its natural state, does not contain harmful chemicals like nitrates and arsenic, and if these contaminants are present, they are usually found in trace amounts. With proper purification, rainwater can serve as a safe and reliable source of drinking water.

The system collects rainwater from school rooftops using specially designed channels. The water then passes through filtration units before being stored in food-grade plastic tanks. After storage, the water undergoes additional filtration and solar thermal purification, which operates without the need for electricity. The size of the storage tanks is determined based on daily water consumption, the available rooftop area, and the region’s annual rainfall levels.

The development of this technology has been an ongoing process, spanning 10 to 15 years of research and experimentation. Various solar water heating techniques, filter materials, and purification strategies were tested to ensure optimal water quality. The solar thermal purification system was extensively evaluated over several years to collect data on its efficiency throughout different seasons.

One of the key findings of these trials was that even on completely overcast days, the system remains effective in eliminating coliform bacteria. This is achieved by ensuring that the temperature of stagnant water in the solar purification unit exceeds 45°C for at least three hours, a threshold sufficient to inactivate harmful E. coli bacteria. Tests conducted in Phaltan indicate that the system fails to reach this temperature on only three to five days per year, demonstrating its reliability in most conditions.

Regular testing of the purified drinking water at NARI’s laboratories has shown that the microbial E. coli count remains below 20 MPN, which is well within the standards set by the World Health Organization (WHO). This consistent performance confirms that the system is effectively providing safe drinking water to students.

Educational Benefits for Students

Beyond providing clean water, the CDWT system is designed to be interactive and educational. Students in both participating schools have had access to clean drinking water for several months, marking a significant improvement in their daily lives. The system is modular and simple enough to be operated by schoolchildren, making it an excellent educational tool.

A key objective of this initiative is to teach students about the principles of rainwater harvesting, solar energy, and water quality testing through hands-on learning. This approach aims to foster an interest in STEM (Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics) subjects among rural students, potentially inspiring them to pursue careers in these fields.

To facilitate this learning process, instructional materials have been developed in the local language. These materials cover topics such as solar energy utilization, water purification methods, and rainwater harvesting techniques. Teachers at the schools have been provided with these resources to integrate them into their lessons, ensuring that students gain valuable knowledge about sustainable water management.

Cost and Affordability of the System

One of the primary cost components of the CDWT system is the rainwater storage tanks, which account for approximately 60% of the total installation cost. The Indian government’s Jal Jeevan Mission, a national initiative aimed at providing clean drinking water to every rural household and public institution, including schools, could potentially cover this cost. If the government subsidizes the storage tanks, it would significantly enhance the affordability of this technology for rural schools.

The system is designed to have a lifespan of at least 10 years. Over this period, the cost of water production is estimated at Rs. 2.3 per liter, assuming a five-year loan repayment for the system. However, if the cost of the storage tanks is covered by the government, the cost of purified water reduces to Rs. 1.3 per liter. While this cost may be slightly higher than conventional water supply methods, the health benefits provided by this clean water system far outweigh the financial considerations.

By implementing this innovative solution, rural schools in India and other developing regions can address the persistent challenge of contaminated drinking water. The integration of solar-powered purification and rainwater harvesting not only ensures a sustainable water source but also promotes environmental awareness and scientific learning among students. With support from government initiatives and NGOs, such projects have the potential to significantly improve the health and educational outcomes for children in underprivileged communities.

Ukraine Accepts US-Proposed 30-Day Ceasefire, Awaits Russia’s Response

Ukraine has announced its willingness to accept an immediate 30-day ceasefire with Russia, a proposal put forth by the United States following discussions between the two nations in Saudi Arabia.

US Secretary of State Marco Rubio stated that he would present the proposal to Moscow, emphasizing that “the ball is in their court.” However, Russia has yet to issue a public response to the offer.

Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky expressed optimism about the proposal, asserting that it is now Washington’s responsibility to persuade Russia to agree to the “positive” plan.

The meeting in Jeddah on Tuesday marked the first formal engagement between Ukraine and the US since the heated confrontation between Zelensky and US President Donald Trump at the Oval Office on February 28.

In a joint statement, the US declared its commitment to resuming intelligence-sharing and security assistance to Ukraine, which had been previously halted due to the public dispute at the White House.

“Both delegations agreed to name their negotiating teams and immediately begin negotiations toward an enduring peace that provides for Ukraine’s long-term security,” the statement read.
During a press conference in Jeddah late Tuesday, Rubio expressed hope that Russia would accept the ceasefire proposal.
Ukraine, he stated, was “ready to stop shooting and start talking,” adding that if Russia were to reject the proposal, “then we’ll unfortunately know what the impediment is to peace here.”

“Today we made an offer that the Ukrainians have accepted, which is to enter into a ceasefire and into immediate negotiations,” Rubio said.

“We’ll take this offer now to the Russians, and we hope they’ll say yes to peace. The ball is now in their court,” he added.

Trump’s special envoy, Steve Witkoff, who was present at the Jeddah talks, is expected to travel to Russia in the coming days, a source with knowledge of the planning told the BBC. However, this plan remains subject to change.
The proposed ceasefire extends beyond Zelensky’s initial call for a partial truce, which had been limited to air and naval conflicts.

Following the meeting, Zelensky expressed gratitude toward Trump, acknowledging “the constructiveness” of the discussions in Jeddah.

In a video message, he urged Russia to demonstrate its willingness to “stop the war or continue the war.”
“It is time for the full truth,” he declared.

The Kremlin has yet to provide an official reaction. However, on Tuesday, Moscow indicated that it would release a statement after Washington briefed it on the outcome of the discussions.
Prominent Russian lawmaker Kostantin Kosachev remarked that any agreements would be made “on our terms, not American.”

Kosachev, chairman of the Federation Council’s international affairs committee, further stated that “real agreements are still being written… at the front,” underscoring that Russian forces were continuing their advance in Ukraine.
Since launching its full-scale invasion of Ukraine in February 2022, Russia has seized control of approximately 20% of Ukrainian territory.

Meanwhile, at the White House, Trump told reporters that he planned to engage in discussions with Russian President Vladimir Putin, expressing hope that he would agree to the ceasefire.
“It takes two to tango, as they say,” Trump remarked, voicing optimism that the deal could be reached in the coming days.

“We have a big meeting with Russia tomorrow, and some great conversations hopefully will ensue,” he said.
Trump also mentioned that he was open to inviting Zelensky back to Washington.
Maria Zakharova, the Russian Foreign Ministry’s spokeswoman, indicated that Moscow had not ruled out further discussions with US representatives in the coming days, according to Russia’s state-owned news agency Tass.
Asked about whether Trump and Zelensky’s relationship was “back on track,” Rubio dismissed the notion, instead emphasizing that “peace” was the true priority.

“This is not Mean Girls, this is not some episode of some television show,” Rubio stated.

“Today people will die in this war, they died yesterday and—sadly—unless there’s a ceasefire, they will die tomorrow.”
The US and Ukrainian teams convened in Jeddah following a series of overnight drone strikes near Moscow, which left at least three people dead. Russian officials argued that these attacks demonstrated Ukraine’s unwillingness to pursue a diplomatic resolution to the war.

As tensions continue, questions remain about the origins of the conflict.
Why did Putin’s Russia invade Ukraine?

In a significant escalation, the Moscow region suffered its largest drone attack since the start of the full-scale war.
Additionally, Ukraine hopes that an agreement with the US regarding critical minerals will help secure Washington’s continued support.

During the talks, Trump and Zelensky reaffirmed their commitment to finalizing a key minerals agreement “as soon as possible,” according to their joint statement.

Ukraine has proposed granting the US access to its rare earth mineral reserves in exchange for American security guarantees. However, this arrangement was previously disrupted by tensions at the White House.
Rubio clarified that the minerals agreement was not a primary focus of Tuesday’s discussions, but had instead been negotiated separately by the US and Ukrainian treasuries.

Also present at the Jeddah meeting was US National Security Adviser Mike Waltz.
The joint US-Ukraine statement emphasized Kyiv’s stance that Europe must play a role in any future peace process.
Washington’s evolving approach to the conflict—including efforts to sideline European nations in negotiations—has sparked emergency meetings among European leaders in recent weeks.

European Commission President Ursula von der Leyen welcomed the “positive development” emerging from Tuesday’s discussions.

The pursuit of a swift resolution to the war in Ukraine has been a major policy objective for the US president.
Trump has increasingly pressured Zelensky to accept a ceasefire, though he has refrained from providing the immediate security guarantees that the Ukrainian leader has insisted upon.

On Friday, Trump issued an unusual warning of additional sanctions against Moscow as part of his efforts to broker a deal. Russia is already heavily sanctioned by the US over the war.

Trump justified the potential new measures by stating that “Russia is absolutely ‘pounding’ Ukraine on the battlefield right now.”

Meanwhile, hostilities continued on the ground on Tuesday.

In the Moscow region, three men were killed in what Russian officials described as the most extensive drone assault on the Russian capital since the beginning of the full-scale war.

Health authorities reported that an additional 18 people, including three children, sustained injuries in the attacks.
According to Russia’s defense ministry, a total of 337 drones were intercepted across Russian territory, with 91 of them being shot down over the Moscow region.

Ukraine also faced continued bombardment, with officials reporting Russian drone strikes on Kyiv and multiple other regions.

Ukraine’s air force claimed to have intercepted 79 of the 126 drones launched by Russia, along with an Iskander-M ballistic missile.

At the time of reporting, there were no immediate details on casualties resulting from the Ukrainian strikes.

Immigration Drove All U.S. Population Growth in 2022-23 for the First Time Since 1850

For the first time since the U.S. Census Bureau began tracking nativity data in 1850, all population growth in the country during the 2022-23 period was due to immigration rather than births, a migration research institute reported Wednesday.

The Migration Policy Institute (MPI) attributed this trend to declining birth rates in the U.S., noting that immigration was the sole driver of population growth. The findings were part of MPI’s latest edition of “Frequently Requested Statistics on Immigrants and Immigration in the United States.”

Between 2022 and 2023, the immigrant population expanded by 1.6 million, reaching a record 47.8 million by 2023. This marked a 3.6% increase in the foreign-born population, the highest annual growth since 2010, according to the institute’s analysis.

Despite the increase in numbers, the proportion of foreign-born individuals in the U.S. stood at 14.3% of the total population. This remains slightly below the historical peak of 14.8% recorded in 1890, MPI noted.

MPI’s report highlighted that nearly three-quarters, or 73%, of immigrants residing in the U.S. have legal status. Almost half of them are naturalized citizens. Other legally present individuals include green-card holders (permanent residents), refugees, and individuals granted asylum. Additionally, those with long-term visas, such as students, temporary workers, and individuals in other visa categories, are also considered legally present.

Meanwhile, birth rates in the U.S. declined to an all-time low in 2023, dropping 2% from the previous year, according to data from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). The country’s fertility rate decreased from 56 births per 1,000 females aged 15-44 in 2022 to 54.5 births per 1,000 in 2023.

The Census Bureau initially collected nativity data in 1850, when immigrants numbered 2.2 million and comprised 10% of the total U.S. population.

This demographic shift comes at a time when U.S. immigration policy is undergoing significant changes. The Trump administration has introduced several measures aimed at restricting immigration, primarily targeting unauthorized entries. However, some legal immigration and naturalization pathways have also been affected by these policy shifts.

Americans Disapprove of Trump’s Economic Stewardship, CNN Poll Shows

A new CNN poll conducted by SSRS reveals that a majority of Americans are dissatisfied with President Donald Trump’s handling of the economy, despite his approval ratings on other key issues reaching some of their highest levels during his presidency.

With financial markets experiencing declines and investors expressing concerns over Trump’s trade policies, 56% of Americans disapprove of his economic management—the worst rating he has received on this issue during his presidency. In contrast, 51% of respondents approve of his immigration policies, particularly his stricter enforcement measures, marking a 7-point increase from previous approval levels during his tenure.

Public opinion is divided regarding Trump’s management of the federal budget and government operations, with 48% approving and about half disapproving in both areas. His approval ratings are even lower for health care policy (43%), foreign affairs (42%), and tariffs (39%).

Currently, Trump’s overall job approval stands at 45%, while 54% disapprove. These figures align with his ratings from March 2017 and match the highest approval ratings of his presidency. Meanwhile, 35% of Americans believe the country is on the right track—an increase from 29% in January, driven largely by a surge in optimism among Republicans. However, Trump’s approval remains highly polarized, with Republicans being roughly ten times more likely than Democrats to view his performance favorably.

A broad consensus exists across party lines that Trump has taken a unique approach to presidential power. An overwhelming 86% of Americans, including more than three-quarters of both Democrats and Republicans, believe his exercise of presidential authority differs significantly from past presidents. Nearly half (49%) consider this a negative shift, while 37% see it as a positive change. Only 14% believe his governing style aligns with historical presidential norms.

Economic Concerns Dominate Voter Priorities

Economic issues remain the primary concern for Americans, with 42% ranking the economy as the top issue out of a list of seven. This is more than twice the percentage who identified any other issue as their biggest concern, including democracy (19%), the functioning of the federal government (14%), immigration (12%), health care (6%), foreign policy (3%), and climate change (2%).

Across party lines, the economy remains a key focus. Among Democrats, concerns about democracy slightly outweigh economic worries (36% versus 33%). However, among Republicans and independents, the economy is the dominant concern, with 45% in both groups selecting it as the top issue.

Trump’s perceived ability to deliver change and effectively manage the government has improved since his first term. Currently, 50% of Americans believe he can bring necessary change, and 49% think he can manage the government efficiently. Both figures have risen from 43% and 42%, respectively, in November 2019. Additionally, 51% believe Trump possesses the stamina and mental sharpness required for the job, though fewer consider him an effective world leader (46%) or believe he respects the rule of law (38%).

Concerns Over Musk’s Role and Government Downsizing

Trump’s return to office has been marked by efforts to cut federal spending and reduce the government workforce. However, the public’s reaction to these initiatives—and to the prominent role Trump has given tech billionaire Elon Musk—has been largely negative.

Only 35% of Americans hold a favorable view of Musk, compared to 53% who view him negatively, with 11% expressing no opinion. This makes Musk both more recognizable and more unpopular than Vice President JD Vance, whom 33% view positively and 44% unfavorably, with 23% undecided.

Skepticism about Musk’s role in government is widespread. About 60% of Americans believe he lacks the necessary experience and judgment to influence government operations. Even among Trump supporters who back government reform, 28% doubt Musk’s ability to carry out such changes effectively.

Public opinion is also split on Trump’s government reforms. A majority (55%) believe his administration’s changes are primarily intended to advance his political agenda, while 45% see them as necessary for improving government efficiency.

When asked about the potential impact of Trump’s federal budget cuts, 62% express concern that the reductions could go too far and result in the elimination of essential programs. Meanwhile, 37% worry that the cuts do not go far enough in eliminating fraud and waste. Partisan divisions are stark: 90% of Democrats and 69% of independents fear the loss of crucial government programs, while 73% of Republicans are more concerned about the persistence of government inefficiencies.

Lingering Doubts From Trump’s First Term

Many of the opinions surrounding Trump’s second presidency mirror those from his first term. Only 40% of Americans believe he genuinely cares about people like them, and just 34% think he can unite the country—figures that remain largely unchanged since 2019.

Strong disapproval of Trump’s presidency continues to surpass strong approval. In this latest survey, 41% of Americans say they strongly disapprove of Trump, compared to 26% who strongly approve.

A consistent trend throughout Trump’s political career has been the public’s skepticism about whether he has the right priorities. In the latest poll, 57% say he has not focused on the country’s most pressing issues. Furthermore, 59% of respondents consider Trump’s views and policies to be too extreme, up slightly from 54% of registered voters who held this view last September, just before his reelection.

Despite widespread criticism, some Americans express nuanced opinions about Trump’s policies and leadership. For instance, 12% approve of his handling of immigration but disapprove of his economic management. Similarly, 15% believe Trump fails to respect the rule of law but still think he can bring necessary change to the country.

Methodology and Survey Details

The CNN poll, conducted by SSRS, surveyed a random national sample of 1,206 U.S. adults from March 6-9. The participants were selected from a probability-based panel, with interviews conducted online or by telephone with a live interviewer. The margin of error for the overall results is ±3.3 percentage points.

Kaun Banega Crorepati Nears 25 Years, Speculation Grows Over Amitabh Bachchan’s Successor

The popular quiz-based television game show Kaun Banega Crorepati (KBC) is set to complete 25 years on July 3, 2025. Bollywood icon Amitabh Bachchan has been the face of the show for most of its run, except for the third season in 2007, which was hosted by Shah Rukh Khan. Currently, Bachchan is hosting the 16th season, which premiered on August 12 and has been airing for over seven months on Sony Entertainment Television and streaming on SonyLIV, crossing the 150-episode mark.

According to multiple reports, the ongoing season is likely to be Bachchan’s last as the host of Kaun Banega Crorepati. The 82-year-old actor had already given an emotional farewell in the concluding episode of KBC 15, where he reportedly asked the channel to look for a new host. However, the network was unable to find a suitable replacement, leading to Bachchan continuing for KBC 16. Now, as the season unfolds with the longest runtime in the show’s history, it appears increasingly likely that a new host will take over in the next edition.

In anticipation of this change, the Indian Institute of Human Brands (IIHB) and Rediffusion’s Red Lab conducted a study last week in the Hindi-speaking regions to identify the public’s preferred successor to Bachchan. The survey gathered responses from 768 individuals, including 408 men and 360 women.

The results revealed that Shah Rukh Khan emerged as the top choice, securing 63% of the votes. Unexpectedly, Aishwarya Rai Bachchan was the second most popular choice, receiving support from 51% of respondents. Other names that appeared in the rankings included former Indian cricket captain MS Dhoni (37%), cricket commentator Harsha Bhogle (32%), and actor Anil Kapoor (15%). Notably, 42% of those surveyed expressed their desire for Bachchan to continue as host, stating, “Amitabh Bachchan should continue till he can.”

Additionally, Aamir Khan, Madhuri Dixit, Shashi Tharoor, and Chetan Bhagat were among the other names suggested by the participants. However, there has been no official announcement confirming whether KBC 16 will be Amitabh Bachchan’s final season. Fans and viewers will have to wait for the season’s final episode to learn whether Bachchan will step down and who might take his place as the next host.

-+=